New Delhi [India], August 19: Indiabulls Limited has disclosed an update on proceedings related to a Public Interest Litigation concerning its erstwhile promoter, highlighting that all 197 loan accounts involving five borrower groups have been fully repaid and closed, with collections exceeding the sanctioned amounts.

The company made the disclosure on August 19, 2026, under Regulation 30 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.

According to the Economic Offences Wing (EOW), Delhi, Status Report dated August 11, 2026, the total sanctioned amount across the five borrower groups stood at ₹8,267.86 crore, while gross collections reached ₹11,073.77 crore. The company said all 197 loan accounts have been fully repaid and closed, with interest and fees realised over the loan tenures exceeding ₹2,800 crore.

No Financial Loss Reported in Four Borrower Groups

The EOW Status Report recorded that, with respect to the DLF, Vatika, Chordia and Americorp groups, no financial loss was caused to the company. It also noted that loan disbursements and repayments were reflected in the company’s bank accounts.

The company’s disclosure further stated that examinations by SEBI, including its Investigation Department and forensic accounting wing, along with a National Housing Bank Special Audit, did not reveal diversion or abnormal retention of loan funds.

The report also records that the investments referred to in the allegations were made before the relevant borrowings from the company, with the stated timelines ranging from 17 months to more than two years. According to the disclosure, no financial trail or documentary evidence was found linking the company’s borrowed funds to those entities.

Reliance ADA Group Loans Also Fully Closed

The company said all seven loans to the Reliance ADA Group, aggregating ₹1,574 crore, have also been fully repaid and closed. However, the investigation concerning this group remains ongoing, according to the filing.

Company Highlights Credit Governance Framework

Indiabulls said the loans in question were sanctioned in the ordinary course of business by the company’s Credit Committee, comprising company executives and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer.

The filing further stated that Sameer Gehlaut, during his tenure as Chairman, was not a member of the Credit Committee and had no role in loan sanction or approval. The company also noted that he ceased to be a promoter in 2023.

Since inception, the fund has outperformed its benchmark, BSE 500 TRI, by 3.85 percentage points under the Regular Plan and 5.47 percentage points under the Direct Plan

Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund follows a megatrend investing strategy, pairing this long-term lens with the freedom to invest across large cap, mid cap and small cap companies subject to minimum 65% investment in equity and equity-related instruments. The flagship fund of Bajaj Asset Management Limited (formerly known as Bajaj Finserv Asset Management Limited) completed three years since inception on 14 August 2026.

In its journey, the fund has regularly outperformed the benchmark. Since inception, the Regular Growth plan delivered 16.59% annualised returns and the Direct Growth plan delivered 18.21%, compared with 12.74% for its benchmark, BSE 500 TRI. Over the last year, the respective returns were 9.85% and 11.26%, against the benchmark’s 4.93%*.

The milestone marks three years of following structural change across sectors and company sizes.

*Source: Internal Analysis, MFI360 and Bloomberg. Data as of August 13, 2026. Past performance may or may not be sustained in future.

What is a megatrend?

A megatrend is a deep and lasting change in how an economy or society works. It usually unfolds over many years, cuts across industries and can alter how businesses compete and how people live, work and consume. A trend may dominate headlines for a few quarters; a megatrend can reshape an economy for years.

For instance, digitisation has changed banking, shopping, entertainment, logistics and healthcare. Rising incomes and urbanisation can influence financial services, housing, travel and discretionary consumption. Manufacturing policies, cleaner energy and infrastructure development can open opportunities across industrial businesses and their supply chains.

These forces often reinforce one another. Electric mobility, for example, sits at the meeting point of technology, regulation, environmental priorities and consumer behaviour. Its effects can extend from vehicle makers to component suppliers and charging networks. Digital payments offer another example: smartphone adoption, affordable data, payment infrastructure and changing consumer habits have together altered how transactions are made.

Megatrend investing is therefore not one narrow sector call. It can cut across industries, markets and even geographies.

Six lenses for a changing economy

Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund studies megatrends through its T.R.E.N.D.S. framework: Technological, Regulatory, Economic, Nature, Demographic and Social.

Each lens captures a different source of long-term change:

• Technological: Advances such as digitisation, automation and artificial intelligence can change how industries operate and deliver products or services.

• Regulatory: Policy and regulatory shifts, including manufacturing and infrastructure initiatives, can reshape industries or create new markets.

• Economic: Structural changes such as financialisation, rising consumption and infrastructure expansion can influence long-term business growth.

• Nature: Environmental priorities such as sustainability, clean energy and cleaner mobility are gaining momentum, and businesses responding to them may be aligned for future growth.

• Demographic: A large working-age population, rising incomes and urbanisation are supporting consumption and economic growth.

• Social: Evolving lifestyles and consumer behaviour, including urbanisation and the growing focus on health and wellness, are creating new patterns of demand across industries.

The portfolio process

Identifying a megatrend is the starting point. The next step is to determine whether that long-term change can translate into a viable opportunity at the company level. For fund managers, a company needs to meet the following parameters to be considered for the portfolio:

• It should be a beneficiary of the trend

• It should offer a monetizable opportunity

• It should have strong fundamentals

• It should be trading at favourable valuations

The investment process begins with a universe of roughly 1,100 stocks. Applying the megatrends lens narrows this to around 340 to 380 companies whose businesses may be positioned to participate in one or more of the structural shifts identified through the T.R.E.N.D.S. framework.

Top-down research examines how these shifts may affect economies, industries and value chains. Bottom-up analysis then assesses individual companies. The process also incorporates the AMC’s INQUBE philosophy, combining informational, quantitative and behavioural insights in investment decisions. From the screened universe, a portfolio of approximately 40 to 60* holdings may be constructed.

*The number of stocks mentioned is tentative and for understanding purposes only; the final portfolio may hold more or fewer names depending on prevailing market conditions. Source: Internal Analysis. The data provided in the communication is based on latest available information and is subject to change in future. The AMC is not responsible for any decision taken based on the data disclosed in the communication. 

Flexible approach

A megatrend does not arrive labelled large cap, mid cap or small cap. A large company may have the resources to scale a new market. A mid-sized business may gain share as an industry expands. A smaller company may own a specialised capability within a developing value chain.

A flexi cap mandate lets the fund manager follow opportunities without maintaining a fixed allocation across market-cap segments subject to minimum 65% investment in equity and equity related instruments. As of July 31, 2026, Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund held 44.17% in large cap companies, 23.02% in mid cap companies and 29.33% in small cap companies. The allocation reflects the opportunities identified through the investment process rather than a pre-set balance among the three market-cap segments.

The portfolio’s strategic choices extend beyond market cap allocation. Its active share against the BSE 500 TRI stood at 70% as of July 31, 2026. Active share measures how far a portfolio’s holdings and weights differ from its benchmark, offering an indication of how distinctly it is positioned.

Source: Internal Analysis | Active share is calculated vis-a-vis scheme benchmark i.e. BSE 500 TRI | Data as on July 31, 2026.

Conclusion

At three, Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund has established a distinct investment identity: megatrends provide the direction, while flexi cap investing provides the freedom to pursue their beneficiaries across company sizes and sectors.

For investors with a long horizon and the ability to accept equity market fluctuations, the fund brings several engines of structural change into one portfolio. Structural changes can advance unevenly, and the companies positioned to benefit from them can change over time. The fund’s flexi cap mandate allows the portfolio to adjust as those opportunity sets evolve.

Investors can invest in Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund through a lump-sum investment or a Systematic Investment Plan (SIP). After completing the applicable KYC requirements and carefully reviewing the scheme-related documents, investors may invest through the official website of Bajaj Asset Management Limited, an authorised mutual fund distributor or an eligible third-party investment platform or app. Investors should consider their investment objectives, time horizon and risk appetite before investing.

Past performance may or may not be sustained in future.

Mutual Fund investments are subject to market risks, read all scheme related documents carefully.

Bajaj Finserv Flexi Cap Fund

For the performance of other schemes managed by the Fund Managers which have completed 1 year or more than 1 year since inception, please visit https://www.bajajamc.com/downloads?factsheet and download the latest Factsheet or click here.

New Delhi [India], August 19: PC Jeweller Limited (BSE: 534809, NSE: PCJEWELLER) has taken another step toward its long-stated goal of becoming a debt-free company, informing stock exchanges today that it has cleared and repaid the entire outstanding debt owed to one more bank under its Settlement Agreement dated September 30, 2024.

With this latest repayment, the jewellery retailer has now fully settled dues with *8 of its 14 consortium banks, and notably, every one of these repayments has come in *ahead of the scheduled due dates — a detail the company has been keen to highlight as it works to rebuild confidence with investors and lenders alike.

Where things stand with the remaining lenders

The company isn’t stopping there. In its filing, PC Jeweller said it has already discharged more than 96% of the outstanding debt owed to the six banks that are yet to be fully settled. That leaves less than 4% of dues pending with this group — a relatively small amount in the context of the overall consortium debt the company has been working through.

Management reiterated that it remains “firmly on track” to clear this remaining balance and achieve a debt-free status within the current quarter itself, a milestone that, if achieved, would mark the end of a debt overhang that has weighed on the stock for years.

Why this matters for investors

A company shedding its entire consortium debt is a big deal, especially for a stock that’s been closely tracked by retail investors for its turnaround story. A debt-free balance sheet typically means:

• Lower interest costs, which can flow directly into improved profitability
• Stronger financial flexibility to fund working capital and expansion without leaning on banks
• A cleaner credit profile, which could open doors to fresh financing on better terms if needed in the future
• Improved investor sentiment, as debt overhang concerns are often a key reason a stock trades at a discount

The company itself acknowledged this in its communication, noting that the move “will materially strengthen its balance sheet and financial position.”

Navsari (Gujarat) [India], August 18: During the 80th Independence Day, Ajay’s Café, one of India’s leading Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) brands and fastest-growing vegetarian café chains, recognised women entrepreneurs running businesses through its franchise network at its Ajay’s Udaan event held. The initiative highlights how entrepreneurship can create a pathway from independence to financial independence by enabling more women to own businesses.

Around 40 women are currently running Ajay’s Café outlets as franchise partners across different cities. For many of them, their association with Ajay’s marks their first experience of owning a business.

Through its franchise model, Ajay’s Café provides aspiring entrepreneurs with an established business format and operational support in the form of training, technology, supply chain, and marketing, enabling them to take on the responsibilities of running an enterprise. For these entrepreneurs, business ownership represents greater financial independence while contributing to the economy.

Speaking on the occasion, Ajay Solanki, Founder, Ajay’s Café, said, “Independence gives us the freedom to make our own choices, while financial independence gives us the ability to act on those choices. What makes this journey special is that many of our women franchise partners started their first business with us. Today, they are not only running businesses, but also managing teams, creating jobs, and making crucial financial decisions. We believe entrepreneurship can give women a greater sense of economic choice, and we are proud to be a part of their journey.”

Ajay’s Café, known for its burgers, cold coffee and affordable café offerings, has over 265+ outlets across Gujarat and Rajasthan. Its growing base of women franchise partners is playing a key role in the brand’s expansion into new locations.

As India marks another Independence Day, the journeys of these women reflect a broader dimension of independence, where the freedom to choose is complemented by the ability to build, earn and create opportunities through entrepreneurship.

Abhishek Rungta, Founder & CEO of INT. (Indus Net Technologies Ltd.)

Kolkata (West Bengal) [India], August 19: Every major technology shift produces two kinds of enterprise leaders. The first kind watches, waits, and builds conviction from evidence before committing. The second kind mistakes observation for strategy and arrives at the decision too late to shape it.

For most technology transitions over the last three decades, the first kind of leader was right. Cloud migration rewarded patience. Mobile commerce gave enterprises years to watch consumer behaviour before demanding a response. The observation window was real, and the enterprises that used it wisely built more durable capabilities than the ones that moved on instinct alone.

Q1. You’ve framed Agentic AI as a question CEOs should have already answered. What makes this different from previous technology cycles, where companies had more time to observe before acting?

Previous technology shifts gave enterprises a runway to watch and wait. Cloud migration took a decade to mature from early adopter to mainstream. Agentic AI does not offer that luxury. Gartner projects that 40 percent of enterprise applications will carry task-specific AI agents by the end of this year, up from less than 5 percent in 2025. That is not a gradual curve, it is a compressed window.

Q2. When you say CEOs need to “answer the question,” what exactly is the question? Is it whether to adopt Agentic AI, or something more specific?

The real question is whether the organisation has decided what Agentic AI is actually meant to do inside their specific business, which processes it will own end to end, what level of autonomy it is given, and who is accountable when it acts. Most CEOs have answered the adoption question. Very few have answered the architecture question.

Q3. Many CEOs believe they have already answered this question because their organisation is running pilots. Why is that often a false signal?

Because a pilot answers a technical question, not a strategic one. It tells you nothing about whether your data is ready, whether your legacy systems can support autonomous execution, or whether your organisation has the governance structure to let an AI agent make a decision without a human checking it first. A pilot proves possibility. It does not prove readiness.

Q4. Based on what you have seen across enterprise engagements, what is the single clearest signal that a company is actually ready for Agentic AI, versus one that is not?

It is whether the company can tell me, with precision, what business outcome the agent is supposed to change and how they will measure it before the project starts. The technology readiness is rarely the gap. The clarity of intent is.

Q5. Indian enterprises have moved fast on Generative AI adoption. Why hasn’t that same speed translated into Agentic AI readiness?

Generative AI is forgiving. If a chatbot gives an imperfect answer, a human catches it before anything happens. Agentic AI removes that safety net, because the agent is meant to act, not just suggest. Indian enterprises built confidence quickly with GenAI because the risk of getting it wrong was low. Agentic AI demands the opposite, you need to be right before you let it run, not after.

Q6. You have spoken about enterprises grafting AI onto legacy processes rather than rebuilding around it. Can you describe what that failure looks like in practice?

A customer asks an AI agent to resolve a complaint, the agent gathers the information beautifully, and then hands it off to the exact same five-step manual approval chain that existed before the AI arrived. Nothing about the underlying workflow changed. The enterprise spent money on AI and kept its old bottleneck. That is not transformation, it is decoration.

Q7. If a CEO came to you today and said, “I am ready to answer this question properly,” what would you tell them to do first?

Pick one process, not ten, and define exactly what success looks like before any technology conversation happens. Get your data architecture assessed honestly, most leaders overestimate how ready their data actually is. Decide who in the organisation owns the outcome, not just the technology rollout.

Q8. What role should the CFO play in this decision, given that ROI measurement has been such a persistent challenge industry-wide?

The CFO has to be in the room from day one, not brought in at the review stage to evaluate what already happened. A CFO who insists on a measurable outcome and a baseline before approving budget changes the entire trajectory of the project.

Q9. You have built INT.’s AI and digital practice around this exact transition, spanning conversational AI, enterprise knowledge intelligence, and workforce learning. What did building this portfolio teach you about what enterprises actually need versus what they think they need?

This pattern shows up with OneSpace, which acts as a company’s brain – and an operating system for AI transformation. The real problem is that the information lives in ten disconnected systems, ERP, CRM, HRMS, documents, email, with no shared layer underneath. OneSpace acts as the second brain of the organisation, connecting all of it so the right answer reaches the right person instantly, with the source cited.

What enterprises think they need is the newest AI capability. What they actually need is integration depth, the unglamorous work of making AI function reliably inside a complex, regulated environment.

Q10. Eighteen months from now, what will separate the Indian enterprises that made the right call on Agentic AI from those that did not?

It will not be who deployed the most agents. It will be who can point to a specific business outcome and say, with data, that it changed because of this technology. Gartner itself expects more than 40 percent of agentic AI projects to be cancelled by 2027 due to unclear value or weak governance. Eighteen months from now, the winners will be the companies that treated this as an architecture decision in 2026, not the ones that treated it as a procurement decision.

The enterprises that will look back on 2026 as the year they got this right will not be the ones that approved the largest AI budgets or launched the most pilots. They will be the ones whose CEOs asked the harder question: not whether we are using Agentic AI, but whether we have built the conditions under which Agentic AI can actually work.

Kolkata (West Bengal) [India], August 18: Reinforcing its commitment to inclusive growth and social progress, SM Steels and Powver Limited, one of Eastern India’s leading industrial conglomerates with a strong presence in steel, power and infrastructure, has partnered with the 15th edition of Aparajita, a distinguished platform dedicated to recognising women who have broken barriers, challenged conventions and created a lasting impact across diverse fields. The grand felicitation ceremony held on August 14, 2026, at JW Marriott Kolkata, brought together distinguished leaders from industry, public life, social development and culture to honour women whose journeys continue to inspire meaningful change.

For SM Steels and Powver Limited, the association with Aparajita reflects a philosophy that extends beyond business excellence. Established with the vision of being a customer-driven, quality-centric and socially responsible organisation, the company believes that meaningful growth is measured not only by industrial achievements but also by its contribution towards creating a more inclusive and progressive society. Supporting platforms that recognise changemakers aligns with its commitment to community development, ethical governance and responsible corporate citizenship.

The event gained added significance as Aparajita celebrated its 15th edition under the theme “सातत्य | Continuum”, symbolising the continuity of courage, resilience and transformative leadership. This year’s edition also marked the launch of the Aparajita Institution, an initiative envisioned to take the platform’s mission beyond annual recognition by creating opportunities, strengthening communities and nurturing future generations of women leaders.

The 2026 edition witnessed an overwhelming response, with hundreds of nominations received from across the country. The nominees represented diverse backgrounds, from entrepreneurs, educators and healthcare professionals to artists, scientists, sportspersons, environmental advocates and grassroots social workers. Many of the women honoured have overcome significant personal and professional challenges to create lasting impact within their communities, demonstrating leadership, resilience and a commitment to nation-building.

A special highlight of the event was the felicitation of Anupreet Kaur, an accomplished flute musician, who was honoured for her contribution to music. She was felicitated by Mr Manish Khemmka, Chairman & Managing Director, adding a cultural dimension to the celebrations and recognising the importance of supporting artistic talent and cultural expression.

The ceremony brought together members of the Aparajita council, jury, institutional partners and other dignitaries, who witnessed the recognition of women from diverse fields and backgrounds, further underscoring the platform’s role in highlighting stories of achievement and resilience.

Representing SM Steels and Powver Limited., Mr Manish Khemmka, Chairman & Managing Director, addressed the gathering and reiterated the company’s commitment to inclusive growth and women’s empowerment. “At SM Steels and Powver Limited, we believe that true industrial growth must go hand-in-hand with social progress. Our association with Aparajita is a celebration of the resilience, leadership, and indomitable spirit of women who are driving real change in society. Women play an indispensable role in nation-building, and we remain deeply committed to supporting platforms that honor their achievements and inspire future generations,” he said.

The company’s association with Aparajita also reflects its workplace values, where integrity, diversity and inclusion form the foundation of its organisational culture. By fostering a safe and respectful work environment and adhering to progressive workplace practices, including compliance with the POSH Act and the Maternity Benefit Act, SM Steels and Powver Limited continues to strengthen its commitment towards empowering women both within and beyond the workplace.

Through its partnership with Aparajita, SM Steels and Powver Limited reaffirmed its conviction that, by recognising individuals whose work has transformed lives across sectors and communities, the company continues to champion an inclusive vision of progress, one where industry, social responsibility and community development move forward together.

Website: https://www.smgroup.co.in/index.html

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 18: The first half of 2026 was defined by volatility: currency swings, shifting rate expectations, and geopolitical uncertainty that reshaped how traders positioned across markets. Against that backdrop, VT Markets reported $8 trillion in trading volume for the first half of 2026, up 212% year-over-year.

The momentum is reflected across various key business metrics. Active users grew 70% compared to the second half of 2025 and out of the traders active during the period, 350,000 opened their first trade with VT Markets. Together, the growth reflects a growing adoption of the platform as the go-to choice for traders globally. The growth momentum was further supported by the addition of 39 new US stocks to its offering, and the launch of ClubÉlite, a loyalty programme for Introducing Broker partners that provides elevated access and long-term partnership support.

Where traders put their money reflected the existing volatility. Trading activity was concentrated in gold, silver, and Bitcoin, alongside major FX pairs like EURUSD and USDJPY, and indices NAS100 and DJ30.

The company also connected with traders and partners on the ground across key industry events worldwide, such as its participation at the annual Money Expo Mexico 2026. Adding on, the brand presence was further matched by recognition from the industry, with VT Markets picking up 26 awards during the period, including Best Gold Trading Platform 2026 from Global Financial Market Review.

Looking ahead to the second half of 2026, VT Markets will continue rolling out new product offerings and innovations, including features aimed at extending access beyond traditional trading hours. The company has also launched Gold Cup 2026, a global trading competition running through to its Island Finale, alongside continued enhancements to its gold trading offering. VT Markets will continue to connect with traders through its presence at industry events, sponsorships, and client initiatives across its key markets. With the first half delivering record volume, deposit growth, and industry recognition, VT Markets enters the second half of 2026 positioned for an even stronger performance ahead.

Kolkata (West Bengal) [India], August 18: Baazar Style Retail Limited (NSE – STYLEBAAZA, BSE – 544243), witnessed a significant change in its shareholder base, with Aditya Kumar Halwasiya acquiring ~45 lakh shares, representing around 6% stake, through a block deal valued at approximately ₹163 Cr. The transaction brings a sizeable individual holding into the shareholder base of the value-retail platform.

The investment comes as Baazar Style Retail continues to expand its retail network across Eastern and other emerging Indian markets. The Company’s store network has grown to 277 stores across 10 states and 198 cities as of June 30, 2026, with its cluster-based expansion strategy focused on strengthening its presence across core and focus markets.

The entry of Aditya Kumar Halwasiya comes alongside the strategic investment already made by Cupid Limited, which holds warrants convertible into approximately 12% equity in Baazar Style Retail, of which warrants corresponding to approximately 3% have already been exercised into equity shares. Together, these developments represent a significant change in the Company’s shareholder landscape and add a new dimension to its ongoing expansion.

The strategic association with Cupid also creates a massive retail distribution opportunity for its growing FMCG and consumer product portfolio. Baazar Style Retail’s expanding store network can provide greater access to consumers across its markets, supporting product visibility and availability through an established retail platform.

As Baazar Style Retail continues to expand its store network and Cupid scales its consumer business, the two businesses have scope to leverage their respective platforms across retail and consumer distribution. The combination can support wider product reach, stronger retail penetration and increased access to emerging consumption markets.

The development comes against a backdrop of continued operating growth at Baazar Style Retail. In Q1FY27, the Company recorded Revenue from Operations of ₹486.4 crore, up 29% YoY, while EBITDA stood at ₹71.9 crore, up 24% YoY. Store count increased from 232 to 277.

The latest developments mark a significant shift in Baazar Style Retail’s shareholder landscape as the Company continues to scale its retail presence across India to a minimum of 500 stores within 3 years.

About Baazar Style Retail Limited

Baazar Style Retail Limited, established in 2013 and headquartered in Kolkata, is a value fashion retailer with a strong presence across Eastern India. The Company follows a cluster-based expansion strategy and, operates 277 stores across 10 states and 198 cities, covering approximately 2.6 million sq. ft. of rental area. Its core markets include West Bengal, Odisha, Assam and Bihar, with an expanding presence across focus markets.

The Company offers a comprehensive range of products for the entire family across Men, Women, Kids and Home categories, including apparel and general merchandise. Apparel contributed 87% of revenue in Q1FY27, while general merchandise accounted for 13%. The Company has also developed a portfolio of 11 private labels, which contributed 62% of revenue during Q1FY27, supporting its focus on brand building and customer engagement.

Baazar Style Retail continues to expand its retail network while focusing on underserved Tier-II, Tier-III and Tier-IV markets.

Disclaimer

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Through a social-first film, 100+ creators and its Freedom Range, Campus Shoes invited parents to give children more room to run, jump, explore, get messy, and simply play.

New Delhi [India], August 18: This Independence Day, Campus Shoes launched ‘The Kids’ Constitution’ under its children’s footwear line, Campus Kids, putting a child’s perspective on freedom at the centre of the conversation. Built around ‘The Freedom to Play,’ the initiative reimagines the language of the Constitution through the eyes of children – asking what they would declare as their fundamental freedoms if they could write the rules of childhood themselves.

At the heart of the initiative is a social-first film released across YouTube, Instagram, and Facebook, opening with “We, the Kids of India… do solemnly swear…” and bringing to life a playful charter of freedoms:

• To climb every tree without fear.
• To jump into puddles without asking how deep they are.
• To never walk when we can run.
• To conquer every monkey bar, every wall, every rock, and every little adventure waiting outside.
• We promise to collect bruises like medals, memories like victories.
• And to own every playground.
• This Independence Day, we celebrate the Freedom to Play.

The film contrasts these declarations with the everyday instructions children hear – “Don’t climb that. Don’t run there. Don’t get dirty. Be careful.” – turning them into a reflection on how childhood is increasingly shaped by restriction. At a time when children’s lives are structured around school schedules, classes, screens and organised activities, ‘The Kids’ Constitution’ makes a case for giving children more room for unstructured play.

Gaurav Sharma, Chief Marketing Officer, Campus Shoes, said, “Independence Day gives all of us a reason to think about what freedom really means. With ‘The Kids’ Constitution,’ we wanted to look at freedom from a child’s point of view. For them, freedom is often beautifully simple – the freedom to run, climb, jump, explore, get messy, fall and get back up again. Through this initiative, we want to encourage parents to protect one of childhood’s most important freedoms: the Freedom to Play.”

The campaign was conceptualised in partnership with Pravis, Campus Kids’ creative agency partner.

The initiative extended beyond the film through a creator-led activation featuring 100+ macro, micro and nano creators – including parenting and family voices – activated across Delhi, Mumbai and Bengaluru around three themes: ‘The New Rules of Childhood,’ ‘Stories of Unfiltered Play’ and ‘Why Play Matters?’ Parents were also invited to add their own “articles” to the Constitution by sharing moments of their children at free play.

‘The Freedom to Play’ also comes to life through the Campus Kids Freedom Range of shoes, designed for children whose playground can be anywhere — a park, a field, a puddle, a staircase, or the next adventure they discover.

https://www.campusshoes.com/collections/freedom-range

The Kids’ Constitution: Freedom to Play. Freedom to Be a Kid: https://www.instagram.com/p/DcCEeaXTbmb/

Views: 9 Mn
Reach: 5 Mn+

Overall campaign Reach: 10Mn+
Overall Campaign Engagement: 32000+

About Campus Activewear Ltd. Campus Activewear Limited (NSE: CAMPUS, BSE: 543523) is one of India’s largest sports and athleisure footwear brands by value and volume. Introduced in 2005, Campus offers a diverse portfolio of footwear for the entire family, combining style, comfort and accessibility across multiple price points. With an estimated 17% market share in the Indian branded sports and athleisure footwear market, the company is backed by strong in-house manufacturing capabilities, an integrated supply chain, a robust omnichannel distribution network spanning over 30,000 retailers across 800+ districts, 300+ exclusive brand outlets, and a growing e-commerce presence across leading marketplaces and its own website. Through its focus on innovation, design, and consumer-centric product development, Campus continues to strengthen its position as one of India’s most trusted and accessible footwear brands. For additional information and financial results, please visit campusshoes.com

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Surat (Gujarat) [India], August 17: The Bharatiya Vyapar Mahotsav 2026, held at Bharat Mandapam, New Delhi, from August 12 to 15, emerged as a historic opportunity for Surat’s textile industry, where Ajmera Fashion marked a strong presence.

Under the leadership of the company’s Founder and CEO, Mr Ajay Ajmera, Ajmera Fashion brought together more than 60 traders from Surat on this national platform, where every trader got an opportunity to display their products, make new connections and take their businesses to the national and international levels. The Ajmera Fashion pavilion was the largest pavilion from the textile sector at the festival, with a separate display arrangement for each participating trader.

During the festival, the Ajmera pavilion became a centre of attraction for several dignitaries. Delhi Chief Minister Mrs Rekha Gupta and CAIT National General Secretary and Member of Parliament Mr Praveen Khandelwal visited the stall and appreciated Surat’s craftsmanship. In addition, foreign delegates and buyers who came from several countries also showed keen interest in products from Surat.

Over these four days, a large number of people also sought information about Ajmera Fashion’s franchise brands, Ajmera Trends and Little Wings. Relatives of Indians living abroad also visited the stall and sought guidance on connecting their children with the business.

The presence of Mr Ajay Ajmera was a special attraction at the festival. People from different parts of the country came to meet him and seek his guidance. News channels also conducted prominent interviews with him.

For Ajmera Fashion, the event was not just an exhibition but also a major experience and learning opportunity. For Surat’s textile sector, this achievement will remain a memorable milestone, where one company presented the collective strength of the entire industry on a national platform.

Noida (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 18: India doesn’t have a complicated relationship with street food. We love it without conditions. We’ll queue for it, drive across town for it, and argue over which stall does it best.

What’s complicated is everything around it: an open drain two feet from the tawa, a cart that hasn’t seen a proper clean in a week, nowhere to sit and eat, or an operator struggling to find a legitimate place to park and run a business.

At the other extreme is the food court – clean, climate-controlled, and predictable, but often lacking the character that makes street food compelling.

Eat Truck Love (ETL) is trying to occupy the space between the two. It is an outdoor food destination format that uses food trailers, trucks and kiosks to turn underutilised land into curated food zones, without requiring permanent construction.

ETL is operated by Azimuth Business on Wheels, a Noida-based company that designs and manufactures mobile infrastructure including food trucks, coffee trailers, retail kiosks, brand activation vehicles and other customised units. The company operates manufacturing facilities in Noida, Uttar Pradesh, and Erode, Tamil Nadu.

The idea for ETL emerged from a recurring problem Azimuth encountered among its customers. First-time F&B entrepreneurs would commission a trailer or food truck and then ask a more fundamental question: where do I actually run it?

The same challenge existed for established brands looking to expand into new locations. A well-built mobile unit with nowhere legitimate to operate from is, ultimately, a good-looking vehicle without a business address.

Azimuth had been helping customers solve the location problem informally through its network of contacts in food and real estate. Over time, it identified a larger opportunity: combining the manufacturing of the mobile unit with the location, utilities, and infrastructure needed to operate it.

That became ETL.

The model is already being tested on the ground. ETL has established four live zones in under six months across Noida and Greater Noida, including Central 50, Alpha 1 Metro Station, Bennett University and District 9. With plans to expand to more locations by the end of the current financial year.

For a university, township, metro-adjacent development or mall operator, the proposition is relatively simple – instead of building a conventional food court or allowing unstructured vending, unused outdoor space can be converted into a well-curated F&B destination – ETL zone.

The advantage is flexibility. Units are manufactured for specific menus and operating requirements, while utilities, ventilation, and hygiene are already taken into consideration at the design and fabrication stage, as Azimuth has been building such units and more since 2016.

For property owners too – the ETL concept is a faster alternative to permanent construction while getting greater control over the tenant mix and overall experience.

As far as the mobile infrastructure industry is concerned, the logic extends beyond food.

Brands are increasingly using mobile units for activations, sampling campaigns and pop-up retail. FMCG and cosmetics companies can take experiences directly to consumers. Clothing and lifestyle brands can use mobile retail units to test locations without committing to permanent stores. Azimuth has also built mobile washroom blocks and electrical infrastructure units – categories that demonstrate how broadly the mobile infrastructure model can be applied.

The shift is not limited to private businesses. Government authorities are also increasingly exploring modern, compact and deployable infrastructure for organised vending, public amenities and urban commercial spaces. Azimuth continues to work with authorities on building mobile infrastructure models in areas which were traditionally served by permanent construction.

There is a larger manufacturing story underneath this shift. Azimuth designs and fabricates its units domestically, from concept through production, and has also begun supplying international markets, including recent commercial kitchen trailer projects for Canada and the UK.

The larger opportunity, therefore, may not be food trucks alone. As businesses look for faster and more flexible ways to occupy space, sell products and create experiences, manufactured mobile infrastructure could well become a bridge between physical commerce and real estate.

For ETL, street food is the starting point. The bigger bet is on what happens when commercial space itself becomes mobile.

Website: www.oneazimuth.co.in
Socials: @azimuthbusinessonwheels

Key Takeaways

● Stage 1 sold out at $0.00001, its full 1,192,283,023 allocation claimed.
● Rung two asks $0.000015 and still held 1,354,170,438 tokens of 1,400,000,000 on August 17, 2026.
● Sale-wide totals reached 1,238,112,585 tokens, and stage 3 is published at $0.00002.
● A fixed 120 billion supply runs through a 16-stage ladder toward a launch benchmark of $0.0025.

Anyone shopping for the best crypto presale wants proof rather than adjectives. Bullski has some. Stage 1 of its sixteen steps sold out completely at $0.00001, with all 1,192,283,023 tokens claimed.

Buyers now pay $0.000015 at stage 2, and 45,829,562 tokens had gone by August 17, 2026. Meme tokens held $24.77 billion that same day, while Bitcoin sat at $62,970 after a soft week.

Why a Sold-Out Stage One Is the Number That Counts

Marketing copy is easy to write, and a sold-out allocation is not. Every token in the first step found a buyer at $0.00001, which is the plainest demand signal the presale that sold out stage one can point to. Nothing here rests on trust, because the allocation size and the counter stayed public the whole way.

Sequence matters as well. Rungs on this ladder move only once the tokens for that step are gone, so reaching stage 2 took real purchases rather than a date on a calendar. Lists of the best crypto presales tend to weigh that sell-through above follower counts.

By the numbers: Stage 2 opened with 1,400,000,000 tokens. Buyers took 45,829,562 of them by August 17, 2026, leaving 1,354,170,438 on the rung, while sale-wide totals reached 1,238,112,585.

Best Crypto Presales Get Judged on Four Numbers

Four figures tell most of the story on a sale page: how many tokens exist, how many are for sale, what each step costs, and which protections are filed before payment. Judging the best presale crypto comes down to what a project is willing to publish. Shortlists for the best crypto presale 2026 keep landing on the same four.

Supply and the Share Set Aside

Supply stops at 120 billion tokens, and that ceiling cannot be lifted later. Presale buyers take 40 percent of the count, which works out to 48 billion tokens across the sale. Set that beside meme names whose float runs into the trillions, and the arithmetic reads very differently.

The Step Prices, Printed in Advance

Pricing sits on a 16-stage ladder. Stage 1 closed at $0.00001. Buyers pay $0.000015 today at stage 2, stage 3 is set at $0.00002, and a $0.0025 listing reference sits at the far end.

Each of those numbers was published before the sale opened.

Terms Filed Before Any Payment

Protections are on the record too. Source code for the ERC-20 token can be inspected on Etherscan, an audit is in progress, the founding allocation unlocks gradually under a vesting plan, and liquidity is locked once trading begins. Staking and referral rewards run during the sale, and payment goes through in ETH, BNB or USDT.

The Market the Token Will Land In

Landing conditions count for something. Meme tokens as a category were worth $24.77 billion on August 17, 2026, up 0.34 percent on the day with $0.88 billion traded, per CoinGecko. Ethereum, the host chain, held $1,878.80.

That sector is why Bullski appears on best meme coin presale shortlists.

Two rows carry the argument. Look at stage 3 at $0.00002, which shows what a later arrival pays, then at the $24.77 billion sector line, which shows the pool this token joins. Our earlier note on that comparison sits in the note we ran on entry prices.

What Bullski Puts on the Page Before You Pay

Transparency here is measurable. Token count, step price, allocation size and remaining balance all sit on the page, and each moves only when purchases move it. Buyers never have to reverse engineer the terms from a chat channel.

Watch out: Copycat pages copy artwork, not counters. Measure what Bullski publishes before you pay against the live figures, and treat any page missing them as a page to close.

Scale supplies the last piece of context. Bitcoin carried $1.264 trillion and Ethereum $226.7 billion on August 17, 2026, so a capped 120 billion supply priced at $0.000015 is a different proposition entirely. For the surrounding picture, our wider market read covers how the week treated the majors.

Why Buyers Are Moving on the $0.000015 Step Now

Two published numbers frame the decision. Today’s rung costs $0.000015. One step higher, stage 3 costs $0.00002, which is 33 percent more for the same token.

Because rungs turn over on sell-outs, that switch can arrive without notice.

Buy $BULLSKI at $0.000015: move ETH, BNB or USDT into your own wallet, reach the official page from a saved address, note which rung the counter displays, and confirm the purchase. Hold back a little ETH for network fees.

Tokens arrive in the wallet used at checkout, and staking can begin without waiting for a listing. Referral rewards run alongside it, so an entry made today can earn before any exchange quotes a price.

Best Crypto Presale Questions, Answered

What Is the Next Bitcoin?

No token repeats Bitcoin’s path, and that coin still holds $1.264 trillion at $62,970. Smaller supply and a lower entry are what people usually mean by the question. Anyone hunting the next big cryptocurrency is really after an early number and a fixed cap, which is exactly what a published ladder provides.

Are Crypto Presales Worth It?

It depends on what the project publishes. A sale that prints its supply, its allocation and every step price gives a buyer something to verify, and Bullski prints all three. Selling out stage 1 at $0.00001 adds a demand record, and few options labelled new crypto to invest in carry one.

Roundups of the best crypto presales to buy now change weekly, while those printed figures do not.

Where Do I Buy Presale Tokens?

Presale tokens are sold on the project’s own site rather than on an exchange. For this one, that means the official Bullski page and the counter displayed on it. Saving the address and returning to it each time keeps buyers clear of lookalike pages, which is the habit that protects any meme coin presale entry.

How to Buy Crypto Presale?

Four moves cover it. Get USDT, BNB or ETH into a wallet you control, reach the official page from a saved address, read the rung on the counter, then buy $BULLSKI at the stage two rung. Tokens land in that same wallet, ready to stake straight away.

Anyone weighing the next big crypto usually begins with exactly these four moves.

For More Information

Website: Visit the official Bullski website at bullski.io

Telegram: Join the Bullski Telegram channel at t.me/BullskiCoinOfficial

X (Twitter): Follow Bullski on X at x.com/bullskicoin

Disclaimer: Trading cryptocurrencies/digital assets carries a high level of risk, and may not be suitable for all investors. You should be aware of all the risks associated with cryptocurrency/digital asset trading, and seek advice from an independent financial advisor. Any opinions, news, research, analyses, prices, or other information contained on this website is provided as general market commentary, and does not constitute investment advice. The website or its publishers will not accept liability for any loss or damage, including without limitation to, any loss of profit, which may arise directly or indirectly from use of or reliance on such information.The above content is published as received and has not been edited by the channel staff. The channel holds no responsibility for its content.

New Delhi [India], August 18: Ten years ago, Praneeta Kumar Shringi and Hitesh Nigam founded DesignAnswers with a shared conviction: that design creates its greatest value when it is grounded in strategy.

Today, that belief remains at the heart of the independent Gurugram-based firm. DesignAnswers works with organisations at moments of creation, change and growth—helping them define what they stand for, find a distinctive place in the market and translate that thinking into brands and experiences that people recognise, understand and remember.

Its practice sits deliberately at the intersection of strategy and design. Brand strategy, positioning and architecture often begin the conversation; identity, packaging, digital, campaigns, editorial and environmental design bring that thinking to life. The result is a body of work that spans industries, audiences and very different levels of scale and premiumness—from accessible consumer brands to sophisticated corporate and institutional identities.

That breadth has become one of DesignAnswers’ strengths.

The firm has worked across FMCG, aviation, technology, healthcare, financial services, hospitality and lifestyle, partnering with organisations including American Express, Diageo, ITC, Dr. Reddy’s, Bayer, Pernod Ricard, Digi Yatra Foundation and BLR Airport. Over the years, its work has been recognised repeatedly at India’s Best Design Awards, alongside recognition from The Economic Times Awards for Design & Creativity.

But the more compelling story is the diversity of problems behind that work.

For Wingreens Farms, DesignAnswers helped build a distinctive consumer-facing brand and packaging language in an intensely competitive category. For Digi Yatra, it translated a complex technology proposition into an identity designed around simplicity, trust and seamless travel. And its relationship with BLR Airport has grown across multiple engagements and touchpoints—spanning brand thinking, communication, campaigns, publications and new propositions within the airport ecosystem.

This ability to move between categories—and between mass, premium and institutional brands—is intentional. DesignAnswers does not subscribe to a house style. The ambition is to find the strategic idea that is right for the business and then build a design language powerful enough to own it.

Central to this approach are its founders.

Praneeta and Hitesh remain deeply involved in the work, often working directly with leadership teams from the earliest conversations through to execution. Their complementary perspectives—Praneeta at the intersection of business, brand and strategy; Hitesh across creative thinking and design—have shaped both the firm and the relationships it builds.

That hands-on model has resulted in partnerships that frequently extend beyond individual projects. Clients return as businesses evolve, brands grow and new challenges emerge. For DesignAnswers, longevity is built not by becoming an external supplier, but by becoming a trusted creative and strategic partner.

A decade in, DesignAnswers remains deliberately independent, curious and close to the work. Its ambition for the next ten years is not simply to design more brands, but to play a larger role in building them—bringing strategy and creativity together to create businesses that are distinctive, relevant and built to endure.

Mr. Shaibu Cherian, Director, Paul Merchants Finance

Chandigarh [India], August 18: Paul Merchants Finance Private Limited (PMFPL), a diversified NBFC and part of the Paul Merchants Group, has launched its Loan Against Silver product. The launch follows the Reserve Bank of India’s introduction of the Reserve Bank of India (Lending Against Gold and Silver Collateral) Directions, 2025, which formally enabled eligible regulated lenders to accept silver as collateral for loans. The move by the RBI has opened the way for silver to become part of the formal secured lending ecosystem in India.

With this launch, PMFPL aims to bring an organised and transparent lending model to a segment that has traditionally been dominated by the unorganised sector, where customers have largely depended on local financiers and informal channels to raise credit against their silver assets.

Silver has traditionally been an important household asset in India, particularly across semi-urban and rural markets, where silver jewellery and ornaments are widely held as a form of savings and financial security. Despite its widespread ownership, access to formal credit against silver has remained largely unavailable. PMFPL’s Silver Loan initiative seeks to bridge this gap by providing customers with access to credit against an asset they already own.

Speaking on the launch, Mr. S. Paul, Chairman, Paul Merchants Group, said, “Silver has always had a strong place in Indian households, particularly in markets where it is an important form of savings and financial security. However, lending against silver has largely remained in the unorganised sector. With the RBI enabling lending against silver as collateral, we see an opportunity to bring this segment into the formal financial ecosystem. At Paul Merchants, we have chosen to make a meaningful beginning by establishing exclusive Silver Loan branches and creating a specialised lending platform around silver. We believe this can provide customers with a more organised and transparent avenue to access credit against an asset they already own.”

The Company has commenced its Silver Loan operations from Chandigarh and plans to expand the product to other locations in a phased manner, with more dedicated Silver Loan branches being established to provide customers with an organised platform for availing loans against their silver assets. Under this offering, customers can avail loans ranging from ₹2,000 to ₹15 lakh, against eligible silver jewellery, ornaments and approved silver coins, subject to the company’s lending policies and applicable regulatory requirements. The product is intended to cater to individuals, proprietors and MSMEs looking for liquidity for personal, business and other legitimate financial requirements.

Commenting on the business opportunity, Shaibu Cherian, Director, Paul Merchants Finance, said, “We see Silver Loan as more than a new lending product. It has the potential to create a new category in secured lending, particularly for customers looking for small-ticket loans to meet their immediate financial requirements. Our aim is to make Silver Loan a convenient and trusted option for short-term funding, allowing customers to unlock the value of their silver when they need it. We believe this segment has significant potential to grow and, in the future, become a preferred choice for small-ticket, secured credit.”

The Silver Loan business will form an important part of PMFPL’s diversified secured lending portfolio, alongside its existing lending activities comprising Secured MSME Loans, Loan Against Property (LAP), Loan Against Shares (LAS) and Corporate Loans. The company intends to develop Silver Loans as a scalable lending vertical as it expands its presence across markets.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Lucknow, (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 18: Chandan Healthcare Limited (NSE – CHANDAN), – Chandan Healthcare Limited, one of the leading players in Diagnostic sector having Pan India presence, has announced its unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27.

Consolidated Key Financial Highlights

Q1 FY27 Consolidated Key Financial Highlights (YoY)

• Total Income of ₹ 82.26 Cr, YoY growth of 19.62%
• EBITDA of ₹ 20.98 Cr, YoY growth of 42.27%
• EBITDA Margin of 25.51%, YoY growth of 406 Bps
• PAT of ₹ 7.50 Cr, YoY growth of 29.51%
• PAT Margin of 9.11%, YoY growth of 70 Bps
• EPS of ₹ 2.59, YoY growth of 12.61%

Q1 FY27 Consolidated Key Financial Highlights (QoQ)

• Total Income of ₹ 82.26 Cr, QoQ growth of 6.24%
• EBITDA of ₹ 20.98 Cr, QoQ growth of 57.50%
• EBITDA Margin of 25.51%, QoQ growth of 830 Bps
• PAT of ₹ 7.50 Cr, QoQ growth of 52.82%
• PAT Margin of 9.11%, QoQ growth of 278 Bps
• EPS of ₹ 2.59, QoQ growth of 32.82%

For more details, visit the company’s website: https://chandandiagnostic.com/

Commenting on the financial performance, Mr. Amar Singh, Promoter and Chairman & Managing Director of Chandan Healthcare Limited, said, “We delivered a healthy performance during the quarter, with Total Income of ₹82.26 Cr, reflecting growth of 19.62% YoY. The performance was supported by continued expansion of our diagnostic network, growing contribution from the B2G business and steady progress across our partnership-led growth initiatives.

Our network expansion gained significant momentum during the quarter, with 134 franchise centres added, taking the franchise network to 264 centres. We also added 1 Comprehensive Diagnostic Centre, 2 Diagnostic Centres and 3 standalone Labs, taking our total network to 327 centres, including franchise centres. The franchise rollout continues to progress well, enabling us to expand our reach efficiently across existing and new markets.

We also strengthened our presence in key geographies during the quarter. The acquisition of Nishkam Imaging, an established radiology and pathology centre in New Delhi, further strengthened our Delhi network, while the launch of our Vadodara centre marked our entry into Gujarat. Our rollout with Jeena Sikho hospitals and clinics is progressing well, and we plan to expand diagnostic services across additional partner facilities.

Going forward, our focus remains on accelerating the franchise rollout, further expanding our franchise footprint, scaling our partnership-led network, growing the B2G business and selectively expanding our presence across attractive markets. We remain focused on building a wider, accessible and integrated diagnostics network through a balanced expansion of franchise and owned centres, while driving sustainable growth.”

About Chandan Healthcare Limited

Chandan Healthcare Limited, established in 2003, is one of India’s leading providers of diagnostic and pharmacy services and a key entity of the Chandan Group. The Company delivers a comprehensive range of pathology and radiology services through its expanding network across India.

As on June 30, 2026, the Company operates 327 diagnostic centres including 264 operational franchise centres, strengthening its presence across urban, semi-urban and emerging markets. Its diagnostic portfolio comprises more than 3,000 pathology tests and 500+ radiology tests, including blood tests, X-ray, ECG, Ultrasound, CT scan, MRI and several other specialized diagnostic investigations. The Company’s network includes NABL and NABH accredited pathology laboratories and radiology centres, reflecting its commitment to delivering reliable, high-quality diagnostic services.

Chandan Healthcare operates through a diversified business model comprising B2C (Retail Customers), B2B (Institutional & Corporate Clients) and B2G (Government PPP Contracts), providing a balanced and scalable revenue profile while catering to a wide spectrum of healthcare needs.

The Company was listed on the NSE Emerge platform on February 17, 2025.

During FY26, The Company reported Total Income of ₹280.67 Cr, EBITDA of ₹56.84 Cr and Profit After Tax (PAT) of ₹27.06 Cr, reflecting its continued operational growth and financial strength.

Disclaimer

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

New Delhi [India], August 18: Elite matchmaking platform Wedknott on Tuesday announced the acquisition of Aurezia Events, a premium wedding planning and design company, marking the company’s entry into India’s wedding services market.

Financial terms of the transaction were not disclosed. Wedknott has taken a majority equity stake in the company, it said in a statement. Aurezia Events will retain its brand name and expand into the broader weddings and events space, with founder Peres continuing as Co-Founder and Director.

India hosts nearly 10 million weddings a year, an economy estimated at US$130 billion (Rs 11 lakh crore) annually, according to industry estimates. The market remains highly fragmented. A single wedding can involve dozens of vendors for venues, decor, photography and hospitality, with quality and accountability varying widely from vendor to vendor.

According to the company, nearly 45 per cent of couples matched on its platform had sought help with wedding planning, prompting the expansion beyond matchmaking.

“Finding the right partner was never the end of our responsibility. It was the beginning of a bigger journey. Nearly half our couples were already asking us to stay on. Aurezia lets us serve them with the same care that defined the match,” said Abhinav Gandhi, Founder and CEO of Wedknott.

“Joining Wedknott means we become part of each couple’s story much earlier, and our work will be more personal for it,” said Peres, Founder of Aurezia Events.

The integrated offering will roll out from the current wedding season across metros, Tier 1 cities and destination wedding locations, the statement added. Founded in 2018 and headquartered in Noida, Wedknott serves over 2,000 families across 75 cities and four continents. The company had raised strategic investment in January 2026 from Pratik Gauri, a serial entrepreneur, investor and speaker known for championing the concept of a purpose-driven 5th Industrial Revolution. His work has been recognised by platforms including the World Economic Forum, Forbes and TED.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 18: Central Depository Services (India) Limited (CDSL) Investor Protection Fund (IPF) has launched a multilingual investor education film to promote thoughtful financial planning and informed investing. Developed in collaboration with Amar Chitra Katha, the film simplifies essential investment concepts through engaging storytelling, making them accessible and relatable for investors across diverse geographies and demographics.

The animated film, The Garden of Prosperity, follows Akbar and Birbal as they help a newly married couple understand how to invest their wedding gifts wisely. Using the analogy of nurturing a garden, they explain the importance of goal-based investing, diversifying investments across financial goals, aligning investments with different time horizons and maintaining an emergency fund. Through an engaging narrative, the film simplifies essential investment principles and encourages disciplined financial planning for long-term wealth creation. The film is available in 12 languages: English, Hindi, Marathi, Bengali, Gujarati, Punjabi, Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, Odia and Assamese, ensuring wide reach across urban and rural investor segments.

Speaking about the initiative, Shri Sudhish Pillai, Head, CDSL IPF Secretariat, said: “At CDSL IPF, we believe financial education is most effective when complex concepts are communicated through simple, relatable stories. By combining the timeless wisdom of Akbar and Birbal with practical lessons on financial planning, this multilingual film makes investing easier to understand for people across age groups and geographies. Through engaging formats such as films and comics, we hope to encourage investors to adopt goal-based investing, prepare for the future with confidence and participate in the securities market in an informed and responsible manner.”

The initiative builds on CDSL IPF’s collaboration with Amar Chitra Katha to develop a series of investor education comics that simplify financial concepts through familiar characters and narratives. The series also includes titles such as The Unofficial Ustaad and The Golden Peacock Fraud, helping make financial education more inclusive and accessible across age groups and regions.

CDSL IPF remains committed to advancing financial literacy through nationwide investor awareness initiatives, empowering individuals to become #AtmanirbharInvestor.

Link to watch the film:
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ozVo2ZfzlSc

New Delhi [India], August 18: A thought-provoking Business Talk Show themed “Emerging India, Developed India” was organised at Holiday Inn Hotel, bringing together distinguished personalities, entrepreneurs, professionals, experts and young voices to discuss India’s growth, development and emerging opportunities.

The event witnessed the presence of several prominent guests, including Delhi Mayor Pravesh Wahi, SP Zone Chairperson Usha Sharma, Hindu Rao Hospital MS Prof. Dr. Suman Mehndiratta, Inspector Sanjay Gade, Sanjay Sharma, and Padma Shri awardee Bharat Bhushan. The event was organised by Aatul Jain and Isha, with active participation from members of Youth India.

The platform featured a diverse group of speakers who shared their experiences, professional insights and perspectives on entrepreneurship, innovation, personal development, spirituality, healthcare, aviation, technology and other areas contributing to a stronger and more progressive India.

Among the key speakers were Dilip Kumar Prasad (Spermotile), Pratibha Badurkar (The Roots & Radiance), Prashant Khankhoje (A2Z Adcon LLP), Dr. Manu Singh (Sarv Dharma Samvad), Pijush Ranjay Ghosh (AI Champ & Mindstrology), Sagar Amlani (The Productive Mindset), Saurav Mahajan (The Saurav Mahajan Show), Yusuf Poonawala (Lux Voyages), Neerjara Aura (Orralite), Somanshu Gaur and Dr. Himanshu Gaur (Wise Monk), Captain Deval Soni (Golden Epaulettes Aviation), Pankaj Chandak (GrowPure Organic), Dr. Anshul Gupta (The Corporate Spirituality), Bhupendra Kumar (Well With India Pvt. Ltd.), Chetan N. Bhangade (Swaseva), and Animesh Khandelwal (Senatus Legal), among others.

The event was moderated by Anukriti Sharma, Khushi Mudgal and Veronica Chaudhary, who guided the discussions and interactions throughout the programme.

Pratibha Badurkar: Transforming Adversity into a Mission of Healing

One of the notable journeys highlighted during the event was that of Pratibha Badurkar, whose personal experiences have played a significant role in shaping her professional mission.

Born into a modest family, Pratibha describes her life journey as a *roller-coaster ride, marked by personal loss and serious health challenges, including *Pemphigus Vulgaris. Instead of allowing these difficult experiences to define her future, she chose to look inward and embark on a journey of personal transformation.

Today, Pratibha is a holistic healer, certified professional mind trainer, author and transformational life coach. She has undergone training in areas including Pranic Healing, Crystal Healing, Psychotherapy and Past Life Regression, among other disciplines.

Her journey has also been recognised through honours such as the India Iconic Award 2025, Global Woman Icon 2025 and Visionary Leader Award. She has also been featured in Forbes, Business Ascent and Icons of Bharat, and has participated as a TEDx speaker.

With an ambitious vision of creating one lakh healing leaders and positively impacting one billion lives, Pratibha views her book as another meaningful step towards this mission. Her journey reflects a powerful message: personal challenges can become a source of learning, purpose and transformation.

The “Emerging India, Developed India” platform ultimately brought together diverse voices united by a common objective—to share ideas, experiences and perspectives that can contribute to individual growth, professional excellence and the larger vision of a progressive India.

The race for the best crypto presale is entering its most urgent phase yet as speculation grows around what AlphaPepe ($ALPE) could reveal on August 19. With only two days left until the major launch update, the presale has now raised $2.34 million, attracted more than 11,000 holders, and moved into Stage 20 at $0.02654 after Stage 19 sold out fast.

The biggest question is whether August 19 could mark the end of the current presale phase. AlphaPepe has not confirmed a closure date, but the mystery surrounding the reveal is fueling speculation as whales move to secure larger positions before the announcement. Three CEX partnerships are already secured, Tier-1 listing rumors are circulating, and the final 48-hour countdown is becoming difficult for retail to ignore.

Could AlphaPepe Close the Presale on August 19?

AlphaPepe has confirmed a major launch update reveal for August 19, but the exact announcement remains under wraps.

Stage 19 is already gone, Stage 20 is live at $0.02654, and buyers do not know whether the current presale structure will remain unchanged after the reveal.

There has been no official confirmation that August 19 will end the presale, but speculation is growing that the update could move AlphaPepe significantly closer to public trading or introduce changes to the remaining token sale.

For buyers already considering $ALPE, waiting carries a simple risk: the entry conditions available today may not be the same after the launch details become public.

Whales Rush In With Only Two Days Left

AlphaPepe has now pushed past $2.34 million raised and 11,000 holders, giving the project a sizeable pre-launch community before public trading begins.

The closer August 19 gets, the more urgency larger buyers face. Whales trying to secure meaningful allocations need available supply, and fast-moving stages can make it harder to accumulate at the same price if another wave of demand arrives.

Stage 19 already showed that pressure by selling out quickly. Stage 20 now sits at $0.02654, meaning every new purchase removes more allocation before the reveal.

For retail, whale activity is becoming part of the signal: bigger buyers appear increasingly unwilling to wait until every launch detail is known.

Three CEX Partnerships Fuel Tier-1 Rumors

Exchange access adds another layer to the August 19 speculation.

AlphaPepe has already secured three CEX partnerships before public trading, putting the project ahead of presales that only promise future exchange access.

Now discussion is shifting toward whether a Tier-1 exchange could eventually join the rollout.

No Tier-1 listing has been formally confirmed, but the three existing exchange partnerships give the rumor more substance. If August 19 brings further exchange news, current Stage 20 buyers will have positioned before those details reached the wider market.

AlphaSwap Early Access is also already live, giving AlphaPepe working utility before $ALPE reaches public exchanges. That combination of product progress and exchange preparation is helping the presale attract attention beyond pure meme speculation.

Bonus Drop Makes the Final 48 Hours Even Hotter

AlphaPepe is also running its Bonus Drop, giving buyers another reason to move before August 19.

Every draw reveals +10%, +30%, +50%, +100% or +200% extra ALPE, and every draw wins. Once activated, the multiplier remains live for 48 hours and applies to every qualifying buy made during that period.

Previous purchasing activity improves the odds of landing larger multipliers, giving existing buyers an incentive to keep building their positions.

The timing is especially aggressive because a Bonus Drop activated now overlaps closely with the countdown to August 19. Buyers therefore face two clocks at once: the bonus window is running while the market waits to discover what AlphaPepe plans next.

Why the Best Crypto Presale Race Is Heating Up

AlphaPepe now combines nearly every catalyst retail watches during the late stages of a presale: $2.34 million raised, 11,000+ holders, Stage 20 live at $0.02654, AlphaSwap Early Access, three secured CEX partnerships, Tier-1 speculation and a launch reveal only two days away.

The unanswered question is what August 19 changes.

The presale could continue, or the reveal could signal a new phase. AlphaPepe has not confirmed a closure date, which is precisely why larger buyers appear unwilling to wait for certainty.

For retail still watching from the sidelines, the next 48 hours could become one of the most important entry windows before the biggest AlphaPepe announcement so far resets the narrative.

VISIT ALPHAPEPE OFFICIAL WEBSITE

FAQs

Will the AlphaPepe Presale Close on August 19?
AlphaPepe has not confirmed that the presale will close on August 19. The project has confirmed a major launch update reveal for that date, fueling speculation about whether the current presale phase could change afterward.

What Is the Current AlphaPepe Price?
AlphaPepe is currently in Stage 20 at $0.02654 after Stage 19 sold out fast, with more than $2.34 million raised and over 11,000 holders.

What Is the Best Crypto Presale?
AlphaPepe is emerging as a best crypto presale candidate after raising $2.34 million, attracting more than 11,000 holders, securing three CEX partnerships, and entering Stage 20 at $0.02654 ahead of the August 19 launch update.

Disclaimer: Trading cryptocurrencies/digital assets carries a high level of risk, and may not be suitable for all investors. You should be aware of all the risks associated with cryptocurrency/digital asset trading, and seek advice from an independent financial advisor. Any opinions, news, research, analyses, prices, or other information contained on this website is provided as general market commentary, and does not constitute investment advice. The website or its publishers will not accept liability for any loss or damage, including without limitation to, any loss of profit, which may arise directly or indirectly from use of or reliance on such information.The above content is published as received and has not been edited by the channel staff. The channel holds no responsibility for its content.

Term loan cleared via Thyrocare stake sale and internal accruals; Docon retains 51.02% controlling stake, now fully unencumbered

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 17: API Holdings, India’s largest digital healthcare platform and the ultimate parent company of Thyrocare, has become debt-free after repaying its outstanding debt of ₹1,050 crore, funded through proceeds from the recent sale of a portion of its stake in Thyrocare Technologies and internal accruals.

The development comes after Docon Technologies Private Limited, the promoter and holding company of Thyrocare, sold 1,57,69,696 Thyrocare shares, representing around 9.90% of the company’s paid-up equity share capital, through market trades. Following the sale, Docon continues to remain the promoter and holding company of Thyrocare with a 51.02% stake.

The debt payment has also resulted in the release of the pledge on the remaining Thyrocare shares held by Docon. The entire outstanding pledge linked to the debt has now been released, leaving Docon’s 51.02% holding in Thyrocare fully unencumbered.

Alok Kumar Jagnani, Whole-Time Director and Group CFO, API Holdings, said, “We’ve repaid our term debt in full, and we did it the hard way, without diluting our stake in Thyrocare below 51%. That’s the real headline: a stronger balance sheet without giving up our ownership. It reflects a capital allocation philosophy where growth and discipline aren’t traded off against each other. With every business in the group soon profitable, there’s no drag left on the P&L; just a clean base to build from.”

Siddharth Shah, Vice Chairman, API Holdings, said, “The Thyrocare acquisition has worked out well for API. Shareholders who held on instead of tendering to our open offer at ₹433 a share in July 2021 (bonus adjusted) are sitting on ₹653 at the close of trading on 14th August 2026 – dividends included. That’s a 51% return. NIFTY 50 gave you 41%. Pathology peers weren’t even close. True value for money! Congratulations to the Thyrocare team, a turnaround nobody thought was possible.”

Rahul Guha, MD & CEO, API Holdings and Thyrocare, said, “Zero debt isn’t the finish line; it’s the starting gun. This wasn’t financial engineering; it was Thyrocare’s and the group’s execution, quarter after quarter, that made it possible. What the team proved is bigger than a balance sheet: this organisation can execute on anything it sets its mind to. That’s the real asset we’re carrying into the next chapter.”

With its term loan fully repaid and businesses moving into profitability, API Holdings now enters its next phase focused on profitable growth, disciplined execution and long-term value creation across its healthcare businesses.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Jamnagar (Gujarat) [India], August 17: Dhanwel Hybrid Seeds Limited (“Company”), a Jamnagar based seed manufacturing company engaged in the production, processing and marketing of seeds for field crops and vegetables, announced the opening of its Initial Public Offering (IPO). The Issue will open for subscription on Wednesday, August 19, 2026 and will close on Friday, August 21, 2026. The Company is proposed to be listed on the BSE SME platform. The Issue Price Band has been fixed at Rs. 95 to Rs. 99 per equity share and the total Issue Size is up to Rs. 26.73 crore. Also The tentative allotment date is Monday, August 24, 2026, followed by refunds and credit of shares on Tuesday, August 25, 2026. The equity shares are expected to be listed on the stock exchanges on Wednesday, August 26, 2026 (tentative).

Total Issue Size of 27,00,000 equity shares aggregating up to Rs. 27 crore, including 1,36,800 equity shares reserved for the Market Maker and a Fresh Issue of 25,63,200 equity shares aggregating up to Rs. 25 crore.

The IPO comprises a Total Issue Size of 27,00,000 equity shares of face value of Rs.10 each through the Book Building Route. Out of the total issue size, 1,36,800 equity shares are reserved for the Market Maker, Aikyam Capital Pvt. Ltd., aggregating up to Rs. 1 crore. The Fresh Issue, excluding the Market Maker reservation, comprises 25,63,200 equity shares, aggregating up to Rs. 25 crore, which is also the Net Issue offered to the Public. There is no Offer for Sale (OFS). The application lot size is 1,200 equity shares.

Wealth Mine Networks Limited is the Book Running Lead Manager to the Issue, Cameo Corporate Services Limited is the Registrar to the Issue, and Aikyam Capital Pvt. Ltd. is the Market Maker.

Mr. Kishankumar Gordhanbhai Meghani, Chairman and Managing Director, Dhanwel Hybrid Seeds Limited, said, “Our IPO marks a significant step towards transforming our growth momentum into a stronger and more scalable business. With a growing product portfolio, integrated seed capabilities and strong financial performance, we are well positioned to capture emerging opportunities in the agricultural sector. The IPO proceeds will strengthen our working capital and support our expansion, while enabling us to build a stronger foundation for sustainable growth and long term value creation.”

The Company proposes to utilise Rs. 7.60 crore towards repayment or prepayment, in full or in part, of borrowings availed from banks and financial institutions and Rs. 11.60 crore towards funding its working capital requirements. The remaining proceeds will be utilised towards general corporate purposes.

Strong Financial Performance

Dhanwel Hybrid Seeds Limited has delivered strong financial growth over the last three financial years. Total Income increased to Rs. 74.59 crore in FY26 from Rs. 44.13 crore in FY25 and Rs. 35.49 crore in FY24, registering a growth of 69.02% YoY in FY26. Profit After Tax increased significantly to Rs. 6.12 crore in FY26 from Rs. 2.16 crore in FY25 and Rs. 1.91 crore in FY24, registering a growth of 183.46% YoY. EBITDA stood at Rs. 9.24 crore in FY26, compared to Rs. 3.66 crore in FY25 and Rs. 2.79 crore in FY24.

The Company’s financial position also strengthened during the period, with Net Worth increasing to Rs. 19.66 crore in FY26 from Rs. 13.27 crore in FY25 and Rs. 3.65 crore in FY24. Total Borrowings stood at Rs. 7.68 crore in FY26, compared to Rs. 5.97 crore in FY25 and Rs. 1.94 crore in FY24. Total Assets increased to Rs. 36.99 crore in FY26 from Rs. 21.07 crore in FY25 and Rs. 7.89 crore in FY24.

About Dhanwel Hybrid Seeds Ltd.

Incorporated in 2018, Dhanwel Hybrid Seeds is engaged in the business of seed manufacturing and supply for various field crops and vegetables. It develops and produces quality seeds by sourcing improved genetic seed material from recognised institutions, research organisations, and the open market. Seed production is carried out through a well-planned process that includes cultivation, processing, quality control, and packaging.

Its products include Groundnut Seeds, Soybean Seeds, Gram Seeds, Sesame Seeds, Wheat seeds, Green Gram Seeds and Black Gram Seeds, Fenugreek Seeds and Cumin Seeds, and others.

The Company works with selected seed-growing farmers under supervised arrangements, where it provides seed material and technical guidance while closely monitoring crop quality. After harvest, seeds are processed at the company’s facility in Jashapar, Jamnagar, through cleaning, grading, treatment, and packing to ensure high quality and viability. The company also procures seeds directly from farmers and the open market when required.

As of April 30, 2026, the company had 18 employees across various business functions, supported by additional daily-wage workers as needed.

Competitive Strengths:

• Wide Range of Seeds and its Variants
• Quality Assurance
• Customer Satisfaction
• Experienced Promoter supported by dedicated Management team
• Strong order book of Rs 13.13 crore

With just two weeks to go, Money Expo India 2026 is set to bring the financial industry together at Jio World Convention Centre, Mumbai, on 29–30 August 2026.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 17: Returning for its 5th edition, the expo will host 120+ exhibitors and 100+ speakers, alongside traders, investors, fintech professionals, financial institutions, brokers and technology providers, across two days of insights, networking, product discovery and business opportunities.

India’s markets are evolving fast, and this edition offers a closer look at the technologies, strategies and opportunities shaping what’s next — from online trading and stock markets to digital payments, investment platforms, mutual funds, ETFs and emerging fintech. For attendees, it’s a chance to move beyond online conversations and engage directly with the companies, experts and professionals leading the industry.

Meet the People Shaping What Comes Next

A major part of the Money Expo India experience is its speaker lineup, with 100+ industry experts and thought leaders taking the stage across the two-day event, including:

• Prasanna Lohar — President, India Blockchain Forum
• Vijay Krishnamurthy — Managing Director & CEO, India INX, GIFT City
• Niranjan Avasthi — President & Head of Product, Marketing and Digital, Edelweiss Mutual Fund
• Balakrishnan Ilango — Senior Innovation Manager, Analytics APAC, London Stock Exchange Group
• Dhiraj Nim — Economist / FX Strategist, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group
• Sanjiv Roy — Head of Affluent Banking, Wealth Management & Fee Products, RBL Bank
• Anindya Banerjee — Head of Research, FICC Desk, Kotak Securities
• Chandan Taparia — Head of Technical & Derivatives Research, Motilal Oswal Financial Services
• Saurabh Patwa — Head of Equities & Portfolio Manager, Quest Investment Management
• Aamar Deo Singh — Senior Vice President, Research, Angel One
• Chintan Thakkar — Global Financial Markets Expert
• Kunal Bothra — Market Technical Expert & SEBI-Registered Research Analyst

This year’s agenda tackles the shifts redefining trading today — from managing leverage and risk in a tighter derivatives market to what’s really driving broker choice for India’s more informed, higher-value traders. Expect sharp, practical conversations on the discipline behind durable performance and the platform standards traders now expect before they commit.

For traders and investors, this means direct access to perspectives that can help them better understand a rapidly changing market. For financial professionals and businesses, it creates a space to exchange ideas, identify emerging opportunities, and connect with potential partners.

Book your Ticket for Money Expo India 2026.

About Money Expo India

Money Expo India is a financial event connecting traders, investors, fintech companies, financial institutions, and industry professionals. The event provides a platform for expert discussions, networking, product discovery, and conversations around the future of finance, trading and financial technology.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Fresh issue of 15.01 lakh equity shares and Offer for Sale of 3.75 lakh equity shares to support debt repayment, logistics expansion, and renewable energy investment

Palghar (Maharashtra) [India], August 17: Mopshop Distribution Limited (“Company”), engaged in the business of providing Facility Management Supplies (FMS) across India, announced the opening of its Initial Public Offering (IPO). The Issue will open for subscription on Wednesday, August 19, 2026, and will close on Friday, August 21, 2026. The Company is proposed to be listed on the BSE SME platform. The Issue Price has been fixed at Rs. 138 per equity share and the total Issue Size is up to Rs. 27.26 crore.

• FY26 Revenue from Operations stood at Rs. 44.60 crore; PAT stood at Rs. 5.18 crore
• IPO opens on August 19, 2026 and closes on August 21, 2026; application lot size fixed at 1,000 equity shares
• Proceeds to support debt repayment, purchase of commercial vehicles, and setting up of a rooftop grid solar power plant

IPO Details

• IPO Open: August 19, 2026
• IPO Close: August 21, 2026
• Issue Price: Rs. 138 per equity share
• Issue Size: Rs. 27.26 crore
• Fresh Issue: 15,01,000 equity shares
• Lot Size: 1,000 equity shares

The IPO comprises a fresh issue of 15,01,000 equity shares of face value Rs. 10 each and an Offer for Sale of 3,75,000 equity shares through the fixed price issue. The application lot size is 1,000 equity shares. The Issue includes a Market Maker Reservation of 99,000 equity shares, while the Net Issue to the Public is 18,76,000 equity shares. Khandwala Securities Ltd. is the Book Running Lead Manager to the Issue, while Cameo Corporate Services Ltd. is the Registrar to the Issue.

The Company proposes to utilise Rs. 11.98 crore towards repayment of all or a portion of certain outstanding borrowings availed by the Company, Rs. 2.60 crore towards the purchase of commercial vehicles for transportation and logistical purposes, and Rs. 1.05 crore towards funding capital expenditure requirements for setting up a Rooftop Grid Solar Power Plant at its Warehousing Facility located at Vasai, Palghar, Thane 401208. Further, a portion of the Net Proceeds will be utilised towards general corporate purposes and offer-related expenses.

Mr. Rahul Jain, CEO of Mopshop Distribution Limited, said, “Over the years, Mopshop Distribution has built a strong position in the facility management supplies segment through its wide product portfolio, technology-enabled procurement and pan-India logistics capabilities. Our ability to serve 9,000 sites reflects the strength and scalability of our business model. The IPO will enable us to strengthen our financial position, expand our logistics capabilities through additional commercial vehicles and invest in a rooftop solar power plant, supporting our next phase of growth while enhancing operational efficiency and sustainability.”

Mopshop Distribution has demonstrated steady financial performance, supported by consistent demand for its facility management supplies and operational execution. For Feb’26, the Company reported revenue from operations of Rs. 4,459.74 lakh, compared to Rs. 4,198.82 lakh in FY2025. Profit After Tax (PAT) stood at Rs. 517.71 lakh in Feb’26, compared to Rs. 347.72 lakh in the previous fiscal year, while Profit Before Tax (PBT) rose to Rs. 690.77 lakh from Rs. 467.90 lakh, reflecting the Company’s improving profitability and operational performance.

With the facility management industry witnessing increasing demand for organised and reliable supply solutions, Mopshop Distribution Limited is focused on capitalising on emerging opportunities and strengthening its market position. The Company intends to leverage its established industry relationships and execution capabilities to drive growth and create long-term value for its stakeholders.

About Mopshop Distribution Limited

Incorporated in 2018, Mopshop Distribution Limited is engaged in the business of providing Facility Management Supplies (FMS) to a diversified clientele across India. The Company offers a wide range of cleaning and hygiene consumables, including microfiber cloths, surface disinfectants, sensor-based dispensers, biodegradable garbage bags, tissue papers, pedal bins, wringer buckets, vacuum cleaners, air fresheners, tool kits and related accessories. Mopshop serves clients across sectors including Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI), construction and real estate, healthcare and facility management companies, with an operational footprint across multiple geographical locations and a growing roster of over 300 clients across India. The Company focuses on providing functional, durable and affordable products to meet the evolving requirements of institutional and facility management customers.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Jais, Amethi [India], August 17: The Rajiv Gandhi Institute of Petroleum Technology (RGIPT), Jais, celebrated the 80th Independence Day of India with patriotic fervour and enthusiasm. Faculty members, officers, staff, students, research scholars and members of the RGIPT community came together to commemorate the nation’s freedom and honour the sacrifices of the countless freedom fighters who contributed to India’s independence.

The celebrations commenced with the unfurling of the National Flag by the Hon’ble Director, Prof. Harish Hirani, followed by the National Anthem.

Addressing the gathering, Prof. Hirani emphasised the importance of ethics, integrity, discipline and responsible citizenship among the youth, highlighting their vital role in nation-building.

The central theme of his address was captured in the message: “Freedom gives us rights; rules and responsibilities make that freedom meaningful.”

Drawing inspiration from India’s freedom movement, Prof. Hirani reflected on the lives and contributions of Mahatma Gandhi, Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose, Shaheed Bhagat Singh, Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel and Dr. B. R. Ambedkar, highlighting the enduring lessons they offer in self-discipline, courage, intellectual questioning, institutional responsibility, justice and nation-building.

Referring to Mahatma Gandhi, the Director highlighted the importance of self-discipline, truth and integrity. He observed that freedom does not mean doing whatever one wishes; rather, it requires the discipline to do what is right, even when no one is watching. Gandhi’s decision to withdraw the Non-Cooperation Movement following the Chauri Chaura incident was cited as an example of placing principles and ethical conduct above immediate success. Drawing a parallel with academic life, Prof. Hirani emphasised that honesty in research, academic integrity and ethical conduct are as important as academic and professional achievement.

Speaking about Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose, Prof. Hirani emphasised the importance of discipline, organisation and collective purpose. The Indian National Army was highlighted as an example of how individual courage can become a source of national strength when united around a common objective. Relating this to RGIPT, he noted that the strength of an institution lies not only in individual achievements but also in the ability of its people to work together towards a shared vision.

The Director also highlighted Shaheed Bhagat Singh as an example of intellectual courage and the willingness to question injustice. He stressed that respect for rules should not mean giving up the ability to think critically. He distinguished between breaking rules for personal convenience and responsibly questioning practices that may require improvement. He emphasised that a strong institution needs both discipline to follow established rules and the courage to question and improve them through appropriate processes.

Referring to Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel, Prof. Hirani highlighted the importance of strong institutions, effective processes, law and decisive action in nation-building. He emphasised that neither a nation nor an educational institution can function on goodwill alone. Transparent procedures, academic regulations, financial discipline, research ethics, safety protocols, examination systems, procurement procedures and accountability are essential for ensuring fairness and strengthening institutional trust.

The Director further highlighted the contribution of Dr. B. R. Ambedkar and the Constitution of India in providing a framework through which political freedom could be transformed into a just, equal and democratic society. He emphasised that individual rights must coexist with the rights of others and that freedom must always be accompanied by responsibility.

“Freedom is not the right to ignore responsibility. Freedom is the opportunity to exercise responsibility.”

Prof. Hirani further emphasised that RGIPT’s responsibility extends beyond providing education and awarding degrees. As an Institution of National Importance, the Institute has a responsibility to contribute to India’s energy security, technological advancement, innovation, sustainability and human-resource development.

He called for strengthening an institutional culture based on academic honesty, ethical research, zero tolerance for plagiarism, laboratory safety, responsible use of public resources, merit, transparency, mutual respect and a strong sense of responsibility.

Emphasising the importance of rules in institutional life, Prof. Hirani said:

“Rules are not made to inconvenience honest people. Rules are made so that decisions do not depend upon someone’s personal preference.”

At the same time, he stressed that rules should not become barriers to innovation or institutional improvement. Where a rule no longer serves its intended purpose, it should be examined and improved through appropriate institutional processes.

“The answer to a bad rule is not arbitrary violation. The answer is responsible reform.”

Addressing the students, Prof. Hirani urged the younger generation to view Independence Day not only as a celebration of India’s past but also as a reminder of their responsibility towards the nation’s future. He observed that while the freedom fighters of an earlier generation fought against colonial rule, today’s generation must contribute to overcoming challenges such as poverty, unemployment, energy insecurity, pollution, technological dependence, misinformation and corruption.

He highlighted the important role of young engineers and researchers in India’s transformation and encouraged them to contribute to emerging areas such as renewable energy, green hydrogen, carbon management, energy storage, electric mobility, artificial intelligence, circular economy and sustainable technologies.

The Director called upon the RGIPT community to draw inspiration from the values of India’s freedom fighters and reflect those values in everyday life. He emphasised that respect for the Constitution and the law, honesty in academic and professional work, discipline, the courage to question and innovate, and the commitment to use knowledge for national progress are essential for building a stronger RGIPT and a stronger India.

He concluded by reminding the gathering that the best way to honour the freedom fighters is not merely to remember their sacrifices, but to live by the values for which they stood and contribute, in our own way, to building a better and stronger India.

“Freedom is our inheritance. Discipline is our responsibility. Integrity is our character. Knowledge is our strength. And nation-building is our duty.”

Prof. Hirani called for building an RGIPT where freedom is accompanied by responsibility, excellence by integrity, innovation by discipline, and individual aspirations by institutional commitment, while reaffirming the Institute’s commitment to contributing meaningfully to Viksit Bharat.

The Independence Day programme also featured a vibrant cultural presentation by the RGIPT community. The cultural segment began with an auspicious Ganesh Vandana presented by Aliya, setting a graceful and celebratory tone for the programme. This was followed by an energetic group song performance by Team Mridang, which was warmly received by the audience.

A lively group dance by Team Tarang further enriched the celebrations, followed by a diverse presentation of solo vocal performances, poetry and dance by students.

The cultural programme culminated in an evocative theatrical presentation portraying the courage, dedication and sacrifices of Indian soldiers serving in the harsh, high-altitude mountain frontiers of the country. The performance deeply moved the audience and served as a fitting tribute to the men and women who continue to safeguard the nation’s sovereignty and security.

The celebrations concluded on a note of patriotism, unity, and national pride, with the RGIPT community reaffirming its commitment to the values of freedom, integrity, discipline, service, and nation-building.

For more information, please visit: https://rgipt.ac.in/

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 17: How more than 13 years in forensic investigations, vigilance and compliance shaped an entrepreneur’s approach to building a food and wellness brand around purity, accountability and consumer confidence.

Some businesses begin with a gap in the market. Others take shape from a conviction built over years.

For Akash Singh Thakur, Founder of HALDIVA INDIA, entrepreneurship was not an overnight career switch. It emerged gradually from a professional life spent examining facts, identifying inconsistencies and understanding how quickly credibility can disappear when transparency is compromised.

Founder profile: @aakashsinghthakur.in

With more than 13 years of professional experience across forensic analysis, fraud investigations, vigilance, compliance, risk assessment, document examination and investigative consulting, Akash comes from a field where assumptions carry little weight. Conclusions have to be supported. Details matter. Accountability matters even more.

Over time, those principles travelled with him into an entirely different industry. Today, they influence the thinking behind HALDIVA INDIA, an Indian food and wellness brand being built around four fundamental values: Purity. Authenticity. Transparency. Trust.

A Profession That Shaped the Entrepreneur

Forensic investigation teaches a particular way of thinking. It demands the discipline to look beyond appearances, verify before concluding and recognise that credibility is rarely established by a single statement. It is built gradually through consistency.

That discipline became an important part of Akash’s professional outlook. His experience spans forensic reviews, fraud control, vigilance, compliance-oriented investigations, document examination, risk assessment and evidence-based analytical work. Since 2012, he has also been professionally associated with Vijayshree Ramesh Madan, a respected name in India’s private investigation field.

Years spent in this environment strengthened not only his investigative capabilities but also his belief in ethical decision-making, professional responsibility and accountability. His contribution to the profession has been recognised through honours including the Kautilya Award and the Chanakya Award.

“Trust cannot be demanded. It has to be earned repeatedly.”

The Question That Changed His Direction

After years of working in environments where verification and transparency were fundamental, Akash began looking at everyday consumer choices through a similar lens.

A simple question stayed with him: If transparency matters when organisations make important decisions, shouldn’t consumers expect the same confidence when choosing the food they consume every day?

That question gradually became the bridge between investigation and entrepreneurship. Consumers today have access to more information than ever before. They read labels, compare products, question ingredients and increasingly want to understand the brands behind what they purchase.

Packaging can create attention. Advertising can create awareness. But neither can replace credibility.

Akash saw an opportunity not simply to establish another FMCG company, but to build a consumer brand influenced by the principles that had defined his professional career – verification, accountability, consistency and trust. That vision became HALDIVA INDIA.

HALDIVA INDIA: Tradition for the Modern Indian Consumer

HALDIVA INDIA was established with a long-term vision of bringing traditional Indian food and wellness products to contemporary households while developing the business around responsible practices, quality consciousness and transparency.

Explore the brand: www.haldivaindia.com

Its growing portfolio includes A2 Desi Gir Cow Bilona Ghee, traditional oils, honey and honey-based products, spices, tea, healthy food offerings and everyday wellness essentials.

The brand also places emphasis on traditional processes in products such as its A2 Gir Cow Bilona Ghee while combining them with modern quality and testing practices.

For the founders, however, the portfolio represents only one part of the company they intend to build. The larger ambition is to create an organisation where product quality, responsible sourcing and consumer confidence remain important even as the business expands.

In an intensely competitive consumer market, visibility can be created relatively quickly. Credibility takes considerably longer.

Build credibility before scale.

“A Golden Touch to a Healthy Life.”

Brand updates: @haldiva_india

Official Instagram: @haldivaindiaofficial

Three Founders. Different Expertise. One Vision.

Akash Singh Thakur – Founder

Akash brings experience across forensic investigations, vigilance, compliance, governance, risk assessment and strategic planning. His investigative background has influenced the company’s emphasis on accountability, documentation, transparency and structured decision-making. Within HALDIVA INDIA, his focus extends across strategic development, brand building, partnerships, governance and strengthening the systems required for sustainable growth.

Connect with Akash Singh Thakur: @aakashsinghthakur.in

Dr. Prassan M. Tripathi – Co-Founder

Dr. Prassan M. Tripathi, an Orthopaedic Surgeon and Founder of NethraJyoti Eye Hospital, brings the perspective of a healthcare professional to the organisation. His experience contributes a people-oriented dimension to a company operating across the food and wellness space, while also supporting its broader approach towards responsible growth and consumer awareness.

Connect with Dr. Prassan M. Tripathi: @prassantripathi

Yogesh Kumar Payasi – Co-Founder

Yogesh Kumar Payasi contributes to business operations, execution and market development, helping translate the company’s broader strategy into everyday processes and commercial expansion.

The three founders bring together perspectives from investigation and governance, healthcare, and business operations. Their professional journeys may be different, but their objective is shared: to build an Indian brand capable of earning consumer confidence over years – not merely securing a first purchase.

Growing Without Losing Accountability

HALDIVA INDIA is steadily developing its presence across e-commerce, quick commerce, retail and distribution networks, connecting traditional Indian food and wellness categories with the way modern consumers discover and purchase products.

For Akash, however, expansion alone is not the definition of success. Growth matters only when the systems supporting it remain dependable.

That means continuing to strengthen product standards, sourcing practices, quality processes, communication, internal systems and accountability towards customers and business partners.

In investigation, a claim requires evidence.
In business, a promise requires delivery.

Follow HALDIVA INDIA: @haldivaindiaofficial

Technology Can Accelerate a Business. Trust Must Sustain It.

Artificial Intelligence, digital commerce, quick commerce and data-led marketing are rapidly changing how Indian businesses operate.

For emerging brands, technology has reduced traditional barriers to reaching customers. A business can enter new markets faster, communicate directly with consumers and analyse changing preferences with a level of speed that would have been difficult to imagine a decade ago.

Akash sees enormous potential in these developments. At the same time, his investigative background has made him equally conscious of another reality: technology can accelerate communication and commerce, but it cannot manufacture genuine credibility.

A company can become visible quickly. Reputation still has to be earned.

For Akash, innovation and ethics therefore cannot operate separately. Sustainable businesses will increasingly need to combine technology with responsibility, growth with accountability and ambition with strong internal systems.

Building for the Next Decade, Not the Next Trend

HALDIVA INDIA remains in an important stage of its growth journey, and its founders are conscious of building that journey progressively.

The ambition is not to present the company as something it has yet to become, but to steadily create the foundations required to take it there.

That includes expanding distribution, strengthening digital commerce, developing the product portfolio, building partnerships and creating systems capable of supporting responsible growth.

Most importantly, it means ensuring that the original purpose does not disappear beneath the pressure to scale.

For Akash Singh Thakur, entrepreneurship is therefore not as distant from forensic investigation as it may initially appear. Both require patience. Both require attention to detail. Both demand accountability. And ultimately, both depend upon credibility.

The difference is that today, instead of examining trust after something has gone wrong, he is attempting to build it into an organisation from the beginning.

Build credibility before scale.
Build relationships before transactions.
Build trust before chasing trends.

Markets will change. Technologies will evolve. Consumer preferences will shift.
Trust remains much harder to replace.

Official website: www.haldivaindia.com

Revenue from operations rises 20% YoY to ₹30.07 crore; company continues to strengthen manufacturing capacity

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 17: Deep Polymers Limited, a manufacturer of plastic colour masterbatches, additives and filler compounds, reported a strong performance for the quarter ended June 30, 2026.

The company recorded revenue from operations of ₹30.07 crore, up 20% from ₹25.40 crore in Q1 FY26. Total income stood at ₹31.13 crore, compared with ₹26.38 crore in the corresponding quarter last year.

Profitability also improved, with Profit Before Tax (PBT) rising 30% YoY to ₹2.54 crore, while Profit After Tax (PAT increased 32% to ₹1.90 crore, compared with ₹1.44 crore in Q1 FY26. EPS improved to ₹0.79 from ₹0.60.

Rameshbhai B. Patel, Chairman & Managing Director, Deep Polymers Limited, said, “We are encouraged by the strong start to FY27, with revenue from operations growing 20% and profit after tax increasing by 32% year-on-year. This performance reflects the growing demand for our products and our continued focus on operational efficiency and disciplined execution. We remain committed to strengthening our manufacturing capabilities, expanding our market presence and creating sustainable value for our customers and shareholders.”

The company is also advancing its expansion plans. Its Hajipur, Kalol unit, established with an investment of ₹25 crore, caters to polyolefin, engineering and polyester processing segments. Deep Polymers has also invested approximately ₹15 crore in a BOPP unit, equipped with German machinery and high-end technology.

Additionally, the company has invested ₹10 crore in a 2 MW captive solar power plant at Mujpur, Patan, Gujarat, supporting its manufacturing operations.

With continued investments in capacity and technology, Deep Polymers is targeting ₹150 crore turnover in FY27, ₹200–225 crore in the following financial year and ₹300 crore by FY29.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 17: Supreme Power Equipment Limited (NSE – SUPREMEPWR), one of the leading players in the power and distribution transformer manufacturing industry, announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27.

Key Consolidated Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹ 48.31 Cr, YoY growth of 37.33%
• EBITDA of ₹ 8.89 Cr, YoY growth of 32.02%
• Net Profit of ₹ 4.90 Cr, YoY growth of 10.04%
• EPS of ₹ 1.96, YoY growth of 10.11%

Current order book stands at over ₹590.06 Cr as on August 13th, 2026, providing strong execution visibility and supporting future revenue growth momentum.

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Vee Rajmohan, Chairman and Managing Director of Supreme Power Equipment Limited said, “Q1 FY27 has been an encouraging start to the year, with our topline growing by over 37% year-on-year, underpinned by healthy execution momentum and sustained demand for our transformer solutions. We are particularly pleased with the strength of our order inflows during the quarter, having secured 10 orders aggregating ₹195.64 Cr. Our entry into Maharashtra further broadens our geographic presence and reflects our continued efforts to build a stronger and more diversified customer base across key markets.

While margins witnessed some moderation during the quarter, profitability remained healthy and we continue to maintain a disciplined approach towards pricing, procurement and operational efficiency. As the scale of our operations increases, our focus remains on improving execution efficiencies and deriving greater operating leverage from our enhanced manufacturing capabilities.

Our current consolidated order book stands at approximately ₹590.06 Cr, providing healthy revenue visibility over the coming quarters. Looking ahead, our immediate priority is the timely execution of this order book while progressively ramping up utilisation at our new manufacturing facility. With enhanced capacity, a strong order pipeline and an expanding geographic footprint, we remain focused on scaling the business in a measured manner and delivering sustainable and profitable growth over the medium to long term.”

Operational Highlights Q1 FY27

• Secured 10 Orders During the Period
• Cumulative Order Value of ₹195.64 Cr
• Orders to be Executed Over 7–17 Months
• Expanded Geographic Presence into Maharashtra

Order from Maharashtra
Secured a ₹13.50 Cr order from an EPC company in Maharashtra for 20 MVA Power Transformers, to be executed within 7 months.

Order from Hyderabad
Received a ₹13.50 Cr order from a Hyderabad-based company for a 112.5 MVA, 330 kV Transformer, with an 11-month execution timeline.

Order from Hyderabad
Awarded a ₹39.90 Cr order by an EPC company in Hyderabad for 20 MVA Power Transformers, scheduled for execution over 13–17 months.

Order from Hyderabad
Bagged a ₹51.30 Cr order from a Hyderabad-based company for 20 MVA Power Transformers, with delivery planned within 13 months.

Order from Hyderabad
Secured a ₹23.30 Cr order from a company in Hyderabad for a 160 MVA, 220 kV Transformer, to be completed within 13 months.

Order from Karnataka
Received a ₹28.50 Cr order from a Karnataka-based EPC company for 20 MVA Power Transformers, with an 8-month execution period.

Order from Karnataka
Bagged a ₹5.70 Cr order from a company in Karnataka for 20 MVA Power Transformers, scheduled for execution within 12 months.

Order from Karnataka
Added another ₹5.70 Cr order from a Karnataka-based company for 20 MVA Power Transformers, with a 12-month execution timeline.

Order from New Delhi
Secured a ₹5.60 Cr order from a New Delhi-based EPC company for 20 MVA, 66/11 kV Power Transformers, executable within 11 months.

Order from Karnataka
Received a ₹8.64 Cr order from an EPC company in Karnataka for 20 MVA Power Transformers, with completion targeted within 11 months.

About Supreme Power Equipment Limited

Supreme Power Equipment Limited (Supreme, SPEL), originally founded as a partnership firm in 1994 under the name “Supreme Power Equipment” and later incorporated as company under the name “Supreme Power Equipment Private Limited” in 2005, is a Tamil Nadu-based company specializing in the manufacturing of power and distribution transformers. With 3 decades of industry experience, the company has emerged as a prominent supplier to local electric utilities. Supreme’s foray into the windmill segment showcases its expertise in crafting transformers designed to withstand switching challenges and voltage fluctuations.

Renowned for quality and reliability, the company has a strong track record, having manufactured, and supplied over 21,367 units. Supreme Power Equipment Limited continues to be a key player in the transformer industry, emphasizing innovation and precision in design.

The Company made its debut in the primary market with an IPO & listed on NSE Emerge in Dec 23.

In FY26, the company recorded a consolidated Revenue of ₹ 181.64 Cr, an EBITDA of ₹ 33.29 Cr, and Net Profit of ₹ 20.44 Cr.

Disclaimer

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Mitsu Chem Plast Limited Proposes Preferential Issue; Promoter Shareholding to Increase from 67.77% to 68.61%

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 17: Mitsu Chem Plast Limited (Mitsu, The Company) (BSE:540078), one of the leading global manufacturers of Blow Molded & Injection Molded products and a specialist in Hospital furniture components, Infrastructure Products, Packaging Bottles Drums, Jerry Cans, Pails and Caps, has announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27.

Key Financial Highlights

Q1 FY27:

• Total Income: ₹ 9,532.78 Lakhs, YoY growth of 11.62%
• EBITDA: ₹ 1,549.48 Lakhs, YoY growth of 209.50%
• EBITDA Margin (%): 16.29%, YoY growth of 1,041 Bps
• Net Profit: ₹ 873.83 Lakhs, YoY growth of 566.23%
• Net Profit Margin (%): 9.18%, YoY growth of 765 Bps
• EPS (₹): ₹ 6.44, YoY growth of 563.92%

Preferential Issue and Promoter Shareholding

• Total Warrants Proposed: 10 Lakhs Convertible Warrants
• Promoter Allottees: Mr. Manish Dedhia – 4.75 Lakhs; Mr. Sanjay Dedhia – 3.25 Lakhs
• Non-Promoter Allottee: Rikhav Securities Limited – 2 Lakhs
• Individual Promoter Shareholding: Mr. Sanjay Dedhia Shareholding expected to increase from 9.37% to 10.95%
• Individual Promoter Shareholding: Mr. Manish Dedhia Shareholding expected to increase from 12.34% to 14.75%
• Combined Promoter Holding: Expected to increase by 3.99% on a fully diluted basis
• Aggregate Promoter Shareholding: Expected to increase from 67.77% to 68.61% on a fully diluted basis following completion of the proposed preferential issue

Recent Operational Highlights

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Sanjay Dedhia, Executive – Vice Chairman of Mitsu Chem Plast Limited said, “Q1 FY27 reflected continued progress in our business, with a focus on strengthening our manufacturing capabilities and supporting growth across our diversified product portfolio. As part of our recent expansion plans, we are proposing an addition of 3,550 MT per annum to our existing manufacturing capacity, which will further strengthen our ability to cater to growing demand across key product segments. We are also progressing with the proposed preferential issue to support the Company’s growth and expansion plans. Post completion, my shareholding is expected to increase from 9.37% to 10.95%, while the combined shareholding of Mr. Manish Dedhia and myself is expected to increase by 3.99%. The aggregate Promoter shareholding is expected to increase from 67.77% to 68.61% on a fully diluted basis. The Company delivered a strong financial performance during the quarter. Total Income grew 11.62% YoY, while EBITDA increased significantly by 209.50% YoY, reflecting improved operating efficiencies and a stronger product mix. Net Profit also recorded substantial growth of 566.23% YoY during the quarter. Our strong results this quarter reflect continued progress on a journey powered by operational excellence, data-driven marketing, scientific innovation, and an empowered team – and we remain committed to building on this momentum ahead. Going forward, we remain focused on expanding our manufacturing capabilities, strengthening our product portfolio and leveraging opportunities across the industrial and packaging segments. We believe these initiatives will enable us to support sustainable growth, enhance operational capabilities and create long-term value for our stakeholders.”

About Mitsu Chem Plast Limited                                                    

Mitsu Chem Plast Limited (BSE – 540078) is a certified manufacturer of polymer-based molded products, specializing in the creation and marketing of innovative, technically advanced solutions. The company serves a diverse range of growing industries, including Industrial Packaging Solutions, Healthcare Products, Infrastructure Products and Emergency Handling Solutions, all supported by robust in-house testing and quality control systems. The company’s product portfolio features Molded Industrial Plastic Packaging items like drums, jerry cans, bottles, jars, and related accessories; Infrastructure furniture
parts such as chair shells; Hospital furniture components including panels, railings, planks, and trolley parts and Rescue and safety equipment like spine boards. Mitsu Chem Plast Limited primarily caters to Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) across a variety of sectors, including chemical, pharmaceutical, dyes, agrochemical, disinfectants, diagnostic, hospital and infrastructure furniture. Its recent product innovations include pails for lubricants and new variants like GL 45 caps and TSV caps. The company’s journey began 35 years ago with its first plant in Boisar, Tarapur. Today, it operates four manufacturing facilities in Maharashtra: three in Boisar, Tarapur, and one in Khalapur.

In FY26, Mitsu Chem Plast reported Total Income of ₹ 35,084.56 Lakhs, with an EBITDA of ₹ 3,466.31 Lakhs and a Net Profit of ₹ 15,61.87 Lakhs.

Disclaimer

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 17: Fiberweb (India) Limited (NSE – FIBERWEB | BSE – 507910) engaged in the manufacturing of spunbond and melt-blown nonwoven fabrics for applications across hygiene, healthcare, filtration, agriculture and industrial segments, has announced its Unaudited Q1 FY27 Financial Results.

Q1 FY27 Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income: ₹10.02 Cr
• EBITDA: ₹1.87 Cr
• EBITDA Margin: 18.72%
• Net Profit: ₹0.27 Cr
• Net Profit Margin: 2.73%
• Diluted EPS: ₹0.09

Commenting on the Financial Performance, Mr. Bhavesh P Sheth, Director of Fiberweb (India) Ltd. said, “The operating environment continued to remain challenging, particularly for export-oriented manufacturers, amid volatility in raw material prices, elevated logistics costs and uncertainties across global trade and supply chains. These factors impacted demand visibility, order flows and overall business momentum during the period.

In this environment, our focus remains on strengthening customer engagement, improving capacity utilisation and maintaining disciplined control over costs and working capital. We are also working towards increasing the contribution from value-added products and deepening our presence across specialised nonwoven and technical textile applications.

We continue to see long-term opportunities across filtration, healthcare, hygiene, agriculture and industrial applications, while selectively evaluating new products and markets that complement our existing capabilities. Our established presence in international markets, manufacturing expertise and debt-free balance sheet provide us with a resilient foundation to navigate the current environment.

Looking ahead, we remain focused on strengthening the core business, improving operational efficiencies and rebuilding business momentum as demand conditions and the broader operating environment gradually stabilise.”

About Fiberweb (India) Limited:

Fiberweb (India) Ltd. (NSE: FIBERWEB BSE: 507910) established in 1985, though it started as a plastics company it ventured into garbage and carrier bags, and gradually ventured into spun bond nonwoven fabrics, first of its kind in India. Since commissioning of its plant in 1996, it is a 100% EOU, exporting to countries like USA, UK, Europe, UAE, South Africa & Australia. The company has in-house facility for manufacturing stitched garments like medical & Industrial gowns and overhauls, crop cover, aprons, car covers and other made-ups as per client’s specifications. It has also set-up a new product line of Melt-Blown Nonwoven fabrics used in filtration and absorption in the market. The company today has become long term debt-free and is exploring new opportunities & product segments for growth, it also has plans for expansions in their field of technical textiles. It is ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018 & known as a quality producer in the International Market.

In FY26, the company has reported Total Income of ₹ 86.13 Cr, EBITDA of ₹ 18.82 Cr & PAT of ₹ 10.01 Cr

Disclaimer

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

New Delhi [India], August 17: Shyam Group, a leading real estate developer specializing in India’s first planned smart city – Dholera Special Investment Region (SIR), successfully hosted the grand launch event of its latest commercial offering, ‘Dholera Iconic,’ on August 16, 2026, at Crowne Plaza, Twin District Centre, Sector 10, Rohini, New Delhi. The high-profile event witnessed a remarkable turnout of investors, retailers, business owners, and industry stakeholders from the Delhi NCR region, underscoring the growing national interest in Dholera’s transformative commercial and industrial growth story.

The evening belonged to special celebrity guest Sapna Choudhary, whose electrifying performance turned the high-profile real estate event into a spectacular entertainment gala. The renowned actor and performer, known for her massive fan following across North India, set the stage ablaze with her energetic dance moves and charismatic presence. Dressed in a traditional ensemble, Choudhary enthralled the audience of over 500 investors, business leaders, and commercial buyers, taking time to interact with attendees and pose for photographs. Her appearance drew thunderous applause, injecting a vibrant festive spirit into the proceedings and generating significant buzz on social media throughout the evening.

Beyond the star-studded entertainment, the event marked a pivotal milestone for Shyam Group’s expansion into the Delhi NCR market. ‘Dholera Iconic’ is the company’s flagship commercial project in Dholera Special Investment Region (SIR), India’s first greenfield smart city along the Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor. With the Gujarat government allocating 610 crore for infrastructure development in the 2026–27 budget and rapid progress on key connectivity projects—including a 6-lane expressway and the upcoming Dholera International Airport—the region is witnessing unprecedented momentum. Dholera SIR is projected to generate around 8 lakh high-skill jobs and house 20 lakh residents by 2047, creating massive demand for organized commercial spaces.

‘Dholera Iconic’ is strategically positioned to offer investors and business owners a prime foothold in this booming commercial ecosystem. Unlike residential offerings, this project is exclusively designed for business growth, featuring high-street retail shops, premium showrooms, a dedicated food court, and modern, flexible office spaces. The development capitalizes on Dholera’s world-class infrastructure, including the 6-lane expressway, the upcoming international airport, advanced utility corridors, and Asia’s largest solar park, making it an ideal destination for retail and corporate enterprises seeking long-term value in a sustainable urban hub.

Mr. Sudhir A Patel, Chairman & Managing Director, Shyam Group, expressed his enthusiasm about the launch and the project’s commercial potential, stating: “With Dholera’s infrastructure accelerating and majors like Tata and Adani investing heavily, our new project ‘Dholera Iconic’ represents a premier commercial destination. Offering retail shops, showrooms, food courts, and modern office spaces, it is designed to cater to the rising business demand in India’s smartest city. The overwhelming response from Delhi NCR investors reaffirms their confidence in Dholera’s commercial potential. We are committed to delivering transparent, RERA-approved commercial developments that promise strong capital appreciation and robust business opportunities.”

Hardik Shah, Director, Shyam Group – Dholera SIR, added: “The rapid infrastructure growth, including the expressway and the upcoming international airport, makes Dholera a hotspot for commercial investments. ‘Dholera Iconic’ is strategically crafted to provide high-visibility retail and office spaces within a world-class ecosystem. The enthusiastic participation from the Delhi NCR business community reflects their trust in our vision. We are dedicated to setting new benchmarks in commercial real estate, ensuring our investors and business partners reap the maximum benefits of Dholera’s transformation.”

Shyam Group, established in 2013, has developed over 12.33 lakh sq. ft. of land in Dholera SIR, with plans to deliver 15 lakh sq. ft. by 2030. The grand launch, amplified by Sapna Choudhary’s star appeal, successfully cemented ‘Dholera Iconic’ as a top-tier commercial investment destination for both domestic and NRI buyers seeking high-growth retail and office assets in India’s smart city of the future.

Tractor and Mechanization Association (TMA) has appointed Mr. G. S. Grewal as its President for the 2026–28 term.

New Delhi [India], August 15: The Tractor and Mechanization Association (TMA), the apex industry body representing India’s tractor and farm mechanization sector, has appointed Mr. G. S. Grewal as its President for the 2026–28 term.

The announcement was made during TMA’s Annual General Meeting and Annual Business Session held in New Delhi.

Mr. Grewal brings more than 36 years of experience in the tractor and agricultural machinery industry, with extensive leadership experience across sales, marketing, dealer development, customer support and business management. He currently serves as Chief Advisor at Escorts Kubota Limited and has previously served as Managing Director of Kubota Agricultural Machinery India.

During his long association with the industry, Mr. Grewal has worked closely with customers, dealers, industry stakeholders and policymakers, giving him a broad perspective on the opportunities and challenges facing Indian agriculture and farm mechanization.

Commenting on his appointment, Mr. Grewal said:

“It is an honour to take on the responsibility of President of TMA. Indian agriculture is going through an important transformation, and farm mechanization will have an increasingly significant role in improving productivity, efficiency and sustainability. I look forward to working closely with TMA members, government, policymakers and other stakeholders to strengthen collaboration across the industry and support the changing needs of Indian farmers.”

As President, Mr. Grewal will focus on strengthening TMA’s role as a platform for industry collaboration, constructive policy engagement, technology and innovation, sustainable mechanization, and the continued development of India’s agricultural machinery ecosystem.

He added:

“No association moves forward through one individual. Progress comes when the industry works together with a shared purpose. My endeavour will be to build on the work done by previous TMA leadership and further strengthen TMA as a collective voice for the tractor and farm mechanization industry.”

India is one of the world’s largest tractor markets, while opportunities for broader farm mechanization continue to expand across crops, regions and farming applications. Increasing labour challenges, changing farming practices, emerging technologies and the need for sustainable agricultural solutions are expected to further increase the importance of mechanization in the years ahead.

Under its new leadership, TMA will continue to work with its member companies and key stakeholders towards creating an enabling environment for the sustainable growth of the tractor and agricultural machinery industry.

About G. S. Grewal

G. S. Grewal is a senior business leader with over 36 years of experience in the tractor and agricultural machinery industry. He currently serves as Chief Advisor at Escorts Kubota Limited and previously served as Managing Director of Kubota Agricultural Machinery India. He is passionate about leadership development, coaching and mentoring future leaders and is also the author of Leader as a Coach.

About TMA

The Tractor and Mechanization Association (TMA) represents leading manufacturers and stakeholders in India’s tractor and agricultural mechanization industry. The Association works with industry, government and other stakeholders on issues relating to farm mechanization, technology, policy and the sustainable development of Indian agriculture.

For Media Enquiries:

Tractor and Mechanization Association (TMA)

New Delhi

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Standalone Revenue Grows 37.4% YoY | Consolidated Revenue Grows 15.9% YoY

The Board of Directors of Jinkushal Industries Limited (“Jinkushal” or “the Company”), at its meeting held today, approved the unaudited standalone and consolidated financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, prepared in accordance with applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS).

Jinkushal continued its growth momentum during Q1 FY27, with standalone revenue from operations increasing 37.4% year-on-year to ₹5,129.42 lakhs from ₹3,732.17 lakhs in Q1 FY26. Consolidated revenue from operations increased 15.9% year-on-year to ₹5,656.55 lakhs from ₹4,882.41 lakhs. The growth was delivered amid continued geopolitical uncertainty, volatility in international freight and trade routes, currency movements, and uneven market conditions across geographies.

Financial Performance Snapshot

Standalone Financial Performance (₹ in lakhs)

Consolidated Financial Performance (₹ in lakhs)

Continued Growth in International Business

Standalone revenue increased 37.4% year-on-year during Q1 FY27, continuing the growth momentum witnessed during FY26. Over the longer term, standalone revenue from operations has increased from ₹2,430.03 lakhs in FY20 to ₹31,337.61 lakhs in FY26, representing a CAGR of approximately 53% over the six-year period.

The construction and mining equipment business is influenced by infrastructure and mining activity, commodity cycles, international trade conditions, customer buying cycles and the timing of equipment transactions. In an export-led business such as Jinkushal’s, individual quarters are also affected by procurement and refurbishment timelines, international shipping schedules, overseas inventory positioning and the timing of delivery and sale to external customers. Revenue and profitability can therefore vary between quarters while the business develops over a longer period.

Organisational Capability for Future Growth

During FY26, the Company significantly strengthened its organisation across operations, procurement, execution, finance, marketing, international sales and business development. This investment continued into Q1 FY27. On a consolidated basis, employee benefit expenses increased to approximately ₹383.43 lakhs in Q1 FY27 from ₹220.99 lakhs in Q1 FY26, an increase of approximately 74% year-on-year.

The increase reflects the deliberate strengthening of management and operating teams as the scale and geographic spread of the business increases. Experienced professionals have been added across key functions and international markets to strengthen execution capability, customer coverage, financial controls and business development. The strengthened organisation is expected to support higher business volumes, wider geographic reach and improved execution capability as the business scales.

Major cost movements during the Quarter

The increase in shipping charges was materially higher than the growth in turnover during the quarter and reflected elevated international freight and logistics costs. Profitability was also influenced by the business and product mix during the quarter, with new equipment generally carrying lower margins than the used and refurbished equipment business. Further, HexL is currently at an initial stage of development, resulting in relatively higher expenditure towards product development, market development, brand building and distribution capabilities at the current scale of operations.

Inventory Positioning to Support Growth

The Group continued its strategy of maintaining inventory closer to international markets and customers. As at June 30, 2026, consolidated inventory stood at approximately ₹9,680 lakhs, of which approximately ₹8,440 lakhs was positioned at the overseas subsidiary, closer to international markets and customers. The strategy is intended to improve product availability, shorten delivery timelines, respond more effectively to customer requirements and support a greater mix of direct-customer and retail-oriented opportunities across international markets. For used and refurbished construction equipment in particular, availability of the right machine at the right location is an important element of customer conversion.

Higher inventory deployment also increases capital employed and lengthens the operating cycle. Management continues to monitor inventory conversion and capital utilisation with the objective of balancing growth opportunities with prudent working-capital management. 

Profitability and Operating Performance

Profitability during Q1 FY27 reflected the operating cost movements and business mix discussed above, including higher shipping costs and the increased organisational cost base.

At the consolidated level, quarterly profitability is additionally affected by the timing of inventory conversion and consolidation accounting. Inter-company transactions and profits attributable to inventory remaining within the Group at the reporting date are eliminated on consolidation and are recognised when the relevant inventory is sold to external customers.

Geographic Diversification and International Business Development

The Company continued to broaden its geographic revenue mix during Q1 FY27, with an increased contribution from African markets compared with the corresponding period of the previous year. Africa accounted for approximately 32% of revenue during Q1 FY27, compared with approximately 3% in Q1 FY26, reflecting the Company’s continued development of business across the region.

The Company continues to develop business across Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and other international markets. The geographic mix can vary between periods depending upon infrastructure activity, customer demand, import conditions, freight economics and specific opportunities available in individual markets.

The increasing contribution from newer and developing markets demonstrates the benefits of geographic diversification and reduces dependence on any single market. The Company continues to strengthen customer relationships and expand its international sales capabilities across both established and developing markets.

HexL – Development of the Proprietary Equipment Brand

The Company continued development and international expansion of HexL, its proprietary construction equipment brand. During the quarter, initiatives continued across product development, international marketing, customer engagement, dealer and distribution development and expansion into additional geographies. HexL remains an important long-term growth vertical alongside the Company’s established new/customised and used/refurbished equipment businesses.

Financial Discipline and Long-Term Perspective

The Company’s strengthened capital base following the IPO, together with enhanced banking facilities, has enabled it to support higher business volumes, overseas inventory positioning, international market development and organisational expansion. As the business grows, management remains focused on disciplined capital allocation, liquidity management, inventory conversion, working-capital efficiency, foreign-exchange risk management and sustainable profitability.

The objective is to support sustainable and profitable growth while maintaining appropriate controls over capital employed, working capital and liquidity.

Management Perspective

The immediate focus remains on strengthening execution, improving inventory conversion, developing international markets, building organisational capability, expanding the HexL brand and maintaining disciplined deployment of capital.

Management remains focused on sustainable and profitable growth, geographic diversification, prudent capital management and long-term value creation for all stakeholders.

Disclaimer:
This Press Release has been prepared by Jinkushal Industries Limited (“Company”) to provide general information on the Company (which term includes its subsidiaries) and does not purport to contain all the information. Forward-looking statements contained herein regarding past trends or activities or future business plans, strategy, financial condition, growth prospects or developments in industry, competitive or regulatory environment should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future. There is no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors.

This Press Release does not constitute a prospectus, offering circular or offering memorandum or an offer to acquire any securities or instruments and nothing in this Press Release should be construed as advice or solicitation to invest in the Company or any of its instruments or securities or otherwise.

Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates, shareholders, directors, employees, agents or representatives makes any warranty or representation as to the completeness of the information contained herein (including statements of opinion and expectation) or as to the reasonableness of any assumptions contained herein and shall not be liable for any loss or damage (direct or indirect) suffered as a result of reliance upon any statements contained in, or any omission here-from.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 14: Sanjivani Paranteral Limited (Sanjivani, The Company) (BSE: 531569), one of the emerging players in the pharmaceutical and healthcare manufacturing sector, continued to strengthen its operational performance during the year through improved efficiencies, focused execution, and a customer-centric approach across its business segments, and has announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27.K

Key Consolidated Financial Highlights

Highlights

Q1 FY27:

• Total Income of ₹239.90 Mn, YoY growth of 33.81%
• EBITDA of ₹43.21 Mn, YoY growth of 61.04%
• EBITDA Margin of 18.01%, YoY growth of 305 Bps
• Net Profit of ₹24.91 Mn, YoY growth of 43.94%
• Net Profit Margin of 10.38%, YoY growth of 73 Bps 
• EPS of ₹2.03, YoY growth of 43.97%

Segment-wise Performance: 

• Injectables: Revenue stood at ₹110.12 Mn, contributing 56.59% of revenue from operations, YoY growth of 22.54% 
• Tablets: Revenue stood at ₹84.28 Mn, contributing 43.32% of revenue from operations 
• Nutraceuticals: Revenue stood at ₹0.18 Mn, accounting for 0.09% of revenue from operations 

Market-wise Performance: 

• Exports (incl. incentives): Contributed 90.50% of revenue from operations (₹176.10 Mn), YoY growth of 33.49%, while domestic accounted for 9.50% (₹18.49 Mn) 
• Core markets (Latin America, CIS, Middle East & Africa): Contributed 90.50% of revenue from operations, amounting to ₹176.10 Mn, YoY growth of 33.49%

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Ashwani Khemka, Chairman & Managing Director of Sanjivani Paranteral Limited said, “Q1 FY27 was marked by a positive start for Sanjivani Parenteral, supported by a recovery in exports and continued operational focus. The Pune IV Fluid facility is witnessing a gradual scale-up, with increasing commercialization and customer traction, while our core formulations business remains resilient.These operational developments were complemented by healthy financial performance during the quarter. Total Income registered a 33.81% YoY growth, while EBITDA increased 61.04% YoY, with EBITDA margin improving by 305 Bps to 18.01%, reflecting improved operating efficiencies and stronger business performance. Net Profit grew 43.94% YoY during the quarter, with PAT margin improving to 10.38%.Going forward, we remain focused on strengthening our manufacturing capabilities, expanding our product portfolio and enhancing our presence across domestic and international markets. We will continue to leverage improving operational efficiencies, growing customer traction and market opportunities to drive sustainable growth and create long-term value for our stakeholders.”

About Sanjivani Paranteral Limited                                                

Sanjivani Parenteral Limited (BSE: 531569) is engaged in the pharmaceutical and healthcare manufacturing business, with a focus on delivering quality products and maintaining strong operational standards. The Company continues to strengthen its presence through operational excellence, customer-centric execution, and continuous focus on quality and compliance.

With a commitment towards sustainable growth and long-term value creation, the Company continues to focus on enhancing manufacturing capabilities, improving efficiencies, and expanding its business presence across key markets.

For FY26, the company has reported Total Income of ₹ 697.56 Mn, EBITDA of ₹ 114.00 Mn & PAT of ₹ 66.94 Mn on consolidated basis.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Built on a decade of Indian payroll expertise and experience serving 25,000+ businesses and 1 million+ employees, KAI brings agentic execution to payroll and HR

Bengaluru (Karnataka) [India], August 14: As Indian businesses face increasing pressure to manage payroll accurately, remain compliant, and do more with leaner HR teams, Kredily today announced Kredily 3.0, a major evolution of its AI-first HRMS and payroll platform, introducing KAI, an agentic AI designed to execute payroll and HR workflows from plain-language instructions, alongside the launch of its AI-powered managed payroll services business. 

Unlike conventional HR software assistants that primarily answer questions, retrieve information, or generate summaries, KAI can take an instruction, perform permitted actions, validate outcomes, and surface exceptions for human approval. With 110+ skills across payroll, attendance, leave, employee information, and HR workflows, a user can ask KAI to pull today’s attendance, identify absences, process a leave request, generate a payroll report or run payroll for the month. Kredily is positioning KAI as India’s first agentic AI payroll agent built directly into an HRMS. 

“HR software has traditionally been a system people operate. Kredily 3.0 changes that model: you tell the system what needs to be done, and the agent executes the work within defined permissions and controls,” said Devendra Khandegar, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Kredily. “We have spent more than a decade building payroll technology for India and operating at the intersection of payroll, compliance, and HR for 25,000+ businesses. KAI brings that domain experience into an agentic architecture. At the same time, our managed payroll offering allows businesses that don’t want to operate payroll themselves to have Kredily run it for them. The goal is simple: less time operating software, more time making decisions.” 

Built on a decade of Indian payroll experience

KAI draws on more than a decade of Kredily’s experience building and operating payroll technology for India, across 25,000+ businesses and 1 million+ employees. 

That experience informs how KAI handles the realities of Indian payroll, including salary structures, attendance, leave, statutory deductions, compliance workflows, and payroll exceptions. Rather than functioning as a generic AI layer over an HR database, KAI is designed around the payroll and HR workflows businesses actually operate. 

Because payroll and employee information is sensitive, KAI operates within organisational permissions and defined guardrails. Actions can require human approval where appropriate, and activity is recorded through an audit trail, keeping organisations in control of consequential decisions. 

From payroll software to payroll execution

Kredily 3.0 combines KAI with its payroll and compliance infrastructure across PF, ESI, TDS, and Professional Tax. AI-driven validation helps identify discrepancies, missing information, unusual results, and potential compliance issues before payroll is finalised. 

The platform also connects attendance, leave, recruitment, background verification, onboarding, performance, and payroll through the same employee record. New Applicant Tracking, Background Verification, and Performance Management capabilities extend the employee lifecycle from Hire → Verify → Onboard → Manage → Pay. 

A new Workforce Intelligence layer analyses signals such as headcount, attrition, absenteeism, overtime, and payroll costs to identify workforce trends and potential areas requiring management attention. 

Kredily expands into managed payroll

Alongside Kredily 3.0, Kredily is launching an AI-powered managed payroll services business for organisations that want to outsource payroll operations while retaining the technology, visibility and controls of a modern payroll platform. 

The service combines Kredily’s payroll infrastructure, compliance engine, AI capabilities, and payroll operations expertise. Customers can choose to run payroll themselves using KAI, use Kredily with assisted support, or have payroll operations managed by Kredily. 

The expansion gives Kredily a broader operating model spanning payroll software, agentic automation, and managed payroll operations, extending the company’s role from providing payroll technology to operating payroll infrastructure for businesses. 

One year of Bharat Payroll OS access

To mark Independence Day, Kredily is opening one year of access to its Bharat Payroll OS Plan for eligible Indian businesses, including DPIIT-recognised startups and Udyam-registered MSMEs. Participating chartered accountant firms and CA partners can also extend the offering to their client organisations.

The initiative builds on Kredily’s Bharat Payroll OS programme, with the objective of making compliant payroll infrastructure more accessible to India’s startups, MSMEs, and growing businesses. 

With Kredily 3.0, the company is extending that proposition with an agentic payroll platform designed to do more of the operational work itself. 

About Kredily

Kredily is an AI-first HRMS and payroll platform built for Indian businesses, combining payroll, compliance, HR operations, recruitment, employee management, performance, and workforce intelligence in a connected platform built around India’s payroll and labour regulations. 

Kredily serves 25,000+ businesses and 1 million+ employees across India and has helped businesses save an estimated 30 lakh+ hours of repetitive HR work through payroll and HR automation. 

Kredily is a winner under the Next Generation Incubation Scheme (NGIS) Chunauti 5.0, implemented by STPI, and is backed by the MeitY Startup Hub, Government of India, through the SAMRIDH Scheme. 

For more information, visit kredily.com.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 14: The kitchen sink has traditionally been one of those products homeowners selected towards the end of a kitchen renovation, usually after the cabinets, countertop, appliances and other major fixtures had been finalised. That approach is changing as people spend more time thinking about how their kitchens will actually be used. The sink is where vegetables are washed, utensils are cleaned, cookware is rinsed and ingredients are prepared every day, making it one of the busiest areas in a home. This is one reason the stainless steel kitchen sink continues to remain popular, particularly among households looking for durability, hygiene, easy maintenance, and a finish that works well with contemporary kitchen interiors.

The popularity of stainless steel is easy to understand when the demands of an Indian kitchen are considered. A kitchen sink can be exposed to water, food residue, hot cookware, detergents, oils, fruits and vegetables within a matter of hours. It is also cleaned repeatedly, unlike most other parts of the kitchen. Stainless steel has remained relevant because it is suited to this kind of everyday use and has a clean appearance that fits easily into different kitchen styles. Whether the cabinets are wooden, matte, glossy or themselves made from stainless steel, a well-designed stainless steel sink can sit naturally within the overall layout.

The changing nature of modular kitchens has also made sink design more important. Homeowners are looking beyond the basic requirement of having a bowl to wash utensils and are considering bowl size, depth, draining space and how comfortably the sink fits into the kitchen workflow. In a compact apartment, for example, the washing area may also need to accommodate vegetable preparation, dish drying and cleaning large cookware. This is why the kitchen sink for a modular kitchen is increasingly being considered along with the countertop and cabinetry instead of being treated as a separate plumbing purchase.

Morzze has built its range of Morzze Stainless Steel Kitchen Sinks around this everyday use. The clean appearance of stainless steel works particularly well with contemporary kitchen designs, while the practical formats make the sinks suitable for regular household activity. For a homeowner investing in a modern modular kitchen, the sink needs to look appropriate alongside the cabinetry but also cope with the routine that happens around it. Washing a large pressure cooker after dinner or cleaning vegetables before preparing a meal may sound ordinary, but these are precisely the situations in which the size, layout and usability of a sink become noticeable.

The sink area also works better when supporting products are chosen with the same attention. A kitchen faucet is used every time the sink is used, making its design and operation an important part of the washing station. Accessories such as a sink strainer, drain pipe, strainer cover, soap dispenser, and drying rack can further help keep the area organised. Morzze offers kitchen sink accessories that can be used alongside its sinks to create a coordinated workspace. Instead of having detergent bottles, strainers and other items scattered around the countertop, homeowners can organise the washing area around products that have a specific purpose.

Maintenance is another reason stainless steel continues to find favour in residential kitchens. The surface can be cleaned as part of the normal kitchen routine, although like any material, it benefits from appropriate care. In areas where hard water is common, including parts of Delhi NCR, regular wiping can help prevent water spots and mineral deposits from becoming difficult to remove. Avoiding unnecessarily abrasive cleaning methods is also useful for preserving the appearance of the finish. These simple habits become easier when the sink itself is designed for everyday use.

For homeowners considering a stainless steel kitchen sink in Delhi or elsewhere in India, the choice ultimately comes down to how the product fits into the kitchen as a whole. A sink should provide enough room for everyday washing, complement the cabinetry and countertop, and remain practical through years of use. This is particularly relevant as stainless steel kitchens gain visibility in residential interiors. When the cabinets, appliances and other surfaces follow a clean, contemporary aesthetic, the sink should not look like an unrelated addition.

The growing attention towards stainless steel kitchen sinks is therefore less about a short-lived design trend and more about changing expectations from the modern kitchen. Homeowners want their kitchens to look considered, but they also want them to work well on an ordinary weekday when there is a pile of utensils waiting after dinner. A good kitchen sink has to accommodate that reality. With its range of stainless steel sinks, faucets and related accessories, Morzze is positioning the washing area as an important part of the kitchen rather than something simply fitted into the countertop at the end of a renovation.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Pune (Maharashtra) [India], August 14: Adisoft Technologies Limited (NSE: ADISOFT | INE20PL01012), an industrial digital automation company specializing in automated assembly lines, robotic work cells, smart material handling systems, special purpose machines (SPMs), and Industry 4.0 solutions, has achieved a significant milestone by receiving five prestigious awards from Mitsubishi Electric India (MEI) at its Channel Partner Conference held in Vietnam, recognising the company’s outstanding business performance, technological excellence and contribution to the automation industry during FY25.

Five Awards. One Incredible Milestone.

A truly proud and memorable moment for ADISOFT Technologies at the Mitsubishi Electric India (MEI) Channel Partner Meet in Vietnam!

• President’s Global Award – Industrial Digitalization Excellence, FY25
• All-India No. 1 Channel Partner – Highest Contribution to MEI Business, FY25
• All-India Highest Sales – Modular PLC
• Highest Sales – Automotive Segment, North India
• Highest Sales – Automotive Segment, West India

And there is one achievement that makes this moment even more special:

For the THIRD CONSECUTIVE YEAR, ADISOFT has been recognized as the All-India No.1 Channel Partner for Business Contribution to Mitsubishi Electric India. Three consecutive years at the top reflect more than sustained recognition. They demonstrate consistency, customer trust, technological capability and the collective commitment of the ADISOFT ecosystem.

The President’s Global Award for Industrial Digitalization Excellence adds another significant dimension to this journey, recognising ADISOFT’s efforts to leverage digital technologies to enhance operational efficiency and create measurable value for customers.

Together, these five recognitions represent years of focused effort, customer confidence, continuous technological learning, strong partnerships and a consistent commitment to excellence. They also reflect the contribution of the employees, vendors, business partners, customers and well-wishers who have supported ADISOFT throughout its growth journey.

The recognition at an international platform in Vietnam further reinforces ADISOFT’s growing presence in the industrial automation ecosystem and its capabilities in delivering technology-driven automation and system integration solutions across industries.

These achievements provide further impetus to ADISOFT’s focus on strengthening its technology capabilities, enhancing execution excellence and expanding its presence across India and international markets, while continuing to create sustainable value for customers.

Commenting on the Achievement, Mr. Ajay Chandrashekhar Prabhu, Chairman & Managing Director of Adisoft Technologies Limited said, “Every year, the ADISOFT team continues to raise the bar and achieve new benchmarks. These awards are not merely recognitions of business performance; they are a reflection of the collective efforts, commitment and determination of the entire ADISOFT ecosystem.”

About Adisoft Technologies Limited

Adisoft Technologies Limited, headquartered in Pune, India, is an industrial digital automation company specializing in automated assembly lines, smart material handling systems, robotic work cells, special purpose machines (SPMs), and Industry 4.0 solutions. With over 13 years of experience and a workforce of 180+ employees, the company serves sectors including automotive automation, automotive OEMs, packaging & printing, pharmaceuticals, and municipal utilities. Adisoft focuses on integrating shop-floor equipment with digital and IT-enabled systems to improve operational efficiency while reducing human intervention. 

The company has developed strong in-house design, assembly, and testing capabilities, enabling it to deliver customized automation and process control solutions. Its product portfolio includes vision-based inspection systems, tracking and traceability systems, smart conveyors, torque wrench and poka-yoke systems, and quality control automation solutions. Adisoft is also expanding into non-automotive sectors such as pharmaceutical packaging, warehouse automation, and water treatment automation, while setting up a new manufacturing facility in Pune to support future growth. 

The Company got listed on NSE Emerge in April, 2026.

In FY26, the company reported consolidated Total income of ₹169.33 Cr, EBITDA of ₹32.84 Cr, and Net Profit of ₹22.80 Cr. 

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 14: Praveg Limited (BSE – 531637), India’s leading eco-responsible luxury resorts company, reported its Unaudited Financial Results for the Q1 FY27.

Key Financial Highlights

Q1 FY 27

Consolidated

• Total Income of ₹ 46.21 Cr 
• EBITDA of ₹ 3.90 Cr 
• Net Loss of ₹ 13.23 Cr 
• EPS of (5.06) 

Standalone

• Total Income of ₹ 29.81 Cr 
• EBITDA of ₹ (2.62) Cr 
• Net Loss of ₹ 13.30 Cr 
• EPS of (5.09) 
• Total Impact of applicability of IND AS 116 “ROU on Lease Asset” is ₹ 3.60 Cr comprise of Depreciation on ROU Asset amounting ₹ 1.89 Cr and Interest on Lease Liability amounting ₹ 1.71 Cr, whereas the actual Lease rent paid in the Quarter Amounts ₹ 2.60 Cr, which impact the PBT by ₹ 1 Cr.
• Total Depreciation provided on Assets of 17 Resorts and Hotel during the Q1 2027 amounted to           ₹ 8.18 Cr against ₹7.82 Cr Q1 2026.

Key Operation Highlights

About Praveg Limited

Praveg is a pioneer in eco-responsible luxury hospitality. The Company’s resorts are located in areas of significance from a cultural and heritage point of view and places of exotic and natural beauty. The company’s luxury resorts allow access to locations, where no traditional construction is possible, which allows tourism to flourish while ensuring the preservation of delicate local ecosystems. Due to the premium quality of the company’s resorts and the high-end experience, the resorts enjoy very high occupancy, strong pre-sales at luxury hotel rates and a high return on capital due to the non-permanent structure of the resort.

Praveg is also a strong player in events due to its roots in event management and expertise in creating large, non-permanent, world-class structures in very short periods of time. The Events division has recently diversified into Weddings and Banquets hotels.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 14: Rathi Steel And Power Limited (BSE – 504903), one of the leading players in stainless steel long products and TMT bars, has announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27.

Key Financial Highlights

Total Income of ₹ 193.67 Cr, YoY growth of 24.63%
EBITDA of ₹ 7.77 Cr, YoY growth of 24.83%
EBITDA Margin of 4.01%
PAT of ₹ 3.48 Cr, YoY growth of 84.56%
PAT(%) of 1.80%, YoY growth of 58 Bps
EPS of ₹ 0.40, YoY growth of 81.82%

• EBIDTA includes other income, excludes extraordinary and exceptional items
• PAT includes other income, excludes extraordinary and exceptional items

Key Performance Highlights and Development

Strong Volume and Revenue Growth in Q1 FY27

Total sales volumes increased ~30% YoY to 28,372 MT, compared to 21,864 MT in Q1 FY26
Quarterly revenue exceeded ₹193 Cr, registering growth of over 24% YoY steel wire rods continue to support fuel efficiency and operational competitiveness

TMT Rebar Segment Drives Strong Volume Expansion

TMT rebar sales volumes more than doubled to 18,677 MT in Q1 FY27 from 8,295 MT in Q1 FY26
Higher TMT volumes strengthened the overall product mix and supported the Company’s growth during the quarter.

Diversified Product Portfolio Supports Performance

Balanced presence across Stainless Steel products and MS TMT rebars supported volume and revenue growth

Continued market expansion enabled the Company to strengthen its reach across product segments and demand environments

Resilient Growth Amid a Challenging Operating Environment

Delivered healthy growth despite geopolitical uncertainties, volatile energy costs and fluctuating demand conditions

Product mix optimisation and market expansion helped mitigate elevated costs and softer demand across select sectors

Focused on Sustaining Growth and Operational Discipline

The Company remains focused on leveraging its diversified capabilities to capture emerging market opportunities

Continued emphasis on cost discipline, product mix optimisation and market reach expansion to support sustainable growth

MANAGEMENT COMMENT

Mr. Udit Rathi, Promoter, Rathi Steel And Power Limited:

“We are pleased with our Q1 FY27 performance, underpinned by strong volume growth, an optimised product mix and continued expansion of our market reach. Total sales volumes grew approximately 30% YoY to 28,372 MT, while revenue exceeded ₹193 Cr, registering growth of over 24% YoY. The TMT rebar segment was a key growth driver, with volumes more than doubling to 18,677 MT.

Importantly, this growth was achieved against an operating environment characterised by softer steel realisations and continued volatility in energy and input costs. The ability to scale volumes in such an environment underscores the importance of our evolving product mix, wider market reach and disciplined execution. Recent moderation in certain raw-material prices provides a relatively more constructive cost backdrop, although geopolitical and energy-market volatility remain key variables.

As we progress through FY27, our focus remains firmly on scaling volumes, deepening market penetration, optimising our product mix and maintaining cost discipline. Our presence across Stainless Steel products and MS TMT rebars provides us with greater flexibility to navigate evolving market conditions while pursuing sustainable and profitable growth.”

ABOUT RATHI STEEL AND POWER LIMITED

Rathi Steel And Power Limited (RSPL), headquartered in Ghaziabad, Uttar Pradesh, is a leading manufacturer of stainless steel and mild steel long products. Established in 1971, the company carries forward the renowned Rathi legacy built over five decades of innovation, trust, and quality in steel manufacturing.

Operating a modern integrated facility spread across about 12.5 acres in the NCR region, RSPL has a steel melting capacity of about 85,000 tonnes per annum and a rolling capacity of 2,00,000 tonnes per annum. Its diverse product portfolio includes stainless steel billets, wire rods, and TMT bars. It is India’s only stainless-steel wire rod manufacturer using direct billet charging technology, ensuring superior energy efficiency and lower carbon emissions.

In FY26, RSPL reported Total Income of ₹716.49 Cr, EBITDA of ₹28.90 Cr, and PAT of ₹12.87 Cr.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 14: Khazanchi Jewellers Limited (BSE: 543953), A BSE SME-listed jewellery company progressing towards migration to the Main Boards of BSE and NSE, has announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27. The Company operates across wholesale and retail segments, offering gold, diamond and precious stone jewellery, along with bullion products.

Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income stood at ₹586.36 Cr in Q1 FY27, up 45.20% YoY from ₹403.84 Cr in Q1 FY26 
• EBITDA stood at ₹39.98 Cr in Q1 FY27, up 89.02% YoY from ₹21.15 Cr in Q1 FY26 
• EBITDA Margin improved to 6.82% in Q1 FY27 from 5.24% in Q1 FY26, an expansion of 158 BPS 
• PAT stood at ₹27.83 Cr in Q1 FY27, up 83.66% YoY from ₹15.15 Cr in Q1 FY26 
• PAT Margin improved to 4.75% in Q1 FY27 from 3.75% in Q1 FY26, an expansion of 99 BPS 
• EPS stood at ₹11.16 in Q1 FY27, up 82.35% YoY from ₹6.12 in Q1 FY26

About Khazanchi Jewellers Limited

Khazanchi Jewellers, with over five decades of experience and located in Tamil Nadu, holds a significant position in the Indian jewellery sector. The company serves as a pivotal player in both wholesale and retail markets, specializing in a wide array of jewellery products. Offerings range from gold, diamonds, and precious stones to exquisite fancy jewellery, encompassing sought-after bullion items like coins and bars. Their business model involves raw material procurement, manufacturing and designing, the placement of products, and sales to end customers. In FY26, the company reported Total Income of ₹ 2,051.02 Cr, EBITDA of ₹ 126.99 Cr and PAT of ₹ 89.42 Cr.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Introducing Oud Rush – The New Premium Eau De Parfum by French Essence.

New Delhi [India], August 14: Fragrance brand French Essence has announced the launch of Oud Rush, a premium Eau De Parfum created for consumers who prefer rich, distinctive and long-lasting fragrances.

Built around agarwood, commonly known as oud, the new fragrance combines warm spices, aromatic notes and a deep woody base to create a scent that is bold yet sophisticated. With Oud Rush, French Essence is expanding its portfolio with a fragrance that places greater emphasis on character, longevity and an elevated overall experience.

The launch comes at a time when fragrance preferences in India are becoming increasingly diverse. Consumers are exploring perfumes beyond conventional fresh and aquatic profiles, with woody, musky and spicy compositions gaining greater attention.

Oud Rush has been created to appeal to this evolving audience.

A Rich Composition with Oud at Its Heart

The fragrance opens with saffron, nutmeg and lavender, bringing together warmth, spice and aromatic freshness.

Saffron gives the opening a rich character, while nutmeg adds depth. Lavender balances these warmer elements and gives the first few moments of the fragrance a smoother aromatic quality.

As the perfume develops, agarwood (oud) becomes the central note.

Known for its deep and distinctive woody character, oud gives Oud Rush its identity and provides a richer contrast to the opening notes. The fragrance then settles into a base of patchouli and musk, adding warmth and creating a lingering finish.

The overall composition has been designed to feel confident and noticeable without becoming unnecessarily complicated.

For consumers who enjoy woody, spicy and musky fragrances, the combination offers a scent that can work across different occasions while retaining a recognisable signature.

Designed for Presence and Longevity

One of the key considerations behind Oud Rush has been longevity.

French Essence has developed the perfume for consumers who expect their fragrance to maintain its character beyond the initial spray. Its deeper composition makes it particularly suitable for evenings, celebrations, weddings, festive occasions and important social events.

At the same time, people who naturally prefer richer fragrance profiles can make it part of their everyday perfume wardrobe.

Nidhi Gupta, Founder of French Essence, said the brand wanted Oud Rush to represent a more elevated fragrance experience.

“Oud has an unmistakable richness and depth. With Oud Rush, our intention was to create a fragrance that feels premium from the first spray and continues to make its presence felt as it develops. We wanted the fragrance to be confident and memorable while still being relevant to the modern Indian consumer,” Gupta said.

The fragrance takes subtle inspiration from the richness associated with Middle Eastern perfumery, while the overall composition has been developed with contemporary Indian consumers in mind.

Premium Presentation Completes the Experience

The premium positioning of Oud Rush is also reflected in its presentation.

The perfume comes in a deep amber-toned bottle complemented by a glossy black cap and gold detailing. The darker colour palette reflects the warm, woody character of the fragrance and gives the bottle an understated yet premium appearance.

Its presentation also makes Oud Rush suitable as a gifting option for birthdays, anniversaries, weddings, festive occasions and other celebrations.

The launch reflects a broader change in the way Indian consumers approach perfumes. Buyers are increasingly paying attention to fragrance concentration, individual notes, longevity and how a perfume develops over time rather than choosing a fragrance solely on its opening impression.

This growing awareness has created room for brands to introduce more distinctive compositions and encourage consumers to build fragrance wardrobes for different moods and occasions.

Oud Rush Eau De Parfum enters this space with a combination of saffron, nutmeg, lavender, oud, patchouli and musk – ingredients chosen to create warmth, depth and a memorable fragrance trail.

For French Essence, the launch represents another step towards building a more diverse fragrance portfolio and offering consumers perfumes with stronger individual identities.

Rather than simply introducing another scent, the brand is positioning Oud Rush as a fragrance for people who see perfume as part of their personal style.

Rich, warm and distinctive, Oud Rush brings together premium presentation, a sophisticated fragrance profile and lasting character – creating a scent designed to be noticed and remembered.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Globe Civil Projects Ltd Reports Q1 FY27 Total Income of ₹929Million and PAT of ₹71Million

New Delhi [India], August 14: Globe Civil Projects Limited, an EPC-focused infrastructure company, announced its Unaudited standalone and consolidated financial results for Q1FY27.

The Company delivered a steady performance during Q1 FY27, supported by disciplined execution across ongoing EPC projects, efficient resource utilization, and continued focus on project delivery. The Company remained focused on strengthening its execution capabilities and maintaining operational efficiency while progressing across its diverse project portfolio.

Key Financial Highlights 

• Total Income: ₹929.23 million in Q1 FY27 vs ₹676.98 million in Q1 FY26; YoY Growth: 37.26%
• EBITDA: ₹158.05 million in Q1 FY27 vs ₹118.81 million in Q1 FY26; YoY Growth: 33.03%
• EBITDA Margin: 17.01% in Q1 FY27 vs 17.55% in Q1 FY26
• Net Profit: ₹70.91 million in Q1 FY27 vs ₹50.50 million in Q1 FY26; YoY Growth: 40.42%
• NPM: 7.63% in Q1 FY27 vs 7.46% in Q1 FY26

Business Highlights

• Government-Focused EPC: Continued focus on projects from CPWD, NBCC, IITs, NITs and other institutional clients.
• Diversified Project Portfolio: Strengthened presence across education, healthcare, housing, sports, commercial and transportation infrastructure.
• Disciplined Growth Strategy: Focused on selective bidding, timely execution, efficient project management and expansion into new geographies.

Management Commentary

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Vipul Khurana, Managing Director, Globe Civil Projects Limited, stated:

“The performance during Q1 FY27 reflects our continued focus on disciplined execution, efficient resource utilization and timely progress across our EPC projects. We have remained focused on maintaining operational efficiency while strengthening our execution capabilities across our growing project portfolio.

Our healthy order book and continued project opportunities across institutional and infrastructure segments provide a strong foundation for future growth. Going forward, we remain focused on prudent project selection, efficient working capital management and timely execution. We believe our execution capabilities and growing project pipeline position the Company well to participate in the expanding infrastructure development opportunities across India.”

About Globe Civil Projects Limited

Globe Civil Projects Limited is an Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) company engaged in executing civil and infrastructure projects across India. The Company undertakes a wide range of projects including construction of infrastructure facilities, buildings, and allied civil works, with a strong emphasis on quality, cost efficiency, and timely delivery.

Backed by experienced management and established execution capabilities, the Company continues to strengthen its presence in the infrastructure sector.

Disclaimer:

Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

For Further Information Please Contact Corporate Communication Advisor

Ms Pooja Gandhi
EquiBridgex Advisors Private Limited
Email: info@equibridgex.com
Website: www.equibridgex.com

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

From certified provenance to a tech-driven natural diamond solitaire jewellery programme, AnkitGems’ new venture brings natural diamond solitaires to a new generation of consumers

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 14: Born from a legacy of excellence in diamonds as an Ankit Gems alliance, Eyora Jewels led by Mr. Ankit Shah, Mr. Ankit Singh Kimtee and Mr. Samyak Kataria, is a retail venture built to reinforce consumer interest in natural diamonds. Eyora Jewels Private Limited brings together a powerful blend of diamond expertise, sourcing provenance, and business discipline introducing a technology-driven, natural diamond solitaire jewellery programme, designed to empower retail jewellers to showcase lightweight, natural diamond jewellery under a unified brand of trust, craftsmanship, and elegance. All Eyora jewellery is IGI certified, with every solitaire carrying an exclusive Eyora inscription on the diamond’s girdle, while the natural diamonds are conflict-free and responsibly sourced, delivering complete peace of mind for the retailer and the consumer.

Highlighting the origin of the brand’s innovative retail strategy Mr. Ankit Singh Kimtee, Founder and CEO, Eyora Jewels stated: “As we listened to jewellers across the market, one message came through consistently. They weren’t questioning the value of natural diamonds. They were questioning the risk of investing in them. They need greater confidence, better inventory flexibility, and a partner who could help them grow their business. That became the challenge we set out to solve.”

Eyora has developed its natural diamond solitaire jewellery programme to work with existing jewellery retailers, allowing them to introduce a natural diamond category using curated collections, standardised merchandising, website & mobile app support, unified brand experience with 100% buyback & exchange and access to solitaire inventory of more than 25,000+ natural diamonds. This model lets retailers add the category without significant infrastructure investment, while enhancing profitability and operational efficiency.

The offering is focused on natural diamond solitaire jewellery, with contemporary designs in 14K & 18K gold and natural diamond solitaires of up to one carat. The collection brings together classic solitaire aesthetics, minimal contemporary designs and distinctive fancy-shaped diamonds, including elongated shapes and differentiated cuts. Eyora’s jewellery is positioned from Rs50,000 to Rs 2.5 lakh, creating multiple entry points into natural diamond solitaire jewellery while retaining the qualities associated with the category.

As Mr. Samyak Kataria, who manages the digital frontend, stated: “Alongside the physical inventory, Eyora offers a digital bank of 5,000+ jewellery designs, accessible through Eyora website & mobile app. This allows retailers to showcase a much wider selection beyond their physical display, giving them greater flexibility to present designs & options based on individual customer preferences.”

The company’s strategic growth plan and vision include initial plans to establish a presence in Mumbai, Delhi, Indore, Bengaluru and Hyderabad with retail partners, followed by expanding to more than 25 stores across 10 major cities, a target of 100 locations nationwide, and ultimately

building a pan-India footprint supported by an integrated digital commerce platform. This expansion will be backed by Ankit Gems’ established diamond expertise and its heritage as a De Beers Sightholder, which also informs the brand’s approach to responsible sourcing.

Emphasizing the brand’s vision and its commitment to retail partners, Mr. Ankit Shah, Director Ankit Gems and Founder, Eyora Jewels added: “We believe the future of natural diamonds won’t be defined only by what leaves the earth. It will be defined by the confidence that reaches the consumer. And that’s the journey we are proud to begin with Eyora Jewels.”

Connecting the journey of every diamond from source to showcase, Eyora Jewels aims to rebuild desire for natural diamonds, creating jewellery valued not only for its beauty, but for the story, authenticity, and legacy it represents.

Website: https://eyorajewels.com/

Eyora Jewels Private Limited is a Mumbai-based natural diamond jewellery brand from the house of Ankit Gems, a company with a legacy of over 30 years. Founded by Mr. Ankit Shah, Mr. Ankit Singh Kimtee and Mr. Samyak Katariya, Eyora is focused on bringing lightweight, certified natural solitaire diamond jewellery to consumers across India. Eyora Jewels is also a member of the Gem & Jewellery Export Promotion Council (GJEPC), India.

Built around a natural diamond solitaire jewellery program, Eyora combines contemporary design, craftsmanship and authenticity with an elevated in-store experience across leading jewellery and lifestyle spaces. The brand’s diamonds are backed by Ankit Gems’ position as a De Beers Sightholder and are sourced from established producing regions including Botswana, Canada, Namibia and South Africa. Its sourcing practices adhere to the Kimberley Process and OECD Due Diligence Guidance.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

VMS TMT Limited Delivers 16.16% YoY Revenue Growth in Q1 FY27

Gandhinagar (Gujarat) [India], August 14: VMS TMT Limited, a Gujarat-based manufacturer of TMT Bars and Billets, announced its Unaudited Financial Results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026.

The Company delivered a positive start to FY27, supported by its integrated manufacturing capabilities, in-house billet production and established distribution network across Gujarat. During the quarter, VMS TMT continued to strengthen operational efficiency, enhance manufacturing integration and focus on consistent product quality, cost optimisation, and sustainable business growth.

Key Financial Highlights – Q1 FY27(₹ Lakhs)

Business Highlights

• Backward integration strengthened with the commissioning of the billet manufacturing facility, improving raw material security and cost efficiency.
• In-house billet production from scrap enables better control over raw materials, operational efficiency and costs.
• Integrated manufacturing capacity of 2,00,000 MT TMT Bars and 2,16,000 MT Billets, supporting a seamless billet-to-TMT process.
• Strong Gujarat distribution network with products marketed under the Kamdhenu brand through 3 distributors and 227 dealers.
• Proposed amalgamation of Aditya Ultra Steel Limited with VMS TMT Limited approved, subject to regulatory approvals, aimed at strengthening manufacturing capabilities and market presence.
• Diversified product portfolio spanning TMT Bars, Billets, Binding Wire and Scrap, with continued focus on quality and BIS compliance.
• 15 MW captive solar power plant under development to support long-term energy cost optimisation and sustainability.

Mr. Varun Jain, Chairman & Managing Director, VMS TMT Limited, said:

“We have commenced FY27 on a decent note, with our performance reflecting the strength of our integrated manufacturing model and established market presence. The commissioning of our billet manufacturing facility has further strengthened backward integration, supporting better raw material security, operational efficiency and cost optimisation.With a strong distribution network under the Kamdhenu brand and continued focus on manufacturing efficiencies and quality, we remain well positioned to benefit from the long-term growth in infrastructure and construction demand. We will continue to focus on operational excellence, strengthening our market presence and creating sustainable value for our stakeholders.”

About VMS TMT Limited

VMS TMT Limited is a Gujarat-based steel manufacturing company engaged in the production of TMT Bars, Billets and Binding Wires. The Company operates an integrated manufacturing facility at Bhayla Village, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, enabling the conversion of raw materials into finished steel products through its in-house manufacturing processes. Its products cater to the infrastructure, construction and real estate sectors and are marketed under the Kamdhenu brand across Gujarat.

Disclaimer: Certain statements in this document that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties like government actions, local, political or economic developments, technological risks, and many other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statements. The Company will not be in any way responsible for any action taken based on such statements and undertakes no obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Bengaluru (Karnataka) [India], August 14: Kennametal India Limited (KIL) concluded Q4 FY26, ended June 30, 2026, with strong revenue growth. Sales increased by 47.68% year-over-year to ₹ 4776 Mn, compared to ₹ 3234 Mn in the same quarter last fiscal year, driven by broad-based demand across end-use segments. The Hard Metal segment delivered strong performance in terms of volume growth, enabling the Company to effectively navigate evolving market dynamics.

Profit Before Tax (PBT) grew year-over-year to ₹ 1184 Mn compared to ₹ 413 Mn in the corresponding quarter last year.

Vijaykrishnan Venkatesan, Managing Director, KIL, said, “We are pleased to end FY26 on a strong note, delivering healthy revenue growth and profits. Our performance reflects the strength of our technology leadership, customer-focused strategy, and operational excellence initiatives, while navigating headwinds from an unprecedented tungsten environment.

He continued: “Looking ahead, we expect continued positive momentum in the manufacturing industry and are well positioned to capitalize on emerging opportunities to deliver profitable growth.”

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Left to right: Dr. Mannan Akhtar, DDA Commissioner (Lands); Shri N. Saravana Kumar, Vice Chairman, DDA; Mr. Sardar Taranjit Singh Sandhu, Lieutenant Governor (DDA Chairman); Mr. Arun K. Saraf, Chairman and Managing Director, Juniper Hotels Limited; Mr. Amit Saraf, President, Juniper Hotels Limited; and Mr. Ravi Shankar, Principal Commissioner (LD, LM, PM-UDAY and Land Pooling).

New Delhi [India], August 14: Juniper Hotels Limited (“Juniper/”Company”),will develop a luxury 5-star hotel in Sector 23, Dwarka, Delhi, adding approximately 550 keys, involving a capital expenditure of around INR 850 crore. Upon completion, Juniper’s presence in New Delhi is expected to expand to approximately 1,000 keys, further strengthening its position in one of India’s most important hospitality markets.

The Company executed a licence deed with the Delhi Development Authority (DDA), through its wholly owned subsidiary, Juniper Hospitality Assets Private Limited, in the presence of Shri Taranjit Singh Sandhu, the Honourable Lieutenant Governor of Delhi.

The hotel will enjoy a prime location overlooking the DDA Dwarka Golf Course, the country’s longest 18-hole golf course, designed by renowned golf course architects Phil Ryan and Paul Reeves. This unique setting is expected to enhance the property’s appeal to premium leisure and business travelers seeking world-class hospitality experiences.The hotel is targeted for completion by 2030. 

Strategically located, the hotel will be in proximity to Yashobhoomi Convention Centre, one of the largest convention and exhibition venues in India and Asia by area, as well as the Dwarka Sports Complex. The property is also expected to be among the first hotels positioned to serve the upcoming Diplomatic Enclave proposed opposite the hotel site, placing it at the heart of a rapidly emerging business, convention and diplomatic hub in New Delhi.

With the addition of the new Delhi hotel and completion of its ongoing development projects, Juniper Hotels is expected to have a portfolio of 12 hotels, while the Company continues to evaluate inorganic opportunities to achieve its milestone of doubling its key count to approximately 3,900 keys by FY2030-31.

Juniper’s portfolio is anchored in India’s most dynamic economic centres and powerful hospitality markets, including Mumbai, New Delhi, Ahmedabad, Lucknow and Bengaluru. Its presence places the Company at the heart of the country’s deepest corporate, premium leisure and MICE demand. Juniper is one of India’s leading hotel development and ownership companies, with a portfolio of seven operating hotels comprising 1,895 keys, including 245 serviced apartments. The Company is opening Westin, Bengaluru with 235 rooms in October, 2026. It has 5 other greenfield projects under various stages of development. 

These high-quality premium hospitality assets are strategically located across key destinations in India, reflecting Juniper’s focus on developing and operating premium hotels and delivering exceptional guest experiences in partnership with globally recognized hospitality brands.

This expansion underscores Juniper’s commitment to disciplined and strategic growth across key hospitality markets in India. Through this robust development pipeline and focus on premium assets, the Company aims to double its room inventory and EBITDA by FY2030-31, further strengthening its position as one of India’s leading hospitality ownership platforms.

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 14: Dev Information Technology Limited (DEV IT), (NSE – DEVIT, BSE – 543462 | INE060X01034), a global IT services company offering Cloud Services, Digital Transformation, Enterprise Applications, and Managed IT Services, has reported its Unaudited financials for Q1 FY27.

Key Financial Highlights

Q1 FY27 Consolidated Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹44.64 Cr, YoY growth of 2.73% 
• EBITDA of ₹3.99 Cr 
• EBITDA Margin of 8.93% 
• Net Profit of ₹2.11 Cr 
• Net Profit Margin of 4.72%

Q1 FY27 Standalone Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹32.80 Cr 
• EBITDA of ₹2.48 Cr 
• EBITDA Margin of 7.57%
• Net Profit of ₹1.31 Cr 
• Net Profit Margin of 3.99%

Commenting on the Financial Performance Mr. Pranav Pandya, Chairman, Dev Information Technology Limited, said: “Q1 FY27 marked a period of continued execution for Dev Information Technology as we remained focused on strengthening our capabilities across cloud services, digital transformation, enterprise applications and managed IT services. During the quarter, the Company continued to secure orders from government entities, reinforcing our presence in government-led digital transformation initiatives. We continue to focus on delivering integrated technology solutions, improving operational efficiency and expanding our capabilities in areas such as AI, cybersecurity and cloud. With a growing portfolio of technology solutions and continued demand for digital transformation, we remain focused on sustainable growth and strengthening our business capabilities.

The strategic alignment with XDuce is expected to create opportunities through the combination of XDuce’s client relationships and market presence in North America and the UK with DEV IT’s engineering capabilities and global delivery infrastructure.

The technology sector continues to see adoption across areas such as cloud, AI, cybersecurity, digital transformation and managed IT services. Government digitisation and enterprise technology modernisation are also contributing to demand across these segments.”

About Dev Information Technology Limited

Dev Information Technology Limited (DEV IT), founded in 1997, listed on NSE & BSE, and certified to ISO 20000, ISO 27001, ISO 9001 & CMMI Level 5, has evolved from a small-scale business automation software solutions provider into a global IT services powerhouse. Over the years, the company has empowered businesses worldwide with a blend of information technology, innovation, and digital transformation. Headquartered in Ahmedabad, with offices across India and Canada, the company emphasises continuous innovation, quality, streamlined processes, and technological prowess. The company’s people- and client-centric approach involves collaborating with clients globally to understand their specific goals and to empower them to achieve their business objectives. 

The company offers a comprehensive end-to-end range of services, including Cloud Services, Digital Transformation, Enterprise Applications, Managed IT Services, and Application Development. The company’s products comprise Talligence, an accounting data analytics platform, and ByteSigner, a digital signing solution.

With its foundation in one of India’s fastest-growing metros, the company has continuously evolved to meet the dynamic demands of the IT industry. The leadership, comprising experienced professionals, drives the company towards achieving its vision of empowering businesses worldwide through cutting-edge technology solutions. The company’s steadfast commitment to innovation, quality, and client satisfaction underpins its growth and success in the IT services sector. 

In conclusion, the company remains dedicated to driving digital transformation and delivering unparalleled value to its clients. As the company moves forward, it continues to embrace new challenges and opportunities, solidifying its position as a leader in the IT services sector. www.devitpl.com

In Consolidated FY26, the company reported Total Income of ₹193.50, EBITDA of ₹7.23 and Net Profit of ₹75.60. 

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 14: Most Indian households already run on chai time – the sequence is instinctive, even if unspoken. A brisk cup on waking, something lighter through the afternoon, a spiced brew when the weather turns, and perhaps something calming before bed. Butterfly Ayurveda’s tea line takes that unconscious rhythm and gives it a name: the tridosha clock, the Ayurvedic framework that maps Vata, Pitta and Kapha to specific hours of the day. The brand’s four flagship blends, Suprabhat Chai, Shubh Saanjh Chai, Ratri Chai and Masala Chai, are each built to meet a different point on that clock, rather than functioning as interchangeable variations on the same green-tea theme.

Morning: correcting for Kapha

Suprabhat Chai – available in both a green tea and black tea base – is positioned as the brand’s answer to the sluggishness that Ayurveda attributes to Kapha dosha, which the tradition holds rises between 6 a.m. and 10 a.m. and can show up as heaviness, drowsiness or a lingering morning cold. The blend combines Tulsi, Mulethi (licorice root), Brahmi, black pepper and green tea leaves sourced from Darjeeling – a formulation the brand describes as cognition-enhancing rather than simply stimulating, with Brahmi included specifically for its traditional association with memory and mental clarity, and Mulethi for throat and liver support. It is, in effect, an attempt to replace the reflexive “wake-up tea” with something formulated for a specific physiological window, down to a recommended drinking time of 6 a.m. to 10 a.m.

Afternoon: settling Vata

By contrast, Shubh Saanjh Chai is built for the other end of the workday, when Vata dosha is said to peak, typically between 2 p.m. and 6 p.m., a period Ayurveda associates with bloating, flatulence and general digestive unease. Here the formulation shifts toward digestion-first ingredients – mint, ajwain (carom seed), fennel and Shankhpushpi, layered over a Darjeeling green tea base. The inclusion of Shankhpushpi is notable: in classical Ayurvedic use it is valued as much for calming the mind as for supporting digestion, which positions this blend less as an afternoon pick-me-up and more as a reset for the mid-afternoon slump that most desk-bound professionals recognize but rarely name.

Night: a tridosha-balancing wind-down

Ratri Chai departs from the single-dosha logic of its siblings. Rather than targeting one dosha at one time of day, it is formulated as a tridosha-balancing blend meant for the evening – built around Ashwagandha, Brahmi, Shankhpushpi, Tulsi, Giloy (Guduchi) and lemongrass, with black pepper added to aid absorption. Each ingredient carries a specific traditional claim: Ashwagandha for stress and sleep support, Brahmi again for cognitive and nervine support, lemongrass for its detoxifying and antioxidant profile. The brand recommends it between 6 p.m. and 10 p.m., pitching it less as a bedtime tisane and more as a structured wind-down ritual – the tea equivalent of closing out the day’s accumulated stress before it compounds overnight.

All-weather: Masala Chai as tridosha comfort

Masala Chai is the outlier in the lineup, and deliberately so. Where the other three blends are time-bound, Masala Chai is framed as a tridosha-balancing brew suited to either early morning or late evening, built on an Assam black tea base spiced with ginger, cinnamon, clove, black pepper, cardamom and Banafsha (a herb traditionally used for cough and throat relief). It reads, in formulation terms, as Ayurveda’s answer to the ubiquitous Indian household chai – warming, spiced, and designed for cold-and-cough season – but built with a tridosha lens rather than as a generic spiced tea.

What holds the range together

Across all four blends, the manufacturing story stays consistent: each tea is stated to be produced in GMP-certified facilities and licensed under the state AYUSH department, packaged either in airtight foil-lined cartons for loose tea or in biodegradable, corn-and-wheat-starch tea bags – a detail aimed squarely at the sustainability-conscious segment of the wellness buyer base. None of the four blends leans on a single hero ingredient; each is a multi-herb formulation where the individual actives (Brahmi’s nervine effects, Shankhpushpi’s anxiolytic profile, ginger’s carminative properties) are documented separately on the brand’s own product pages, suggesting a formulation process built around traditional pharmacology rather than flavor-first blending.

The larger bet

What makes this range more than a tea catalogue is the sequencing itself. Most herbal tea brands sell single-benefit products – a “detox tea,” a “sleep tea” – as isolated SKUs. Butterfly Ayurveda is selling a schedule: four teas that, taken together, map onto an entire day’s dosha fluctuations rather than one moment of it. Whether that framework converts casual buyers into a four-tea daily ritual, or simply gives existing loyal customers a reason to trade up from one blend to the full set, will likely determine how far the model scales beyond its current niche – but the formulation logic itself is more structurally differentiated than most entrants in India’s crowded herbal tea aisle.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 14: Unihealth Hospitals Limited (NSE EMERGE: UNIHEALTH | INE0PRF01011), In another significant step towards advancing specialised surgical care in Navi Mumbai, UMC Hospitals, Nerul, Navi Mumbai, has successfully treated a 33-year-old man from Turbhe who developed a large and potentially serious complication following an episode of acute pancreatitis. 

The patient had initially suffered from severe upper abdominal pain, vomiting and fever and was diagnosed with pancreatitis, an inflammation of the pancreas. He also had Type 1 diabetes and high cholesterol, which were being managed with medication. His initial illness required approximately two weeks of hospitalisation at another hospital in Mumbai. 

However, even after the acute episode had settled, his symptoms did not completely go away. Nearly 12 weeks later, he continued to experience early satiety — a condition in which a person feels full after eating only a small quantity of food. Further evaluation at UMC Hospitals revealed the underlying cause. 

A CT scan showed a large walled-off pancreatic necrosis, a collection that can form around damaged or dead pancreatic tissue several weeks after severe pancreatitis. As the collection had become large enough to cause persistent symptoms, definitive treatment was required. 

A Complex Problem Treated Through a Minimally Invasive Approach 

The procedure was performed by Dr. Harsh Sheth, Consultant – Bariatric & GI Laparoscopic Surgeon, UMC Hospitals. Rather than undertaking a conventional large open operation, the surgical team used a laparoscopic, minimally invasive approach. Through small surgical access points, the team created a controlled passage between the stomach and the wall of the pancreatic collection. This allowed the contents of the collection to drain naturally into the stomach, providing internal drainage while avoiding the need for a larger open surgical procedure. 

The approximately two-hour procedure was completed successfully, and the patient was closely monitored following surgery. At his two-week follow-up, he was reported to be doing well and recovering satisfactorily.

The successful treatment marks another important step in the development of UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai’s advanced Gastrointestinal, Laparoscopic and Pancreatic Surgery capabilities. It also adds to the hospital’s growing range of advanced clinical interventions, including technology-enabled orthopaedic and cardiac procedures. 

In recent months, UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai has continued to expand its capabilities in advanced and minimally invasive care, with milestones including its first robotic knee replacement, its first IVUS-guided coronary intervention and Navi Mumbai’s first bilateral robotic Direct Anterior Approach total hip replacement. These developments reflect UMC Hospitals’ broader endeavour to bring advanced medical technology, specialised clinical expertise and comprehensive tertiary care closer to patients in Navi Mumbai and surrounding regions.

The case highlights the growing ability of UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai to manage complex gastrointestinal and pancreatic conditions using advanced minimally invasive surgical techniques, while continuing to strengthen its position as a tertiary care destination for patients across Navi Mumbai and neighbouring regions. 

UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai, is a multi-specialty tertiary care hospital offering comprehensive medical and surgical services across a wide range of specialties. The hospital combines experienced clinical teams, modern diagnostic and medical infrastructure, advanced minimally invasive techniques and a patient-first approach to care. 

As part of Unihealth Hospitals Limited, UMC Hospitals is focused on building a growing network of advanced healthcare facilities that bring specialised, technology-enabled and accessible healthcare closer to the communities they serve. 

With the continuing expansion of its clinical capabilities across specialties, UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai is working towards its vision of becoming a comprehensive tertiary care destination for Navi Mumbai and surrounding regions.

Speaking about the case, Dr. Harsh Sheth, Consultant – Bariatric & GI Laparoscopic Surgeon, UMC Hospitals, said: “Walled-off pancreatic necrosis is a delayed complication of severe pancreatitis and can become particularly challenging when the collection grows large and starts affecting the patient’s ability to eat or causes other persistent symptoms. In carefully selected patients, minimally invasive internal drainage can provide effective treatment while avoiding the greater surgical trauma associated with conventional open surgery.”

Dr. Akshay Parmar, Founder & Managing Director, Unihealth Hospitals Limited, said: “Every clinical milestone at UMC Hospitals is ultimately about a patient and a family. What may appear to be a complex surgical achievement from a clinical perspective is, for a patient, an opportunity to return to a more normal life closer to home. Our endeavour at UMC Hospitals, Navi Mumbai is to progressively build the clinical depth, technology and multidisciplinary expertise required to manage increasingly complex cases within the city itself. We are proud of our clinical teams who are helping make that vision a reality.”

Unihealth Hospitals Limited

Founded in Mumbai in 2010, Unihealth Hospitals Limited is an integrated healthcare platform focused on delivering affordable, accessible, and high-quality healthcare services across India and East Africa. The Company operates across multiple healthcare verticals, including hospital operations, healthcare consultancy, pharmaceutical and consumables exports, and medical value travel.

Through the Unihealth–UMC Hospitals network, the Company combines Indian clinical expertise, global healthcare standards, and localized partnerships to create a scalable healthcare ecosystem serving diverse patient populations across emerging markets.

Driven by its mission of “Healthcare for All,” Unihealth continues to expand its healthcare footprint while creating long-term value for patients, communities, healthcare professionals, and shareholders.

The Company was listed on NSE Emerge in September 2023.

For FY26, the Company reported consolidated Total Income of ₹137.01 Cr, EBITDA of ₹58.82 Cr, and Net Profit attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company of ₹25.83 Cr.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Hyderabad (Telangana) [India], August 14: Magellanic Cloud Limited (NSE: MCLOUD | BSE: 538891), today announced that its wholly owned subsidiary, Provigil Surveillance Limited, has received a Letter of Acceptance (LOA) from Dedicated Freight Corridor Corporation of India Limited (DFCCIL), Noida, for a contract valued at ₹3.73 crore (Rupees Three Crore Seventy Three Lakh Only). The contract covers the Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning (SITC) and Operations & Maintenance (O&M) of an E-Surveillance System across the Kishangarh Balawas (Excl.) – New Rewari – New Phulera – New Kishangarh – Madar (Excl.) section of the Western Dedicated Freight Corridor (WDFC), under the CGM/JP Unit. 

The project will be executed over a period of five years on an OPEX model and is designed to establish an integrated e-surveillance framework for enhanced protection of critical railway infrastructure. The scope covers E-surveillance-based theft prevention, remote monitoring, asset and facility protection, operational surveillance, perimeter security and dock management, along with recording infrastructure, Command and Control Centre functionality and technical support services. The contract has been awarded in the ordinary course of business and is aligned with the Company’s core focus on delivering integrated surveillance, security and technology solutions.

Strategic & Commercial Highlights 

• Deepened Rail Infrastructure Presence: Reinforces Provigil’s growing footprint across critical public-sector transportation infrastructure, building on its expanding presence in the railway ecosystem. 
• Five-Year Annuity-Style Engagement: The five-year OPEX-based SITC and O&M contract provides revenue visibility while establishing an integrated e-surveillance framework along a strategically significant freight corridor section. 
• Validation of PSU Trust: Reflects the increasing confidence placed by leading PSUs such as DFCCIL in Provigil’s e-surveillance and security capabilities, strengthening its position as a technology-enabled partner for large-scale, mission critical infrastructure.

Commenting on the development, Mr. Joseph Sudheer Reddy Thumma, Chairman & Managing Director of Magellanic Cloud Limited, said: “India’s expanding transportation and logistics infrastructure is creating a growing need for intelligent, scalable and integrated security systems. Through this engagement, Provigil will support surveillance requirements across a key section of the Western Dedicated Freight Corridor, with capabilities spanning asset protection, operational monitoring, perimeter security and remote e-surveillance. The order also adds to Magellanic Cloud’s expanding surveillance portfolio across railways, government infrastructure, BFSI, highways and other critical sectors, further strengthening its footprint in the government and PSU ecosystem. The project is expected to contribute to the Company’s order book while reinforcing its position in the surveillance and security solutions segment and its ability to deliver technology-led security solutions for large-scale, mission-critical infrastructure.”

About Magellanic Cloud Limited

Magellanic Cloud Limited (BSE: 538891 | NSE: MCLOUD), headquartered in Hyderabad, India, is a global technology company specialising in digital transformation, Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI), cloud computing, e-surveillance, and drone technologies. The company delivers advanced solutions across industries, including smart infrastructure, defence, fintech, and enterprise IT, serving over 100 clients across the USA, Europe, and Asia. 

With a strong ecosystem of subsidiaries – Motivity Labs, Provigil Surveillance Limited, IVIS International, Scandron, MCRAYXTEND India and JNIT Technologies – Magellanic Cloud offers integrated capabilities across IT services and AI-driven surveillance systems. Its solutions are widely deployed in critical infrastructure projects, including railways, highways, BFSI, PSUs and urban security systems. 

The company is backed by a team of over 1,600 professionals and has achieved CMMI Maturity Level 3 certification.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Me2 Cake India Brings 750 Varieties of Fresh, Pure-Veg Cakes to Raipur — With Buy 1 Get 1, Every Single Day

New Delhi [India], August 14: In a market where premium usually means expensive, a homegrown bakery brand from Raipur is proving that quality and affordability don’t have to be at odds. Me2 Cake India started with a straightforward promise: fresh, 100% pure vegetarian cakes at prices ordinary families can afford. Backed by a decade of hands-on bakery experience, the brand has grown quickly into one of Chhattisgarh’s most talked-about dessert names, built on trust, taste, and consistency rather than short-lived hype.

That consistency shows in the sheer range on offer. Me2 Cake bakes across 750 varieties, giving customers far more choice than the average neighbourhood bakery, while keeping every cake fresh rather than mass-produced and frozen. It’s a scale of variety that’s unusual for a regional brand still in its early years, and it reflects the ten years of bakery expertise the founding team brings to every outlet.

BUY 1 GET 1 — EVERY DAY, NOT JUST FESTIVALS

At the heart of Me2 Cake’s appeal is its now-famous Buy 1 Get 1 Cake offer, running every single day rather than being limited to festive seasons or weekend promotions. For a category that has traditionally leaned on premium, occasion-based pricing, this is a bold departure. The idea is simple: celebrations happen far more often than people acknowledge, whether it’s a small win at work, a friend dropping by unannounced, or an ordinary Tuesday that deserves something sweet. By pricing accordingly without cutting corners on ingredients, Me2 Cake has made everyday indulgence achievable rather than aspirational.

FRANCHISE OPPORTUNITIES NOW OPEN ACROSS CHHATTISGARH

Riding on the early success of its Raipur outlets, Me2 Cake India is now inviting entrepreneurs and bakery enthusiasts to become part of its growth story. The company is offering franchise opportunities in Raipur and across all major towns and cities of Chhattisgarh, giving local business owners a chance to associate with a brand already known for trust, taste, and affordability.

With a clear vision to become a household name across the state, Me2 Cake is positioning itself as more than a cake shop — it’s building a movement to make celebrations more frequent, more affordable, and more local for the people of Chhattisgarh. Rather than expanding through a handful of company-owned stores, the brand is betting on local partners who understand their own towns and cities, a route that tends to help regional brands put down roots faster than a purely top-down model would allow.

Franchise partners joining now would be getting in at a formative stage, backed by a decade of category experience, a 750-variety product range, and a Buy 1 Get 1 offer that has already proven itself with customers in Raipur. As the brand continues its rollout, the goal is simple: bring the same freshness, pricing discipline, and customer trust that built its home city following to every corner of Chhattisgarh.

This kind of brand also reflects a broader shift underway in Chhattisgarh and similar markets, where buyers are increasingly willing to spend on fresh, branded bakery options instead of settling for generic local sweets or unbranded alternatives. Me2 Cake appears to have read that shift early, and its Raipur-first strategy gives it a head start most outside chains simply don’t have when they eventually decide the region is worth entering.

For franchise inquiries and more information about Me2 Cake outlets, interested individuals can contact Me2 Cake India directly or visit www.me2cake.com.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 13: GWC Data.AI, a Data and AI solutions provider and an Official Anthropic Claude Preferred Partner, today signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Government of Tamil Nadu to hire 1,000 people in the state over the next year. The MoU was exchanged in the presence of Hon’ble Chief Minister C. Joseph Vijay at the Vetri Tamilnadu Investment Conclave at ITC Grand Chozha.

The hiring will span AI engineering, data engineering, agentic AI development, and enterprise delivery, across GWC’s offices in Hosur, Dharmapuri, Salem and Tirupattur. GWC Data.AI will also partner with Guidance Tamilnadu’s skilling wing for on campus programs and structured training in agentic AI, building a Claude-certified talent pipeline within the state.

“We are proud to partner with the Government of Tamil Nadu in shaping the future of AI from right here in our state. This MoU is not just about creating 1,000 jobs, it is about building a world-class AI talent in tier-2 and tier-3 towns, empowering local youth with cutting-edge skills, and proving that Tamil Nadu can be a benchmark for AI innovation globally. At GWC Data.AI, we believe technology should uplift communities, and this partnership is a step toward making AI both inclusive and transformative.”

— Naveen Kumar, Founder & CEO, GWC Data.AI

About GWC Data.AI

GWC Data.AI (Global WeConnect Technologies Pvt. Ltd.) is a Tamil Nadu–based brand delivering high-end Data and AI solutions for over five years. With offices in tier-2 and tier-3 cities including Hosur, Tirupattur, Salem, and Dharmapuri, the company has built a strong global footprint, serving 90+ clients across industries. As an official Anthropic Claude Preferred Partner, GWC Data.AI has 250+ AI professionals and has deployed agentic AI blueprints across manufacturing, retail, FMCG, finance, and healthcare sector clients.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The race for the best crypto presale in August 2026 is heating up as AlphaPepe ($ALPE) enters one of the most important weeks of its presale. The project has now raised $2.3 million, attracted more than 10,900 holders, and moved deeper into Stage 20 at $0.02602 after Stage 19 sold out fast.

But the biggest catalyst is still ahead.

AlphaPepe’s next major launch update reveal arrives on August 19, giving buyers a clear date to watch while presale demand continues building. Add three CEX partnerships already secured, growing Tier-1 listing speculation and a new Bonus Drop offering up to 200% extra ALPE, and retail is starting to treat the remaining presale window very differently.

AlphaPepe Hits $2.3M as 10,900+ Holders Move In

AlphaPepe has now crossed two major milestones at once: $2.3 million raised and more than 10,900 holders.

That momentum comes after Stage 19 sold out quickly, pushing the presale into Stage 20 at $0.02602. Every completed stage removes another earlier entry point, which is why buyers are paying closer attention as the project moves toward launch preparations.

The attraction is simple. AlphaPepe remains before public-market price discovery, yet its holder base is already approaching 11,000 wallets.

For retail searching for the best crypto presale in August 2026, that creates the kind of setup traders usually try to find before a token becomes widely available on exchanges.

August 19 Is Becoming the Date Everyone Is Watching

The next major AlphaPepe catalyst lands on August 19, when the project is expected to reveal its latest launch update.

That date is now carrying much more weight than it did a few weeks ago. AlphaPepe is entering the reveal with stronger funding, a larger holder base, Stage 20 already live, and three CEX partnerships secured.

For presale buyers, the countdown matters because launch updates can change how the market views the remaining allocation. Traders entering before August 19 are positioning while the next major piece of information is still unrevealed.

That is exactly the kind of uncertainty retail often chases when the upside narrative is still being built rather than fully priced in.

Tier-1 Listing Rumours Are Getting Louder

AlphaPepe has already secured three CEX partnerships, giving $ALPE an exchange strategy before public trading begins.

Now speculation is moving toward the next level.

Online discussion around a possible Tier-1 CEX listing continues to grow as traders look at what could follow the three confirmed exchange partnerships. No Tier-1 listing has been formally announced, but the fact that AlphaPepe has already secured multiple CEX relationships makes the speculation more compelling than a typical presale rumor.

That means the August 19 reveal is being watched not only for launch timing, but also for any further clues around exchange expansion.

For Stage 20 buyers, a major exchange development would immediately strengthen the argument that $0.02602 remains an early entry rather than a late presale price.

Bonus Drop Turns Stage 20 Into a Limited-Time Trade

AlphaPepe has also added a new urgency mechanism through its Bonus Drop.

Buyers can click to reveal a guaranteed bonus of +10%, +30%, +50%, +100% or +200% extra ALPE. Every draw wins, and once activated, the multiplier remains live for 48 hours.

The bonus then applies to every qualifying purchase made during that 48-hour window, which means a strong multiplier can be used across multiple buys rather than just once.

There is also a loyalty advantage built in. Buyers who have purchased more ALPE previously have improved odds of unlocking the larger multipliers.

That creates a simple retail loop: reveal the bonus, lock in the multiplier, then use the 48-hour window before it expires.

With Stage 20 already active and August 19 approaching, the timing is hard to ignore.

Why AlphaPepe Is Leading the August Presale Conversation

The strongest presales usually combine three things: growing participation, a near-term catalyst, and a reason buyers feel they need to move before everyone else.

AlphaPepe currently has all three.

It has raised $2.3 million, built a community of over 10,900 holders, sold out Stage 19 quickly, and moved into Stage 20 at $0.02602. Three CEX partnerships are already secured, Tier-1 listing rumors are circulating, AlphaSwap gives the project a working utility angle, and the August 19 launch reveal is now only days away.

Then there is the Bonus Drop, which can add up to 200% extra ALPE during a limited 48-hour window.

That combination is why AlphaPepe is pushing to the front of the best crypto presale conversation in August 2026.

The presale is no longer waiting for momentum to arrive.

It already has it.

VISIT ALPHAPEPE OFFICIAL WEBSITE

FAQs

What Is the Best Crypto Presale in August 2026?
AlphaPepe is gaining attention after raising $2.3 million, attracting more than 10,900 holders and moving into Stage 20 at $0.02602 ahead of its August 19 launch update.

How Does the AlphaPepe Bonus Drop Work?
Every draw unlocks +10%, +30%, +50%, +100%, or +200% extra ALPE. The bonus remains active for 48 hours and applies to every qualifying buy during that period, while previous buying activity improves the odds of larger multipliers.

When Is the AlphaPepe Launch Update?
AlphaPepe’s next major launch update reveal is scheduled for August 19, with buyers watching closely for further launch and exchange developments.

All market analysis and token data are for informational purposes only and do not constitute financial advice. Readers should conduct independent research and consult licensed advisors before investing.

Crypto Press Release Distribution by BTCPressWire.com

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risk, including total loss of capital.

Key Takeaways

• $BULLSKI opens at $0.00001 on stage 1, steps to $0.000015, and carries a listing reference of $0.0025.
• Around 42.6 million tokens remained on the opening rung on August 11, 2026, with about 96 percent sold.
• Supply is capped at 120 billion tokens, and the contract is an ERC-20 on Ethereum.
• SPX6900, Brett, Mog Coin, and Turbo all trade between 85 and 98 percent below their record highs.

A new meme coin presale is running on Ethereum, and it opens lower than most buyers expect. $BULLSKI sells at $0.00001 on stage 1 of a 16-stage ladder, against a published listing reference of $0.0025. Around 42.6 million tokens were left on that opening rung on August 11, 2026; roughly 96 percent of it sold.

Recent launches like SPX6900 and Brett never offered a fixed entry rung. Read the new $BULLSKI presale terms before the number moves.

Best Crypto Presales to Buy Now: Why the Entry Rung Matters 

Buying at a listing means buying whatever the first hour decides. Nobody publishes that price in advance, and early sellers often set it. A sale works differently.

Every buyer on the same rung pays the same fixed amount, and the next amount is printed before anyone reaches it. Order books also punish latecomers, because the visible price only exists once trading has started.

Sixteen rungs make the whole path visible here. Stage 2 costs $0.000015 and stage 3 costs $0.00002, so the step size is known from day one. Anyone comparing presale crypto opportunities can put those numbers side by side without guessing.

That transparency is the main reason a published ladder beats a surprise debut.

Two numbers do most of the work in any early round. First is the rung you pay today. Second is the listing reference the team publishes for its exchange debut.

Set $0.00001 against $0.0025 and the comparison becomes plain arithmetic. Nothing in that sum depends on a forecast or a promise.

Pro tip: Compare a token’s entry rung with its published listing reference before you buy. For $BULLSKI that is $0.00001 against $0.0025.

Meme Launches Already Trading, Priced August 11, 2026 

SPX6900 costs $0.3197 today, up 1.6 percent, with a $297.5 million market cap. July 28, 2025 brought its record of $2.27, so the price now sits about 86 percent below that mark. Brett changes hands at $0.004067, down 3.7 percent on the day, on a $40.3 million cap.

Its $0.2342 high from December 1, 2024 leaves buyers who arrived at the top around 98 percent underwater. Numbers like that show how quickly a hot debut can turn.

Mog Coin trades at $0.000000101 with a $39.3 million cap, down 1.1 percent, against a $0.00000402 peak from December 6, 2024. Turbo sits at $0.00083 on a $57.3 million cap, down 2.1 percent, versus $0.01432 on December 11, 2024. Meme tokens together were worth $25.52 billion that day, up 0.92 percent, on $1.56 billion of volume, according to CoinGecko.

None of those four gave buyers a fixed entry rung. Each one listed, then found its own price in public. That is the difference a ladder removes, and it is why crypto presales draw people who want the number in writing first.

Timing explains most of those drawdowns as well. Buyers who arrived during hour one paid whatever the fastest hands in the room decided.

By the Numbers: Meme tokens are worth $25.52 billion in total. Turbo’s $57.3 million is about 0.2 percent of that number.

Inside the Sixteen $BULLSKI Rungs 

Open the sixteen $BULLSKI rungs and the structure explains itself. Total supply is fixed at 120 billion tokens, with 40 percent of that allocated to the sale. $BULLSKI is an ERC-20 token, which simply means it uses the standard Ethereum token format that ordinary wallets already read.

Payment goes through ETH, BNB or USDT, so no unusual setup is needed.

Protections come next. Liquidity locks at launch, team tokens vest on a schedule instead of unlocking at once, and the contract is verified on Etherscan with an audit in process. Staking runs while the sale is open, and a referral scheme pays buyers who bring others in.

Each of those terms can be checked in a few minutes, which is exactly why they are published. For a fuller account of the opening, see our report on the meme coin presale going live.

Remember: Every rung on this ladder is published in advance, so nothing about the next price arrives as a surprise.

How to Join at the Opening Price 

Setting up takes minutes. Fund a wallet with ETH, BNB or USDT, open the official site, read the live stage counter shown there, then join the sale at the opening price. Dates matter with any counter.

On August 11, 2026, roughly 42.6 million tokens were left on the opening rung, with close to 62 million taken in the previous 24 hours.

Position sizing deserves a minute of thought. A sale token has no exchange price until listing, so treat it as the small early slice of a wider holding. Readers weighing the traded side can also check our current pick of meme coins to buy before deciding.

Staking can be switched on the same day you buy, and referral rewards keep running while the sale stays open.

Questions About the Live Sale 

What is a meme coin?
A meme coin is a token built around a joke, a mascot, or a community rather than a business model. Dogecoin, launched in 2013, is the oldest example still trading. Attention and community size drive most of the value.

What are meme coins backed by?
Community, attention, and trading activity, not revenue or assets. The best meme coins keep an active community long after launch, which is what separates them from a quiet listing. Locked liquidity and vested team tokens also help a young project keep its footing.

How many stages does the $BULLSKI sale have?
Sixteen in total. Pricing opens at $0.00001, moves to $0.000015, then $0.00002, and the published listing reference is $0.0025. Each rung has its own allocation, and the next one opens once the current allocation clears.

Prices never step backwards on this ladder.

Is this the best crypto presale to join today?
Only your own research answers that. Compare supply, entry price, payment options and lock terms, then decide. $BULLSKI publishes all four, and the live counter on the official site shows exactly where the sale stands.

Confirming the contract on Etherscan takes about a minute and is worth doing before any transfer.

For More Information

Website: Visit the official Bullski website at bullski.io
Telegram: Join the Bullski Telegram channel at t.me/BullskiCoinOfficial
X (Twitter): Follow Bullski on X at x.com/bullskicoin

Disclaimer: Trading cryptocurrencies/digital assets carries a high level of risk and may not be suitable for all investors. You should be aware of all the risks associated with cryptocurrency/digital asset trading, and seek advice from an independent financial advisor. Any opinions, news, research, analyses, prices, or other information contained on this website is provided as general market commentary, and does not constitute investment advice. The website or its publishers will not accept liability for any loss or damage, including without limitation any loss of profit, which may arise directly or indirectly from use of or reliance on such information. The above content is published as received and has not been edited by the channel staff. The channel holds no responsibility for its content.

Manish Khandelwal, Managing Director, Haworth India

New Delhi [India], August 13:India has a manufacturing target to chase. The National Manufacturing Mission, announced as part of the Union Budget, aims to raise manufacturing’s contribution to GDP from around 16–17% today to 25% by 2035, with a focus on technology, workforce readiness, quality and ease and cost of doing business.

That ambition matters. Manufacturing creates jobs, strengthens supply chains and gives India a larger role in global production. But there is another question worth asking: what if India’s next big competitive advantage comes from what happens before anything gets made?

Ideas. Design. Research. Problem-solving. Creativity.

Manufacturing excellence will remain essential, but sustainable economic leadership will increasingly depend on India’s ability to turn human capability into intellectual and commercial value. The next generation of products, technologies and businesses will need people who can ask better questions, work through complexity, challenge assumptions and create ideas that did not exist before.

The future of “Made in India” may therefore need another phrase alongside it: “About Where Ideas Thrive”.

And if ideas are going to become a bigger part of India’s economic story, there is a surprisingly physical question to consider: where does that thinking happen?

Consider how much of a working day is spent sitting, standing, concentrating, thinking and collaborating. The physical conditions around those activities can make work easier or harder. Acoustics can determine whether someone can concentrate. Lighting can influence comfort and fatigue. The ability to move between focused work and collaboration can change how a team approaches a problem. Even physical comfort can influence how easily someone sustains attention through a demanding task.

These details can seem small when viewed individually. At scale, they become part of the conditions in which an organisation performs.

India’s economic ambitions are also changing the nature of work happening here. The country is no longer simply a destination for execution. Its Global Capability Centres are increasingly involved in product engineering, research, analytics, cybersecurity, AI and other high-value activities. NASSCOM research has described India’s GCC ecosystem as having evolved from a cost-arbitrage model towards a strategic innovation engine.

That makes the conditions in which people work a business consideration. If a team is expected to solve a complex problem, develop a new product or collaborate across geographies, the workplace should make those activities easier, not harder. A space that allows people to concentrate without distraction, come together when collaboration is needed and move between different modes of work can remove friction from the working day. The gains may not always be dramatic or immediately measurable, but across thousands of employees and millions of working hours, they can influence how effectively an organisation operates.

There is another dimension to this. People do not all think, concentrate, process information or respond to their surroundings in the same way. Consideration for neurodiversity brings this into particularly sharp focus. Factors such as acoustics, lighting, temperature and sensory comfort can influence the workplace experience for neurodivergent employees.

But designing for neurodiversity cannot be reduced to providing a particular product or creating a designated space. It requires looking at the experience of the environment as a whole. Some people need silence to concentrate. Others think better when they can talk through an idea. A team working through a difficult problem may need to be together, while someone working on detailed analysis may need to step away from that interaction.

This is, however, not simply an inclusion argument. It is an argument about getting better work from a diverse workforce. If India’s future competitiveness depends on ideas, then creating environments that support different ways of thinking is also an investment in innovation.

The expectations around the office are changing for another reason. Employees increasingly want workplaces that give them a reason to be there. Flexible spaces are becoming an increasingly important part of India’s office ecosystem, reflecting a stronger demand for choice in how and where work happens.

If routine individual work can happen elsewhere, the office has to offer something worth coming together for: a productive team discussion, an opportunity to learn from colleagues, focused work without the distractions of home, or the informal exchange of ideas that happens when people share a physical environment.

The answer is to make offices more useful.

This is where autonomy becomes important. People should have some control over where they focus, when they collaborate and how they use the workplace for different tasks. The idea is to create environments that allow people to match the way they work with the work that needs to be done. Good management and good design need to work together; neither can compensate entirely for the absence of the other.

Sustainability belongs in this conversation too. A workplace designed for long-term value should not be built around constant replacement. Durability, responsible sourcing, local manufacturing, repairability, resilient supply chains and circular thinking can extend the useful life of products and spaces while protecting the investment organisations make in them. Sustainability, in this sense, is not simply an environmental consideration. Sustainability is part of building more resilient businesses.

And then there is AI. As technology automates more routine tasks, distinctly human capabilities such as creativity, judgement, curiosity and problem-solving are likely to become even more valuable. That will change the kinds of value the country can create.

This creates an opportunity that goes beyond becoming a global production base. India is already on a path to become a place where workspace is not only made but conceived; where technology is not only deployed, but developed; and where diverse human capabilities are given the conditions to turn ideas into outcomes.

India’s next chapter will depend on both what it makes and what it imagines. And if we want more ideas to be imagined here, we need to pay greater attention to the environments in which people think, create, collaborate and do their best work.

The future of “Made in India” may therefore need another phrase alongside it: “About Where Ideas Thrive.”

About the author: Manish Khandelwal is the Managing Director of Haworth India, a global workplace furniture and design company.

Visit https://www.haworth.com/ap/en/company/made-in-india.html

Profit After Tax grows 37.57% YoY to Rs. 9.52 crore, supported by strong business momentum

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 13: Patel Retail Limited, a growing organised retail and food processing company with a strong presence across the Mumbai Metropolitan Region, announced its Q1FY27 financial results following a meeting of its Board of Directors held on August 12, 2026. At the meeting, the Board approved the unaudited standalone financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026 and the notice for the Company’s 19th Annual General Meeting, scheduled to be held on September 23, 2026 through Video Conferencing or Other Audio Visual Means. The Company started FY27 on a strong note, with Revenue from Operations rising 69.7% year on year to Rs. 309.54 crore from Rs. 182.45 crore in Q1FY26, while Profit After Tax grew 37.57% to Rs. 9.52 crore from Rs. 6.92 crore.

• EBITDA rises 23.9% YoY to Rs. 19.67 crore, while PBT grows 38.3% YoY to Rs. 12.82 crore in Q1FY27
• Board approves 19th AGM for September 23, 2026, with book closure from September 16 to September 23, 2026

• Operates Patel’s R Mart supermarket network across the Mumbai Metropolitan Region, offering a wide range of grocery, daily essentials and consumer products

The strong revenue growth was accompanied by an improvement in the Company’s operating performance during the quarter. EBITDA stood at Rs. 19.67 crore, compared with Rs. 15.87 crore in Q1FY26, registering a growth of 23.9% year on year. Profit Before Tax also increased 38.3% to Rs. 12.82 crore from Rs. 9.27 crore in the corresponding quarter last year. The Company’s earnings per share stood at Rs. 2.85.

Alongside its financial performance, the Company continues to strengthen its corporate governance and shareholder engagement processes. The AGM will provide an important platform for shareholder participation and engagement on the Company’s annual business and governance matters. To ensure a fair and transparent voting process, M/s. Deep Shukla & Associates, Practising Company Secretaries, has been appointed as the Scrutinizer for the remote e voting and e voting during the AGM. The Board has also approved the book closure from September 16 to September 23, 2026, enabling the Company to complete the necessary formalities ahead of the AGM.

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Dhanji Raghavji Patel, Chairman and Managing Director, Patel Retail Limited, said, “We have started FY27 on a positive note, with strong revenue growth reflecting the continued momentum in our retail business. The performance gives us confidence in the strength of our business model and our ability to grow while maintaining operational discipline. Going forward, we will remain focused on expanding our retail presence across our key markets, strengthening our store network and delivering greater value and convenience to our customers. We see significant opportunities to further deepen our presence across the Mumbai Metropolitan Region and build on the growth achieved so far. With a focused approach to expansion and sustainable growth, we remain optimistic about the outlook for FY27 and are committed to creating long term value for our customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.”

With a strong start to FY27, Patel Retail Limited will continue to focus on expanding its retail presence, strengthening its operations and identifying opportunities across its key markets. The Company remains committed to disciplined growth and enhancing value for its customers and shareholders as it progresses through the financial year.

About Patel Retail Limited :

Patel Retail Limited is a value driven integrated retail and food processing company with a growing presence across the Mumbai Metropolitan Region and operations spanning Maharashtra and Gujarat. The Company operates the Patel’s R Mart supermarket network, offering a wide range of groceries, FMCG products, fresh produce and household essentials. Its retail portfolio is supported by three in house brands, Indian Chaska, Patel Fresh and Patel Essential, covering spices, pulses, nuts, dry fruits and household products. The Company has food processing facilities in Dudhai, Kutch, Gujarat, along with a distribution and packing facility in Ambarnath MIDC. Its integrated business model also includes exports to more than 25 countries, strengthening its presence across international markets.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 13: JCS Jewel Creations has inaugurated its Exclusive Silver Lounge at T. Nagar, Chennai, introducing a premium destination for luxury silver jewellery, handcrafted divine idols, bespoke silver furniture, home décor, and exclusive gifting collections.

The grand inauguration was attended by several eminent personalities, including veteran actor Vijay Kumar, internationally renowned Vastu consultant Astro Parduman, actor Arun Vijay, Anitha Vijayakumar, Vinothini Pandian, actor Srikanth, actress Upasana, Dr. Yashwanth, Honorary Consul of El Salvador, and sports personality Arathi Arun.

The newly launched Silver Lounge offers an exclusive range of handcrafted silver products, including rings, bracelets, necklaces, earrings, men’s jewellery, kadas, divine idols, pooja collections, customized silver furniture, luxury gifting articles, and premium home décor. Products are available from ₹3,000, while divine silver idols start from 10 grams onwards, catering to customers seeking elegance, spirituality, and timeless craftsmanship.

Speaking on the occasion, Arvind Katrela, Managing Director of JCS Jewel Creations, said, “The Exclusive Silver Lounge reflects our vision of creating a unique destination where heritage, luxury, and craftsmanship come together. Every creation has been designed with exceptional attention to detail, offering customers meaningful jewellery, divine collections, and bespoke silver lifestyle products under one roof.”

Located in the heart of Chennai’s jewellery district, the new showroom is expected to become a preferred destination for premium silver jewellery, luxury gifting, and handcrafted silver décor.

Hyderabad (Telangana) [India], August 13: Analytics Insight has released its India FinTech Funding Report for H1 2026, providing an analysis of funding activity, investor behavior, and capital flows across India’s fintech ecosystem during the first half of the year.

According to the report, the country’s fintech segment raised $2.2 billion in aggregate funding during H1 2026, indicating that this is one of its best-performing six-month periods in terms of fintech investments since H1 2023.

Contrary to a resurgence in the high number of investments recorded during previous years, this trend indicates a more strategic approach by investors in their funding for the segment, as they are beginning to concentrate their money on businesses that have already developed a sustainable business model.

Key Findings from India FinTech Funding Report H1 2026

The report highlights several major trends shaping India’s fintech funding landscape:

• $2.2 Billion in Funding: Indian fintech companies raised $2.2 billion in H1 2026, the highest half-year funding level since H1 2023.
• Late-Stage Fintechs Dominate: More than 70% of total funding went to late-stage fintech companies, including CRED, Weaver Services, Juspay, Ecofy Finance and Namdev Finvest.
• Lending Leads Sector Funding: Lending emerged as the largest-funded fintech segment, followed by Payments. Together, the two sectors accounted for more than three-quarters of total funding during the period.
• Wealthtech Gains Investor Interest: WealthTech also emerged as an important area of investor interest during H1 2026.
• Bengaluru Leads Geographically: Bengaluru retained its position as India’s leading fintech funding hub, attracting almost 70% of total funding, followed by Mumbai.
• Capital Concentrated in Mature Companies: Unicorns accounted for more than half of the capital invested in India’s fintech ecosystem during the first half of 2026.
• Institutional Investors Remain Active: Institutional investors were the most active investor group, while domestic investors continued to participate across different financing stages.
• Foreign Capital Targets Mature Fintechs: International investors showed stronger activity in mature fintech companies, particularly at the growth stage.
• Strategic Capital Gains Prominence: Corporate and strategic investors increased their participation, reflecting a broader shift towards investments linked to strategic business objectives and long-term industry opportunities.

The report also looks at structural shifts in India’s fintech investment ecosystem, including investment concentration, investment themes, strategic investments, and exits via IPOs and acquisitions.

The fintech investment ecosystem in India has therefore gone past being a pure growth funding ecosystem. Observations in the first half of 2026 show that investors are increasingly looking at the fundamentals of the business, maturity, and sustainable growth of fintech companies.

“India’s fintech sector continues to demonstrate resilience while entering a more mature phase of capital deployment. The $2.2 billion raised in H1 2026 is significant not only because it marks the strongest half-year performance since H1 2023, but also because the funding reflects greater investor selectivity,” said Ashish Sukhadeve, CEO, Analytics Insight.

He further added, “Our H1 2026 report provides a data-driven view of where capital is moving, which fintech segments are attracting investor attention, and how the investor landscape is changing. The growing concentration of funding in mature companies, the strength of lending and payments, Bengaluru’s continued dominance and the increasing role of strategic investors offer important signals for founders, investors and other stakeholders planning for the next phase of India’s fintech growth.”

The India FinTech Funding Report for H1 2026 is intended as a reference for fintech founders, investors, venture capital and private equity firms, financial institutions, corporates, policymakers, technology companies, analysts and other ecosystem participants.

By examining funding flows alongside investor trends, financing stages, sector performance, geographic concentration, capital market activity, and strategic deal-making, the report offers a consolidated view of the forces shaping India’s fintech investment landscape in 2026.

Read the report here

About Analytics Insight

Analytics Insight is a global media, insights, and research platform focused on artificial intelligence, analytics, data science, emerging technologies, and the technology-driven business ecosystem. Through its editorial coverage, research, reports, and industry analysis, Analytics Insight provides insights into emerging technology and business trends for professionals and decision-makers worldwide.

Media Contact:

Aishwarya Avsk
Content Team Lead
Email: aishwarya.v@analyticsinsight.net

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Powered by Sigma AI, the Chennai-based WealthTech platform brings stock discovery, historical backtesting, portfolio management and broker-connected execution into one integrated ecosystem.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 13: Green Sigma, a Chennai-based WealthTech company focused on systematic investing solutions, has announced the formal launch of Sigma Scanner, its flagship rule-based investment technology platform for retail investors.

Built around the philosophy “Be Your Own Fund Manager,” Sigma Scanner is designed to help individual investors create, evaluate and manage their own investment strategies using data, historical validation and clearly defined rules.

The platform enables users to discover stocks using quantitative criteria, build customized stock-scoring models, backtest investment strategies using historical market data, construct portfolios, manage periodic rebalancing and execute investment decisions through supported broker integrations.

Through Sigma Scanner, Green Sigma aims to make the tools and processes traditionally associated with professional portfolio management more accessible to retail investors.

Institutional investors and professional fund managers have long relied on quantitative research, systematic frameworks, portfolio analysis and disciplined execution. Green Sigma believes individual investors should also have access to technology that helps them follow a structured investment process without depending entirely on stock tips, market predictions or short-term opinions.

Moving from Stock Tips to Rule-Based Investing

Retail investors today have access to an increasing amount of financial information through digital brokerages, social media, financial platforms, television channels and online communities.

However, Green Sigma believes access to more information does not always lead to better investment decisions.

Many investors continue to make decisions based on market noise, temporary narratives, emotions or unverified recommendations. Sigma Scanner has been developed to help investors convert their investment ideas into measurable and repeatable rules.

Instead of simply asking which stock to buy, users can create a defined process by determining:

• What criteria a stock must meet before entering a portfolio
• How companies should be ranked against one another
• How many stocks should be included in a portfolio
• When a portfolio should be reviewed or rebalanced
• What conditions should determine the exit of a stock
• How the strategy would have behaved across historical market cycles

By defining these rules in advance, investors can reduce the influence of emotional decision-making and follow a more consistent investment approach.

Discover. Backtest. Execute.

Unlike conventional stock screeners that primarily filter stocks and generate lists, Sigma Scanner is designed to support a broader investment workflow.

The platform allows users to begin with an investment idea and convert it into quantitative rules. These rules can then be applied across a selected stock universe to identify and rank companies based on the investor’s chosen criteria.

Users can create customized scoring models using momentum, trend-following and other quantitative parameters. The resulting strategy can be evaluated using historical market data before real capital is deployed.

Sigma Scanner’s backtesting capabilities allow investors to examine factors such as historical returns, drawdowns, portfolio turnover, stock-selection behaviour and performance across different market environments.

After evaluating the strategy, users can construct a portfolio, monitor stock rankings, review rebalancing requirements and execute approved investment decisions through supported broker integrations.

Green Sigma summarizes this integrated workflow through three words: Discover. Backtest. Execute.

The platform enables users to:

• Screen stocks using customizable quantitative criteria
• Rank companies through personalized scoring models
• Create rule-based momentum and trend-following strategies
• Backtest strategies using historical market data
• Analyse portfolio returns and drawdowns
• Construct and periodically rebalance portfolios
• Review investment decisions through a defined process
• Execute orders through connected broker integrations
• Reduce emotional bias by following predefined investment rules

Powered by Sigma AI

Sigma Scanner is supported by Sigma AI, Green Sigma’s AI-powered platform and investment-learning assistant.

Integrated within the platform, Sigma AI is designed to help investors understand product features, interpret financial and quantitative metrics, learn systematic investing concepts and navigate the strategy-building process more effectively.

Users can ask Sigma AI questions relating to momentum investing, stock rankings, portfolio construction, drawdowns, risk-adjusted metrics, rebalancing and historical backtesting.

The assistant can also explain how various platform parameters work and help users understand the reasoning behind different portfolio-analysis metrics.

Rather than selecting stocks or making personalized investment decisions on behalf of users, Sigma AI is intended to simplify complex concepts and provide educational support. The investor continues to define the strategy and make the final investment decision independently.

Green Sigma believes conversational AI can reduce the learning barrier associated with quantitative investing and make advanced analytical tools more accessible to users across different experience levels.

Leadership Perspective

“Our mission is to help every investor think, analyse and invest through a structured process,” said Tamil Selvan S., Founder and CEO of Green Sigma.

“Retail investors today do not suffer from a shortage of information. The greater challenge is converting information into a disciplined and repeatable investment framework. Sigma Scanner gives investors the infrastructure to define their own rules, test their ideas historically and manage their portfolios with greater clarity.”

“Sigma AI further simplifies the experience by helping users understand investment concepts and platform metrics. Our objective is not to make decisions for investors, but to equip them with the tools and knowledge needed to take greater ownership of their investment process,” he added.

Building an Integrated WealthTech Ecosystem

Green Sigma’s long-term vision extends beyond developing a standalone stock-screening application.

The company is building an integrated WealthTech ecosystem that brings together stock discovery, quantitative scoring, strategy validation, portfolio construction, periodic rebalancing, broker-connected execution and investor education.

Since its initial rollout, more than 12,000 users have experienced Green Sigma’s ecosystem through its products, webinars, investor communities and educational initiatives, according to the company.

Green Sigma believes this growing participation reflects increasing interest among Indian retail investors in systematic, data-driven and technology-enabled approaches to investing.

The company plans to continue enhancing Sigma Scanner with deeper analytics, improved portfolio-management capabilities, expanded broker integrations, additional strategy-building tools and more advanced AI-powered assistance.

Its broader philosophy, “Your Portfolio. Your Strategy. Your Rules,” reflects the company’s focus on enabling investors to develop an investment process suited to their individual objectives, preferences and risk tolerance.

About Green Sigma

Green Sigma is a Chennai-based WealthTech company focused on building intelligent and accessible investment technology for retail investors.

Its flagship platform, Sigma Scanner, combines rule-based stock discovery, customizable scoring models, momentum investing, historical backtesting, portfolio construction, periodic rebalancing and broker-connected trade execution within a unified investment ecosystem.

Powered by Sigma AI, Green Sigma helps users understand investment concepts, evaluate historical strategies and follow a more structured, data-driven investment process.

Media Contact

Green Sigma
Company Website: https://www.greensigma.in
Product Website: https://www.sigmascanner.in
Email: support@greensigma.in
Phone: +91 81221 72424 / +91 85239 53368

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 13: Bahadurgarh, which was earlier sort of seen as an industrial fringe town on the edge of Delhi, is now kind of sitting at the threshold of a big city transformation. Lately, the infrastructure upgrades give a pretty clear signal that this place is being set up as a major satellite hub in the Delhi NCR belt. For developers and other stakeholders who have a stake in this stretch, these large-scale projects are more like a paradigm shift in how the area will be viewed, how people will live there, and how it will be used in the coming time.

The Infrastructure Backbone

Some of the most transformative developments that are coming up right now are the rail and metro expansions meant to seriously reduce commuting distances. A good example is the proposed Delhi-Bahadurgarh-Rohtak High-Speed Rail Corridor. Its second phase construction is slated to begin sometime between 2029 and 2030, and the trains are expected to move at around 160 kilometers per hour, so the ride time from Delhi to Rohtak can shrink to roughly 45 to 50 minutes. The route itself is planned to have 7 new stations, and Bahadurgarh is going to be a real critical nodal point in this whole network.

Then there’s another important layer to this mobility ecosystem: the Delhi Metro Green Line extension running up to Asauda. Recent project updates suggest the physical work plus technical surveys are already completed, and the Detailed Project Report (DPR) is on track for finalization. This 6-kilometer stretch will tie together Bahadurgarh’s residential belts with the wider Delhi Metro grid, and it also includes six newly planned stations. But there’s more than just rail here; the plan also calls for a 6-lane elevated road built above the metro route, and yep, it’s specifically meant to decongest the cramped Bahadurgarh-Asauda corridor. Adding to this multimodal push, the Delhi-Amritsar-Katra Expressway is also set to connect with UER 2 (Urban Extension Road 2) in this region, which further strengthens the area’s road network and gives more seamless long-distance highway access alongside the metro corridor. Construction is expected to start somewhere between 2027 and 2029, while operations are targeted for 2030. Overall, this extension should further lock in the city’s reputation as a super accessible urban node, rather quickly.

The Evolving Real Estate Landscape

Infrastructure of this magnitude naturally pushes the real estate sector forward. And with this whole connectivity boom already on the horizon, RPS Group has quietly, but strategically, expanded its presence in Bahadurgarh through the launch of RPS Azalea. This is not just one more residential plot you can skip. It feels more like a carefully mapped township, meant to become the real nucleus for the city’s upcoming residential growth, kind of the place where things start compounding.

Located in Sector 29, RPS Azalea stretches across 19.79 acres, and it’s backed by a strong ₹110 crore investment. It’s being developed under the government’s  Deen Dayal Jan Awas Yojana scheme, so the intent is clear, to serve the aspirations of the upwardly mobile middle class. You get residential plots in the 125 to 180 square yards range, so families can choose and shape their dream home without too much rigidity. The expected delivery target is around 2027, and honestly that lines up nicely with the broader infrastructural leap happening in the region, as if the timing was already pre-decided.

Connecting the Dots: Multi-Modal Commute and Quality of Life

The real strength of this ecosystem is the way it all connects. The high-speed rail corridor and the expanded Metro Green Line are built to work together smoothly with the existing Delhi-Rohtak road network, the local bus terminals, and the expressways. In the end, you get a kind of dependable multimodal transport junction, where daily travelers can pick among a few commuting methods without too much hassle.

If you’re a professional based in central Delhi, the idea of a quick around 45-minute ride by high-speed rail, or a calmer route through the Metro, changes what “home” means. It makes Bahadurgarh feel less like a far-off suburb and more like a genuinely convenient base. That combination of fast public transit, plus thoughtfully planned new communities such as RPS Azalea, tackles the two main worries most buyers have: time spent commuting and the day-to-day livability. With Delhi’s growing density and rising expenses, this setup feels like a sensible lower-pressure option, while still keeping professional access firmly intact.

A Commitment to Sustainable Growth

From a developer’s perspective, the direction is pretty clear. The way fast-speed rail ties in with a smooth metro extension, along with the road network widening, and then the premium yet affordable residential townships… that mix feels like the blueprint for a smart and sustainable city. The RPS Group stays steady about this region, not changing its stance just because time moves on. The aim is to provide homes that feel great right away, and at the same time safeguard long-term value as the city keeps evolving.

Bahadurgarh has moved beyond the stage of being an “emerging” location. It’s actively shifting into a developed, high-demand destination across NCR. Infrastructure work is on a fast track, and private developers are introducing world-class amenities into the picture. So in the coming years, the city is ready to take on that responsibility of being a top-tier residential choice for thousands of Delhi-NCR residents.

New Delhi [India], August 13: The 13th National CSR & ESG Summit and Awards 2026 were held in Le Méridien, New Delhi, on 04th August. Organised by CSR Times, a leading periodical on corporate social responsibility, the summit facilitated critical discussions around the theme “Role of Responsible Businesses for Inclusive Bharat.” The Summit brought together over cross-sector participation of 500 delegates from Corporates, PSUs, NGOs, foundations, MSMEs  including business leaders, CSR professionals, ESG leaders and numerous award winners from across India; while thousands joined via live streaming. 

The Summit was graced by Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, Hon’ble Union Minister for Culture & Tourism, as the Chief Guest. Guests of honour included Shri Pramod Boro, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, Dr Medha Kulkarni, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, Shri Praveen Patel, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, H.E. Ms. Sena Latif, Ambassador, Embassy of the Republic of Romania to India, H.E. Mr. Juan Rolando Angulo Monsalve, Ambassador, Embassy of the Republic of Chile to India, H.E. Mr. Chandradath Singh, High Commissioner Embassy of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago, Mr. Surendra Nath Tripathi, Retd. IAS, Formal Director General-Indian Institute of Public Administration, Shri Manoj Garg, Retd IAS, President All India Business & Community Foundation, Dr Vibha Dhawan, Director General, TERI and Dr Bhaskar Chatterjee, Former Director General and CEO – Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs, Jury Chairman-CSR Times and Bharat ESGS Awards, among other distinguished guests. 

Hon’ble Union Minister for Culture & Tourism, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, in his address to the vast gathering said: “When each of India’s 140 crore citizens recognizes and fulfils their own social responsibility, the dream of Viksit Bharat will come true.” He highlighted that CSR and ESG are not just corporate commitments, but are instruments of nation-building. “ESG is a step ahead of CSR. It aligns Indian businesses with global benchmarks while encouraging organizations to create value beyond economic returns through meaningful social and environmental action”, he added. Mr. Shekhawat congratulated the winners of CSR awards and applauded their projects towards building an inclusive India. 

Shri Pramod Boro, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, in his keynote address said, “Small interventions but resilient intervention is the way forward”. He emphasized that responsible businesses have a vital role to play in changing lives through sustained grassroots interventions. He called for greater support for tribal communities living in forest regions, advocated for the organized development of the organic food sector, and stressed the importance of preserving and promoting indigenous education systems as integral to building inclusive Bharat. 

During the summit, the CSR Times Awards 2026 and Bharat ESG & Sustainability Awards 2026 honoured organisations that have demonstrated outstanding commitment to creating sustainable, scalable, and measurable social impact across diverse sectors. In a landmark announcement, CSR Times introduced its highest honour, the CSR Times Platinum Award for Best CSR Project 2026, which was presented to NTPC Mouda Super Thermal Power Station. Some of the prominent winners were Bisleri International Private Limited, Reliance Industries Limited, Maruti Suzuki India Limited, India Yamaha Motor Pvt. Ltd., PepsiCo India, Hindustan Coca-Cola Beverages, Bajaj Electricals Foundation, and DLF Foundation, among others. 

The summit also featured the Sansad Bharati Awards, honouring Shri Praveen Patel, Hon’ble Member of Parliament (Lok Sabha), Phulpur, Uttar Pradesh, and Dr. Medha Kulkarni, Hon’ble Member of Parliament (Rajya Sabha), recognising their outstanding contributions to public service and parliamentary excellence. 

The day-long summit featured two thought-provoking panel discussions that brought together distinguished leaders from the corporate, development, and policy sectors.

The first panel, “How CSR Can Drive Deep Science Innovations Across the Country,” was moderated by Mr. Gopalakrishnan Nambi, Head – Outreach, Foundation for Science, Innovation and Development (FSID). The discussion explored how CSR can catalyse scientific research, innovation, academia-industry collaboration, and technology-led social transformation. Joining the discussion were Mr. Arvind Chandrasekhar – Head, CSR & Government Affairs, AMD, Mr. Atul Choudhari – Chief Technology Officer – Tata Consulting Engineers, Mr. Raj Waghray, CEO – STEM Cell, FSID, Ms. Radhika S Rao, Head of Corporate Brand and CSR,Tesco Bengaluru, and Dr Binita Verdia, Head-CSR, Zydus Lifesciences. 

The post-lunch panel discussion on “Role of Responsible Businesses for Inclusive Bharat”moderated by Shri Ratnesh, Executive Director, UNGCNI, with Mr. Shiddalingesh Ballolli, Program Head, SBI Gram Seva, Ms. Antara Kapoor, Lead – Social Impact, PepsiCo India, and Dr. Shabnam Asthana, Executive Editor-CSR Times, as panelists, deliberated on how businesses can drive equitable and sustainable growth. The session explored the evolving role of CSR and ESG in fostering inclusive development, empowering underserved communities, strengthening public-private partnerships, and embedding sustainability into core business strategies. 

The summit was supported by Co-Sponsor-NTPC; Associate Partners-SECI, SJVN, THDC India Limited, Bank of India, BPCL, LIC, REC Limited, Engineers India Limited, HPCL, and NHPC; Deep Science Innovation Partner-Foundation for Science, Innovation and Development (FSID), Knowledge Partner-TERI, Outreach Partner-UN Global Compact Network India, and Telecast Partner-ET NOW. The event concluded with a renewed commitment from all stakeholders to strengthen partnerships, champion responsible business practices, and drive sustainable and inclusive development across the nation.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Hettich Exclusive (HeX) Store in Noida was inaugurated in the presence of Hettich India’s Mr. Ankit Kulshrestha, along with AG Homez MDs Mr. Ashish Singh and Mr. Gaurav Dhawan.

Noida (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 13: Hettich takes another step forward in strengthening its experiential retail footprint across India, with the launch of its newest Hettich Exclusive (HeX) store in Noida. As part of Hettich‘s growing network of experience-led stores, the Noida outlet gives customers a hands-on opportunity to discover and shop the brand’s German-engineered furniture fittings and thoughtfully designed interior solutions, all under one roof.

The HeX Noida store offers an end-to-end shopping journey, with curated displays that bring together contemporary furniture, advanced fittings, architectural door hardware, furniture lighting, and built-in kitchen appliances. To make the experience even more seamless, customers can also access Hettich’s Free Design Services, where in-house experts assist in visualising and planning bespoke furniture solutions, guiding them from initial concept right through to final execution.

Commenting on the launch, Mr. Rahul Thakkar, Director – Sales, Hettich India & SAARC, said, “Noida is fast emerging as a hub for modern, well-planned homes, with customers today looking for furniture solutions that blend style, durability, and smart functionality. With the launch of our new Hettich Exclusive (HeX) store, we bring our award-winning German engineering right to their doorstep, creating an immersive space where they can explore, experience, and buy by our thoughtfully crafted magical interior solutions.”

The Noida HeX store is part of Hettich’s broader strategy to expand its Hettich Exclusive (HeX) retail network across India this year, further strengthening its experiential ecosystem alongside its Experience Centres. 

Step into HeX Noida at AG Homez Private Limited, B-146, Sector 10, Noida, Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh – 201301, Phone No: 9873795925

About Hettich

Hettich is a 138-year-old family-owned German lifestyle brand, being one of the world’s largest manufacturers of Furniture Fittings with a global turnover exceeding 1.5 billion euros. In India, Hettich started operations at the dawn of the new millennium and, within a short span of time, gained an undisputed leadership position in the Indian furniture fittings industry. This year, the company celebrates 25 years of its operation in India, with the theme of ‘Built to Lead’, a powerful articulation of the journey and leadership mindset shaping its future.

Hettich’s product portfolio comprises a repertoire of Furniture Fittings, Architectural Hardware, Blaupunkt Built-in Appliances and Furniture Lights, providing magical interior solutions for all residential and commercial spaces.

It is the recipient of ET Edge ‘Best Brands’ (2022 – 2025), ‘Most Preferred Brand’ 2025, and ‘Most Trusted Brands of India’ (2023 – 2027) by Marksmen Daily recognitions for its unwavering customer trust and strong brand equity. Hettich India has also been recognised among the Top 50 India’s Best Workplaces in Manufacturing (Large Category).

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 12: Rajputana Stainless Limited, a manufacturer of long and flat stainless-steel products, has reported a strong financial performance for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, with significant growth in revenue and profitability.

The company recorded revenue from operations of Rs 306.54 crore in Q1 FY27, compared with Rs 234.98 crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous year, registering a 30.5% year-on-year growth. Total income stood at Rs 308.84 crore during the quarter, compared with Rs 236.42 crore in Q1 FY26.

Profitability witnessed a substantial improvement during the quarter. Profit before tax (PBT) rose 83% year-on-year to Rs 27.24 crore, compared with Rs 14.89 crore in Q1 FY26. Profit after tax (PAT increased 80.5% to Rs 20.20 crore, from Rs 11.19 crore in the corresponding quarter last year. Earnings per share also improved to Rs 2.42, compared with Rs 1.62 in Q1 FY26.

Shankarlal D. Mehta, Chairman & Managing Director, Rajputana Stainless Limited, said:
“We are encouraged by the strong start to FY27, with revenue from operations growing by 30.45% and profit after tax increasing by 80.54% year-on-year. This performance reflects the growing demand for our stainless-steel products and our continued focus on operational efficiency and disciplined execution. As we progress, we remain committed to strengthening our manufacturing capabilities, expanding our market presence and creating sustainable value for our customers and shareholders.”

Rajputana Stainless manufactures a range of long and flat stainless-steel products, including billets, forging ingots, rolled black bars, rolled bright bars, flat and Patti products and other ancillary products. The company operates as a single reportable segment under Ind AS 108.

The strong quarterly performance comes during the company’s first full financial year following its listing on the BSE and NSE in March 2026. Rajputana Stainless had completed its Initial Public Offering comprising a fresh issue of 1.465 crore equity shares and an offer for sale of 62.50 lakh equity shares.

The company’s financial performance was supported by higher operating revenue and improved profitability despite total expenses rising during the quarter. Profit before exceptional items and tax stood at Rs 27.24 crore, compared with Rs 14.89 crore in Q1 FY26.

The financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, were reviewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on August 12, 2026.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Ratul Puri, Chairman, Hindustan Power

New Delhi [India], August 13: India’s renewable energy story is entering a new phase. Competitive tariff auctions, declining costs and strong investments have helped renewable energy become mainstream. As renewable capacity continues to grow, greater attention is now being given to how this power can be stored, transmitted and delivered when it is needed.

According to Ratul Puri, Chairman of Hindustan Power, India’s energy landscape is undergoing a structural shift from prioritising the lowest cost renewable generation to building a power system that delivers dependable, dispatchable and affordable clean energy. As renewable energy penetration increases, the power sector can no longer remain focused only on adding generation capacity. The emphasis is increasingly on how effectively that capacity can serve the wider power system and meet rising electricity demand. This is particularly relevant as India progresses towards its 2030 non-fossil fuel capacity goals. Renewable energy procurement is therefore gradually moving beyond a lowest tariff approach to one that considers the value of dependable power, balancing capability and long-term system economics.

This also changes how the cost of renewable power needs to be assessed. Evaluating projects solely on tariff competitiveness is no longer sufficient as renewable integration grows. Transmission constraints, intermittency, balancing requirements, storage needs and curtailment risks all have a bearing on the actual cost of delivering power. This makes a lowest systemic cost approach increasingly relevant.

Ratul Puri, Chairman, Hindustan Power

Ratul Puri says that Storage-backed renewable and hybrid projects may carry a higher upfront cost but can reduce pressure on the wider power system, improve the utilisation of renewable energy and strengthen the availability of power when it is needed. Procurement strategies are consequently beginning to place greater value on capacity, operational responsiveness and dependable power delivery alongside competitive pricing. Hybrid projects that combine solar, wind and battery storage are particularly important in this context as they can help meet peak demand while providing reliable and dispatchable clean power. Flexibility services also need greater recognition. These services were traditionally managed through conventional generation and system operations without being explicitly valued. In a power system with increasing renewable penetration, ramping reserves, frequency response and fast response balancing services are becoming essential to manage variability and maintain system performance. Energy storage will be central to this transition. Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) and pumped hydro storage can provide the capacity needed to integrate more renewable power by reducing variability, minimising curtailment and improving clean energy utilisation. However, expanding storage deployment will require supportive policy frameworks, faster regulatory approvals, streamlined land and water clearances and continued expansion of storage-linked renewable projects.

Grid readiness remains another serious issue. Several Indian states have significant solar and wind potential, but inadequate transmission infrastructure can delay project connectivity and power evacuation. States therefore need to play a more proactive role in planning and commissioning intrastate transmission networks that are aligned with renewable project timelines and national transmission planning.

Transmission upgrades alone will not be enough. Distribution infrastructure will also need to be strengthened through modern transmission lines, substations and transformers. This will improve renewable energy evacuation, reduce congestion and losses and support the integration of distributed solar power.

Ratul Puri added that a more responsive power system will also require stronger ancillary service markets. Expanding mechanisms for ramping reserves, frequency response and fast response balancing services will help manage renewable variability and enable higher levels of renewable energy penetration.

India’s experience is part of a broader global shift. Countries are increasingly recognising that expanding renewable capacity must go hand in hand with investments in storage, balancing markets and demand side flexibility. Experiences from regions such as the European Union show that higher renewable penetration requires these investments to maintain dependable power supply.

For India, the long term objective is to strike the right balance between renewable energy expansion, system responsiveness and dependable power delivery. The next phase of India’s energy transition will depend on how well we can store clean power and deliver it where and when it is needed. A combination of clean energy generation, energy storage, modern grid infrastructure and efficient market mechanisms will be central to that transition.

About Ratul Puri

Ratul Puri is the Chairman of Hindustan Power, an integrated power generation company with a strong presence in renewable and transitional energy generation. Over the years, Ratul Puri has been involved in the development of large-scale energy infrastructure projects that support India’s growing power requirements and its transition toward cleaner energy sources.

About Hindustan Power

Hindustan Power is an integrated power generation company with a presence across renewable and transitional energy assets. The company continues to invest in energy infrastructure that supports reliability, sustainability and long-term value creation within India’s evolving power sector.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Hyderabad (Telangana) [India], August 13: Magellanic Cloud Limited (NSE: MCLOUD | BSE: 538891), today announced that its wholly owned subsidiary, IVIS International Private Limited (IVIS), has secured multiple Purchase Orders from NCR Corporation India Private Limited, comprising both Capex and Opex components, for providing E-Surveillance Solutions across Punjab National Bank (PNB) ATM sites. The Purchase Orders have an aggregate value of approximately ₹18.4 Crore over a period of 5 years.

Strategic Impact & Growth Highlights 

• ₹18.4 Crore Order: Multiple Purchase Orders secured from NCR Corporation India Private Limited for E-Surveillance Solutions across PNB ATM sites. 
• 1,000 ATM Sites: The deployment covers 1,000 PNB ATM sites, highlighting the scale of the opportunity and IVIS’s execution capabilities. 
• BFSI Expansion: The order further strengthens Magellanic Cloud’s footprint in the Banking & Financial Services E-Surveillance space, particularly in large-scale ATM surveillance deployments. 
• Large-Scale Deployment Capability: The project reinforces IVIS’s track record in executing scalable, technology-led E-Surveillance deployments across large and distributed banking networks. 
• Capex & Opex Components: The Purchase Orders comprise both Capex and Opex components, supporting a broader opportunity across deployment and services.

About Magellanic Cloud Limited

Magellanic Cloud Limited (BSE: 538891 | NSE: MCLOUD), headquartered in Hyderabad, India, is a global technology company specialising in digital transformation, Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI), cloud computing, e-surveillance, and drone technologies. The company delivers advanced solutions across industries, including smart infrastructure, defence, fintech, and enterprise IT, serving over 100 clients across the USA, Europe, and Asia. 

With a strong ecosystem of subsidiaries – Motivity Labs, Provigil Surveillance Limited, IVIS International, Scandron, MCRAYXTEND India and JNIT Technologies – Magellanic Cloud offers integrated capabilities across IT services and AI-driven surveillance systems. Its solutions are widely deployed in critical infrastructure projects, including railways, highways, BFSI, PSUs and urban security systems. 

The company is backed by a team of over 1,600 professionals and has achieved CMMI Maturity Level 3 certification.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 13: The investment will strengthen CGreen’s technology and on-ground capabilities, helping lenders make better-informed recovery decisions across underserved markets.

An investment to modernize Bharat’s recovery system

Indifly has announced a strategic investment in CGreen, an AI-led loan resolution and borrower intelligence company focused on improving recovery outcomes across Bharat.

The investment will support the expansion of CGreen’s technology platform, strengthen its on-ground resolution network, and accelerate its presence across Tier 3 and below markets.

Together, the two companies aim to build a more intelligent and structured loan resolution ecosystem, where better borrower understanding leads to better recovery decisions.

The challenge with the current system

India’s lending ecosystem has grown rapidly, but collections infrastructure has struggled to keep pace.

Many lenders still rely on manual tracking, telecalling and fragmented reporting systems that provide limited visibility into borrower interactions. While digital channels such as SMS, WhatsApp, email and IVR help establish contact, they often fall short once borrowers become unreachable.

Without understanding why a borrower has defaulted, lenders are often forced to make recovery decisions with incomplete information. This challenge is particularly pronounced for banks, NBFCs, MFIs and fintech lenders operating across Tier 3 and below markets, where dependable on-ground collections infrastructure remains limited.

From Information to Intelligence

CGreen combines AI, Voice AI, borrower interaction recording, field intelligence, structured workflows and its Pragati Kendra network to give lenders greater visibility into overdue cases.

A key part of this approach is distinguishing between intent issues, where a borrower is unwilling to pay, and ability issues, where genuine financial circumstances prevent repayment.

This helps lenders determine a more appropriate resolution strategy while improving visibility into borrower interactions. The model is already operating at scale. CGreen is empaneled with 29+ lending institutions, managing more than 3 lakh borrowers with an AUM of over ₹1,350 crore. It has a pan-India remote network, with an on-ground presence in Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra and Assam.

Why Indifly invested

For Indifly, the investment aligns with its long-term vision of building technology-led businesses that strengthen Bharat’s digital economy.

As a venture builder focused on financial services, fintech infrastructure and digital inclusion, Indifly partners with founders solving large structural challenges through technology and execution. CGreen’s approach to loan resolution addresses one such gap by combining borrower intelligence with on-ground capabilities to improve how lenders recover overdue loans.

The partnership will enable CGreen to scale its platform, strengthen its AI capabilities, and expand its resolution infrastructure across underserved lending markets.

Leadership Perspectives

Vipr Raj Bhardwaj, CEO, CGreen, said, “Loan recovery should begin with understanding the borrower, not just the default. Our focus has always been to equip lenders with better intelligence so they can make informed resolution decisions. This partnership allows us to strengthen our technology, expand our reach and continue building loan resolution infrastructure designed for Bharat.”

Abhinath Shinde, Co-founder & Director, Indifly, said, “CGreen is addressing an important gap in India’s lending ecosystem by bringing together technology, borrower intelligence and on-ground execution. We believe this approach has the potential to improve recovery outcomes while creating a more structured and scalable resolution model for lenders across Bharat.”

Building for Bharat

With the investment, CGreen will strengthen its AI and borrower intelligence capabilities, expand its Pragati Kendra network and deepen partnerships with banks, NBFCs, MFIs and fintech lenders.

The company aims to scale its loan resolution infrastructure across underserved markets and help lenders make better-informed recovery decisions.

About CGreen

CGreen is an AI-led loan resolution and borrower intelligence company built for Bharat. The company helps lenders improve collections through AI, Voice AI, borrower interaction recording, field intelligence and its on-ground Pragati Kendra network, enabling more informed, transparent and effective loan resolution strategies.

About Indifly

Indifly Ventures is a venture builder focused on shaping Bharat’s digital economy across financial services, commerce and digital access. Rather than operating as a passive investor, the company partners with founders through its inCORE operating ecosystem, providing strategic, operational and functional expertise to build scalable businesses.

Its ecosystem spans multiple fintech ventures and strategic investments, united by a shared vision of advancing entrepreneurship and digital inclusion across Bharat.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 12: Some of Mohit Shrotriya’s most important business lessons did not come from a boardroom.

They came from France.

Living and studying across places such as Paris, La Rochelle, Poitiers and the South of France gave Mohit Shrotriya an opportunity to observe something that is difficult to capture in a business textbook: why certain brands become trusted, why some products acquire cultural value, and why luxury is often communicated without saying very much at all.

What stayed with him was not the price attached to a luxury product. It was the discipline behind it  the attention to detail, the restraint in presentation, the quality of service and the consistency with which a brand presents itself.

Those observations would eventually become part of the thinking behind Orelli Paris, the premium skincare house founded by Mohit Shrotriya by bringing together French elegance and next-generation Korean skin science.

But Orelli Paris is only one part of Mohit’s professional journey.

A Career Built Between Different Markets

Born in India, Mohit Shrotriya developed his academic and professional career across France, Canada, Europe and North America. That experience has given him a broad view of how markets behave across cultural boundaries.

Mohit describes his work as sitting at the intersection of entrepreneurship, culture, consumer economics, aesthetics and sustainability. His interest is not limited to what consumers purchase. He is interested in the reasons behind those choices   how trust develops, how identity influences decisions, how cultural signals affect perception and why certain ventures succeed in rapidly changing societies.

This has also shaped his work as an independent researcher.

Mohit’s research examines subjects including fast-advancing societies, consumer capital formation, trust, identity and culture-driven entrepreneurship. His independent research has been published on SSRN and indexed by Google Scholar, adding an academic dimension to a career that has also included entrepreneurship and international business.

His academic qualifications reflect that international orientation. He holds an MBA in International Business Management from Université du Québec à Montréal in Canada, an MSc in Management & Commerce International from Université de Poitiers in France and an MS in International Business Management from Excelia Group in France. His executive education has included international business law, private equity and venture capital, portfolio and risk management, green fiscal policy and forensic accounting.

What France Taught Mohit About Premium Brands

For Mohit Shrotriya, France was more than an academic destination. It became a reference point for understanding how premium businesses create perception.

During his time in the country, he encountered luxury through different settings beauty, hospitality, architecture, service and high-end consumer environments. The common thread was not excess. It was control.

The smallest details could influence how an experience was remembered. The presentation of a product, the language used by a brand, the design of a space or the manner in which a client was treated could all contribute to a sense of value.

That experience reinforced an idea that would later appear repeatedly in Mohit’s entrepreneurial work: premium positioning cannot be manufactured through appearance alone. It has to be supported by consistency.

It also changed the way he looked at consumer behaviour.

A consumer does not always choose on the basis of utility. Trust, aspiration, cultural familiarity, aesthetics and personal identity can all become part of the decision. For someone studying consumer economics and culture-driven entrepreneurship, these were not peripheral observations. They became subjects worth examining more closely.

The Idea Behind Orelli Paris

The beauty industry eventually provided a practical setting for those ideas.

Mohit saw an opportunity between two distinct approaches to modern skincare. French beauty offered a language of elegance, restraint and refinement. Korean skincare had developed a reputation for its sophisticated approach to hydration, active-led formulations, skin-barrier care and textures.

Orelli Paris was created around the intersection of these influences.

The brand’s proposition is not built around making skincare louder or more complicated. Instead, it aims to create a more considered premium skincare experience, with attention to radiance, tone correction, hydration, repair and barrier care.

This is where Mohit’s background becomes particularly relevant to the brand.

He is not approaching skincare simply as a product category. His understanding of culture and consumer trust informs how he thinks about the brand itself from its positioning to the experience it is intended to create.

In that sense, Mohit Shrotriya, founder of Orelli Paris(Certified Skincare Brand In India), is building a premium skincare brand shaped by French elegance, Korean skin science and a research-led understanding of consumer trust.

Where Research Meets Entrepreneurship

There is a clear connection between the questions Mohit explores as a researcher and the businesses he chooses to build.

His research asks how culture, trust, identity and perception influence entrepreneurial outcomes. His experience in international business gives him an opportunity to see those forces operating in actual markets.

That connection is important because premium consumer businesses are rarely built on product specifications alone.

A skincare formula may explain what a product does, but it does not entirely explain why someone trusts one brand over another. Design can attract attention, but it does not necessarily create long-term credibility. A brand can enter a market with an interesting concept, but sustaining its position requires consistency.

Mohit’s approach is to consider these elements together.

It is also why Orelli Paris is being developed as a premium beauty house rather than positioned simply as another fast-moving skincare label. The stated direction includes product innovation, retail partnerships, digital commerce and expansion into international markets while maintaining a clear brand identity.

Beyond Beauty

The same thinking extends into Mohit’s work outside the beauty industry.

He is also the founder of Pradeep Global Foundation, an Indo-French non-profit initiative working around sustainability, social empowerment and international cooperation. The foundation’s work has included sustainability awareness and an Indo-French Sustainable Development Awareness Program in collaboration with NCC India.

This provides another perspective on Mohit’s entrepreneurial philosophy.

For him, sustainability and social responsibility are not separate from business thinking. His experience with the foundation has reinforced his view that broader ideas such as responsible development and women’s empowerment have value only when they are connected to practical action.

Mohit’s professional experience has also extended into luxury services, concierge, real estate and international business development across Europe, including work involving high-value international environments.

Across these different areas, the industries may change, but the underlying interest remains similar: understanding people, markets and the factors that create lasting value.

Building for an International Market

The next phase of Mohit’s work is centred on international growth.

His ambition is to develop Orelli Paris into an internationally recognised beauty house, with markets across Europe, the Middle East, the United Kingdom and North America forming part of the longer-term vision.

The objective is not simply to put the brand in more countries. Mohit wants to establish a business with a consistent product identity, a refined visual language, transparent active-led skincare and enough credibility to build lasting relationships with consumers and retail partners.

At the same time, he intends to continue developing his research around consumer trust, culture, identity, aesthetics and fast-advancing societies, while expanding his entrepreneurial interests across beauty, luxury and sustainability.

That combination may ultimately be what distinguishes his profile.

A Founder With More Than One Lens

It would be easy to describe Mohit Shrotriya simply as the founder of Orelli Paris. The description would be accurate, but incomplete.

His work brings together several different worlds: an Indian entrepreneurial foundation, years of experience in France and Europe, international business education, independent research, premium consumer ventures and social-impact work through Pradeep Global Foundation.

Orelli Paris sits at the centre of many of those experiences.

French culture influenced Mohit’s understanding of refinement. Korean skincare science provided a modern formulation perspective. His research brought questions around trust, identity and consumer behaviour into the equation. His international experience added an understanding of how differently markets can interpret the same product or brand.

The result is a business philosophy that is less concerned with making noise and more concerned with creating something that can withstand attention over time.

For Mohit Shrotriya, that is the larger ambition to build businesses that are commercially relevant, culturally aware and capable of earning trust across markets.

Orelli Paris is his latest expression of that idea.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Gurugram (Haryana) [India], August 12: The Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI) laid the foundation stone of its new Chapter Office in Gurugram on 10 August 2026, marking a significant milestone in strengthening the ICSI’s presence and professional outreach in one of India’s leading corporate and business hubs.

The new office infrastructure reflects ICSI’s commitment to providing enhanced professional services and greater engagement opportunities for Company Secretaries, students and other stakeholders in the region.

Speaking on the occasion, CS Pawan G Chandak, President, The ICSI, said, “Gurugram has emerged as a major centre for corporate activity, innovation and entrepreneurship. The new Chapter infrastructure will be envisaged as a modern and professionally equipped facility that will support academic, professional development and outreach activities of the ICSI to deepen its engagement with the corporate sector and support the growing professional community in the region.”

The ceremony was attended by CS Dwarakanath Chennur, Vice President, the ICSI; CS Dhananjay Shukla, Council Member &Immediate Former President, the ICSI; CS Manish Gupta, Council Member &Former President, the ICSI; and CS Asish Mohan, Secretary, the ICSI. Also present on the occasion were CS Ranjeet Pandey, Former President, the ICSI; CS Manoj Kumar Purbey, Council Member, the ICSI; CS Suresh Pandey, Council Member, the ICSI; CS Santosh Pandey, Chairman, NIRC of ICSI; CS Prince Tyagi, Chairman, Gurugram Chapter of the ICSI; along with Members of NIRC and Gurugram Chapter of the ICSI; and other distinguished stakeholders.

About ICSI

The Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI) is a premier professional body set up under an Act of Parliament, i.e., the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, for the regulation and development of the profession of Company Secretaries in India. It functions under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India. As a proactive body, the ICSI focuses on top-quality education for its students and sets the best standards for CS members. The Institute has over 80,000 members and about 2.5 lakh students on its rolls.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The iconic business group commemorates 90 years of excellence while embracing the future under the leadership of Nishit Nanda, Sameer Nanda & Nishant Nanda.

Bhubaneswar (Odisha) [India], August 12: Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group proudly celebrates 90 years of legacy, trust and excellence, marking a historic milestone that reflects generations of customer confidence, exceptional craftsmanship and enduring relationships. Since August 1936, the Group has been associated with life’s most cherished occasions, earning the trust of families across Odisha and beyond.

Unlike a conventional anniversary campaign centred on products or celebrities, the Group has chosen to dedicate its 90-year celebration to the people who made this journey possible – its customers. Every customer featured in the campaign represents generations of families whose trust has shaped the legacy of Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group. The campaign honours real relationships, real stories and real memories built over 90 years.

One of the defining characteristics of Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group has been its belief that customers are the true ambassadors of the brand. The Group pioneered the use of real customer photography in its brand communication in Odisha, celebrating authentic relationships instead of conventional advertising. This philosophy continues to define the 90-year campaign, placing customers at the heart of every visual and every story.

Journey of Growth

1936 – Baripada (First Store): The beginning of a legacy of trust.
1998 – Balasore: Expansion into a new market.
2016 – Bhadrak: Strengthening the Group’s presence across Odisha.
2020 – E-commerce – YOULRY.COM: Launch of the Group’s e-commerce jewellery brand, extending the trusted legacy of Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group into the digital marketplace.
2025 – Bhubaneswar – ARNIKA – Crafted by Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group: A contemporary luxury retail experience built on 90 years of heritage. 

Today, Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group continues to evolve under the leadership of Mr. Nishit Nanda, Mr. Sameer Nanda and Mr. Nishant Nanda, with a shared vision of taking the organisation forward while preserving its 90-year legacy. Their collective approach brings together innovation, digital transformation, design, quality, customer experience and operational excellence, enabling the Group to embrace new opportunities while remaining firmly rooted in the values of trust and craftsmanship that have defined it since 1936.

Speaking on the occasion, Mr. Nishit Nanda said:

“Ninety years is not merely a milestone – it is a celebration of the trust our customers have placed in us across generations. This celebration belongs to every family that has made Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group a part of their lives. Rather than telling our own story, we chose to celebrate theirs. As we look ahead, we remain committed to innovation, craftsmanship and excellence while preserving the values that have guided us for 90 years.”

To commemorate this milestone, the Group has unveiled a special anniversary campaign featuring the historic 1936 Baripada store alongside its present-day milestones – Balasore, Bhadrak, YOULRY.COM, and ARNIKA – Crafted by Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group, Bhubaneswar. The visual narrative reflects a journey from heritage to innovation while keeping customers at the centre of the story.

About Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group

Established in 1936, Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group is one of Odisha’s most respected jewellery business groups, recognised for its legacy of trust, quality and craftsmanship. Through its retail stores, its e-commerce brand YOULRY.COM, and ARNIKA – Crafted by Khimji Dayabhai Co. Group, the organisation continues to blend heritage with innovation while creating meaningful customer experiences.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

From L to R Mr. Mukesh Patel, MD and Mr. Kamlesh Patel, CMD, Asian Granito India Ltd

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 12: Asian Granito India Limited (“AGL” or “the Company”), one of India’s leading manufacturers of tiles, marble, quartz and bathware products, today announced its unaudited financial results for the first quarter of financial year 2026-27 (“Q1 FY27”), for the quarter ended 30 June 2026.

Key Highlights – Q1 FY27

Consolidated

• Revenue from Operations: Rs 530.95 Crore, up 28.5% year-on-year
• EBITDA: Rs 32.88 Crore, up 2.8% year-on-year; EBITDA margin of 6.19%
• Profit After Tax: Rs 8.08 Crore, against a loss of Rs 32.66 Crore in the preceding quarter (Q4 FY26)

Standalone

• Revenue from Operations: Rs 277.77 Crore, up 7.0% year-on-year
• EBITDA: Rs 9.04 Crore, up 14.3% year-on-year; EBITDA margin improved to 3.26% from 3.05%
• Profit After Tax: Rs 2.24 Crore

Consolidated Financial Performance

On a consolidated basis, revenue from operations for Q1 FY27 grew 28.5% year-on-year to Rs 530.95 Crore, compared to Rs 413.15 Crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous year (Q1 FY26), and was broadly stable sequentially against Rs 538.50 Crore in Q4 FY26. Operating EBITDA for the quarter stood at Rs 32.88 Crore, up 2.8% year-on-year, with an EBITDA margin of 6.19% compared to 7.74% in Q1 FY26, reflecting a higher share of traded-goods revenue in the sales mix during the quarter.

Profit After Tax stood at Rs 8.08 Crore for the quarter, compared to Rs 11.29 Crore in Q1 FY26, and represents a sharp turnaround from the loss of Rs 32.66 Crore reported in Q4 FY26.

The Company’s subsidiaries continued to scale during the quarter, with subsidiary revenue growing 64.9% year-on-year to Rs 253.18 Crore and now contributing 47.7% of consolidated revenue, up from 37.2% a year ago. Increase in fuel price has impacted the consolidated results.

Standalone Financial Performance

On a standalone basis, revenue from operations for Q1 FY27 stood at Rs 277.77 Crore, up 7.0% year-on-year from Rs

259.64 Crore in Q1 FY26. Operating EBITDA grew 14.3% year-on-year to Rs 9.04 Crore, with EBITDA margin improving to 3.26% from 3.05% in the corresponding quarter last year. Profit After Tax stood at Rs 2.24 Crore for the quarter, compared to Rs 5.25 Crore in Q1 FY26, primarily on account of lower other income and increase in gas prices during the quarter; operating performance at the standalone level improved on both an absolute and a margin basis.

Management Commentary

Commenting on the results, Mr. Kamlesh B Patel, Chairman, Asian Granito India Limited, said:

“Q1 FY27 reflects the strength of our ongoing manufacturing capacity expansion and our continued focus on premiumisation. Price realisations improved in comparison to Y-o-Y basis. Our subsidiaries continued to scale while holding profitability broadly steady, and we remain focused on rebuilding our export order book and driving further operating efficiencies across the group in the quarters ahead.”

Financial Summary

Consolidated

Standalone

.

About Asian Granito India Limited

Asian Granito India Limited (AGL) is one of India’s leading integrated manufacturers of tiles, marble, quartz and bathware products, offering an extensive portfolio spanning ceramic and vitrified tiles, GVT, double-charge and polished vitrified tiles, marble and quartz surfaces, and bathware, under the AGL Tiles brand. Headquartered in Ahmedabad, Gujarat, the Company markets its products through an extensive pan-India dealer and distributor network alongside a growing international presence. CIN: L17110GJ1995PLC027025. Registered Office: 202, Dev Arc, S G Highway, Ahmedabad – 380 015, Gujarat, India.

Forward-Looking Statements

This press release may contain certain forward-looking statements concerning the Company’s future business prospects and business profitability, which are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, and the actual results could materially differ from those in such forward-looking statements. The Company does not undertake any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 12: Patel Retail Limited (BSE: 544487 | NSE: PATELRMART), a diversified retail and food processing company, announced its Unaudited Financial Results for Q1 FY27. 

Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹ 310.24 Cr, YoY growth of 69.35%
• EBITDA of ₹ 19.68 Cr, YoY growth of 23.92%
• PAT of ₹ 9.52 Cr, YoY growth of 37.43%
• EPS of ₹ 2.85, YoY growth of 2.52%

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Dhanji Patel, Chairman and Managing Director of Patel Retail Limited, said “We are pleased with our performance in Q1 FY27, with Total Income growing 69.35% YoY to ₹310.24 Cr, compared with ₹183.19 Cr in Q1 FY26. The strong growth reflects healthy momentum across our retail and food processing businesses. EBITDA stood at ₹19.68 Cr, while Net Profit increased 37.43% YoY to ₹9.52 Cr.

During the quarter, we continued to expand our retail footprint with the launch of our 51st Patel’s R Mart store in Rasayani, Raigad and 52nd store in Bapgaon, Bhiwandi. With another store added in July, our retail network has now expanded to 53 stores, further strengthening our presence across the MMR region and surrounding markets.

We also continue to strengthen our private-label portfolio. Patel Essential, our household and personal hygiene brand, offers a growing range of quality and value-driven cleaning and hygiene products, further enhancing our presence across everyday household categories.

Going forward, our focus remains on expanding the retail network, improving capacity utilisation and automation across our processing facilities, scaling private labels such as Patel Fresh, Indian Chaska and Patel Essential, and widening the distribution reach of Indian Chaska across new markets. We are also exploring additional export opportunities while maintaining our focus on working capital efficiency and debt reduction.

We remain positive about the opportunities ahead and believe our expanding retail footprint, integrated food processing capabilities and growing portfolio of in-house brands provide a strong platform for sustainable growth.”

Q1 FY27 Operational Highlights

About Patel Retail Limited:

Patel Retail Limited is a leading name in value-driven retail and integrated food processing in India. Headquartered in Ambernath, Mumbai with operations across MMRDA region, the company combines modern retail formats with backward integration in agri-processing to ensure quality, cost efficiency, and supply reliability. It also extends its reach through a mobile application that connects customers to their nearest store and offers free home delivery.

Patel Retail has built a strong portfolio of products through its in-house brands – Indian Chaska for spices and flavourings, Patel Fresh for pulses, nuts, and dry fruits, and Patel Essential for household and cleaning products. Supported by food processing units in Dudhai, Gujarat, and facility in Ambarnath MIDC, along with a current network of 53 stores, the company maintains strict quality and safety standards while delivering value across its product categories. 

With an expanding footprint in Thane, Raigad and Palghar District, Patel Retail has steadily strengthened its presence in suburban and emerging urban markets. This growth momentum culminated in its successful Initial Public Offering in August 2025, with the company’s shares listed on the BSE and NSE on August 26, 2025 marking an important milestone in its journey of scale, trust, and customer centricity.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

New Delhi [India], August 11: Buying a sofa is rarely a quick decision. It has to suit the room, feel comfortable, work for everyday use and still look right after the excitement of a new purchase fades. That is why many Indian shoppers prefer to explore their options carefully before making a choice. 

Pepperfry brings different seating styles together on one platform, which can make that process easier to manage from home.

Plenty of Choices in One Place

Every living room has its own layout and mood. Some homes need compact seating, while others have enough room for a larger arrangement.

People browsing sofa sets can look through different formats without moving between several websites or stores. The range may include single sofas, coordinated seating, sectionals, recliners and sofa-cum-beds. 

Seeing these categories together helps shoppers understand what may fit their space and how each option could support their daily routine.

It also gives them time to pause, compare and return to a shortlisted design later.

Search Tools Make Browsing Less Confusing

A large catalogue is useful only when shoppers can find their way through it. Filters help reduce the number of unsuitable options and keep the search focused.

Buyers can usually narrow their choices by considering:

• Seating capacity
• Room dimensions
• Material and finish
• Colour preference
• Design style
• Planned budget

This approach saves effort because the search begins with practical needs rather than appearance alone. It also reduces the chance of spending time on a sofa that may not suit the available area.

Product Details Help with Practical Checks

A sofa can look attractive in a photograph and still be wrong for the room. Measurements, material details and product images therefore matter during online shopping.

On Pepperfry, shoppers can read the available information and study a product from different angles before deciding whether it deserves a place on their shortlist. This makes it easier to check width, depth, seating style and overall proportions.

Such details also encourage buyers to think about doorway space, movement around the room, cleaning requirements and how often the sofa will be used.

Shopping from Home Gives More Breathing Room

Furniture shopping often involves several opinions. One person may care about comfort, another may focus on colour, and someone else may be concerned about size.

Online browsing gives families more time to discuss these points without rushing through a showroom visit. They can measure the room, check the placement of existing furniture and review the same product again before taking the next step.

That slower pace can be helpful when the sofa is expected to remain part of the home for years.

Coordinated Designs Simplify Room Planning

The sofa usually becomes the visual centre of a living room. Its shape, colour and finish influence how nearby furniture and décor come together.

Coordinated sofa sets can make planning simpler because the pieces already share a similar design language. Shoppers can then focus on whether the arrangement leaves enough walking space and whether it suits the way the room is used.

A thoughtful layout often feels more comfortable than one built around appearance alone.

Final Thoughts

Convenient sofa shopping is not only about having many products to view. It is also about finding useful details, narrowing choices and making a decision without unnecessary pressure.

Pepperfry offers a single place where shoppers can explore seating formats, study product information and consider what works for their home and household needs over the long term. 

Careful measurement and honest assessment still matter, but an organised online platform can make the journey feel less tiring and more practical.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 12: Homebuyers searching for the perfect blend of luxury, connectivity, and affordability have a new reason to celebrate. Kamal Associates, under the leadership of Director Pulkit Vij, has introduced a premium collection of residential homes in one of the most promising and well-connected locations near Vegas Mall.

With property prices continuing to rise across Delhi-NCR, this launch presents a unique opportunity for families and investors to secure a modern home in a rapidly developing neighborhood at highly attractive prices. The project offers thoughtfully designed residences with contemporary layouts, quality construction, and easy access to every essential convenience of urban living.

The newly launched inventory includes:

• 2 BHK luxury apartments priced between ₹42 Lakhs and ₹45 Lakhs
• 3 BHK luxury apartments priced between ₹65 Lakhs

making premium homeownership more accessible than ever. Buyers can also avail themselves of special offers on booking, available for a limited period.

Located near Vegas Mall, the project enjoys excellent connectivity to metro stations, major road corridors, the airport, schools, hospitals, shopping destinations, and entertainment centers. Its strategic location not only enhances daily convenience but also strengthens the property’s long-term investment potential.

Industry experts believe that residential projects situated in well-connected growth corridors continue to attract strong buyer interest due to increasing infrastructure development and appreciation prospects. The location advantage, combined with competitive pricing, positions this project as an attractive choice for both end-users and investors.

To further simplify the home-buying journey, Kamal Associates is offering complete home loan assistance through leading financial institutions, ensuring a smooth and hassle-free process from inquiry to possession.

Speaking about the launch, Director Pulkit Vij said,

“A home is one of the most important investments a family makes. Our vision is to provide homebuyers with quality residences in prime locations while maintaining transparency, affordability, and long-term value. Through this special booking offer, we are creating an opportunity for families to own a premium home without compromising on connectivity or lifestyle.”

With limited inventory available under the current offer, the project is already generating considerable interest among prospective buyers looking for a combination of modern living, strategic location, and future growth potential.

Interested buyers can schedule a site visit and explore available units before the special booking benefits conclude.

Pricing Information

• 2 BHK Luxury Apartments: ₹42 Lakhs – ₹45 Lakhs
• 3 BHK Luxury Apartments: ₹65 Lakhs
• Special Offer on Booking – Limited Period

Contact Information:

• Phone: 8448440765
• Website: www.kamalassociate.com

Kamal Associates

Director: Pulkit Vij

Where Prime Location Meets Premium Living

Instagram

New Delhi [India], August 12: Hotel Management Firm ProMiller has announced the addition of five hotels & resorts to its portfolio during the first quarter of FY 2026–27. The new mandates include a mix of boutique and luxury hospitality assets across Kashmir, Maharashtra, and Rajasthan, expanding the company’s presence across both established and emerging tourism destinations.

The signings mark a new phase in the company’s growth journey. Over the past several years, ProMiller has focused on strengthening its organisational capabilities, operational systems and management processes before pursuing expansion at scale. With those foundations now in place, the company has begun expanding its portfolio while maintaining what it describes as a disciplined and selective approach to growth.

The expansion comes as hospitality management companies continue to increase their presence across India through new management partnerships, with aggressive sign-ups increasingly being viewed as a key success metric in 2026. However, this trend has also led to an unintended consequence of divided attention across too many assignments, often resulting in a dilution of outcomes at multiple levels, whether at the owner level in terms of strategic alignment, at the property level in terms of operational focus, or at the team level in terms of execution depth and consistency. Against this backdrop, ProMiller said it intends to limit its additions to seven more properties during the remainder of FY 2026–27, taking its total planned signings for the financial year to twelve.

The company said its expansion strategy is centred on maintaining closer engagement with each property rather than pursuing rapid portfolio growth. According to ProMiller, every prospective partnership undergoes a rigorous evaluation process that considers ownership alignment, long-term asset potential and strategic objectives, with a preference for new-age owners whose progressive outlook aligns with the company’s long-term approach to hospitality.

“I’ve always believed that real growth doesn’t come from growing fast; it comes from building strong foundations. We don’t build businesses around individuals; we build organizations that can outlast every individual, including their founders. That’s why, at ProMiller, the organization will always come first, even before its owners, even before us. Those foundations have given us the confidence to expand, but they haven’t changed how we grow. We often describe our philosophy as choosing the elephant over the cheetah. We’d rather grow steadily, remain selective and give every partnership the attention it deserves than pursue scale for its own sake,” said Sahil Pandita, Founder of ProMiller.

The company said it develops customised operational and commercial strategies for each property, reflecting its longstanding approach of providing individualised attention to every assignment rather than adopting a one-size-fits-all management framework. It also acknowledged the support of its property owners, mentors, patrons, employees and industry partners, stating that the company’s continued growth has been made possible through their trust, guidance and collaboration.

The five signings in the opening quarter mark the start of ProMiller’s next growth phase after several years of building capabilities, systems and governance. With seven more partnerships planned for FY 2026–27, the company said it will continue expanding deliberately, balancing growth with the personalised, execution-led approach it is known for.

Website: https://www.promillerhotelconsulting.com/

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Key Takeaways

• Bullski publishes a capped supply, a verified contract, a locked liquidity plan and all sixteen stage prices.
• Polkadot is the largest of the traded comparisons at about $1.37 billion on August 10, 2026.
• Decentraland is the smallest at roughly $130 million, down more than 98 percent from its peak.
• Stage 1 sits at $0.00001, and the final rung meets a $0.0025 listing reference.

Ranking the best presale tokens means asking what a sale locks in before anyone can trade. Bullski ($BULLSKI) locks in four things and publishes all of them, with stage 1 selling at $0.00001. Polkadot, Filecoin, Optimism, and Decentraland all sold tokens ahead of their own launches, and their prices today show what those terms were worth in the end.

Open the token sale on bullski.io to compare.

Best Presale Tokens of 2026

The open sale is first. The four after it are included because each one shows a different outcome for buyers who came in before trading started.

1. Bullski ($BULLSKI), Stage 1 Open

Bullski is a token sale you can still enter at its first price. Sixteen rungs, each published, starting at $0.00001 and stepping to $0.000015 next.

The rest of the terms are just as plain.  120 billion tokens, capped. An ERC-20 contract on Ethereum that Etherscan shows as verified.

A 16-stage ladder ending at a $0.0025 listing reference. An audit is underway, and liquidity gets locked once trading opens.

There is one more piece most sales do not offer. Staking and referral rewards run while the sale is still going, so tokens work from the day they arrive. The honest limit is that they cannot be sold until the listing.

2. Polkadot (DOT)

Polkadot sold tokens publicly before launching and now trades at $0.805 for a market cap of about $1.37 billion, per CoinGecko. Its record was $54.98 in November 2021. The engineering behind it is widely respected.

The token has still fallen more than 98 percent from that peak, which is the plainest argument for caring about entry price.

3. Filecoin (FIL)

Filecoin ran one of the biggest token sales of its era and sits at $0.6996 for roughly $573 million. It peaked at $236.84 in April 2021. Its storage network works and is used.

Raising a large amount early clearly did not protect the token from a long decline.

4. Optimism (OP)

Optimism changed hands at $0.0918 for about $210 million, down from $4.84 in March 2024. It is one of the main scaling networks on Ethereum and carries genuine daily activity. Its token has struggled anyway, because network usage and token value are only loosely connected.

5. Decentraland (MANA)

Decentraland sold its token in 2017 and now trades at $0.0666 for around $130 million, against $5.85 in November 2021. It built one of the first virtual worlds on Ethereum. Interest in that idea peaked years ago and the price has followed it down ever since.

The Four Things Bullski Locks In Before Listing

First, the supply. Capped at 120 billion, so no quiet minting can dilute a holder later. Second, the contract, verified and readable by anyone with a browser.

Third, liquidity, which locks when the token launches rather than staying under someone’s control. Fourth, the price schedule, published stage by stage so nobody is surprised by what they pay.  What $BULLSKI locks before listing is set out on the official site, and our earlier breakdown of the token supply and allocation goes through the numbers.

Fun Fact: Polkadot reached $54.98 in November 2021 and trades at $0.805 today. That is a fall of more than 98 percent for a project that never stopped shipping.

What a Presale Buyer Is Really Paying For

Not the technology, and not the promises. A presale buyer is paying for a position at a price nobody else can bid against, before a market exists to argue about it.

That is why the terms matter more than the pitch. Polkadot and Filecoin had excellent technology and terrible outcomes for late entrants. The tokens that treated their early buyers best were the ones that got the supply and liquidity right. 

Our list of the best crypto to buy in 2026 applies the same standard across the wider market.

Watch out: A sale with no published supply figure and no verifiable contract is not offering terms at all. It is offering a story, and stories are not enforceable.

Buying the Rung That Is Open

Terms are the only thing a buyer can judge before a market exists. For four of the tokens above, those terms were settled years ago, and all that is left now is a chart.

The fifth still publishes them. You need ETH or USDT in an Ethereum wallet, the official site open, and a look at the rung showing on screen before you take a stage 1 position. Staking can be switched on immediately afterwards.

Keep the amount modest and treat it as one slot among several rather than a central holding.

Presale Token Questions

What makes a presale token worth buying?
Published terms rather than promises. A capped supply, a verified contract, locked liquidity, and a stage schedule you can read before you pay anything.

Is Bullski still at its first price?
Yes. Stage 1 is $0.00001 and holds until that rung sells out, at which point stage 2 opens at $0.000015.

Do presale buyers always come out ahead?
No. Polkadot, Filecoin, and Decentraland all ran sales and all trade far below their peaks, so entry price improves the odds without settling them.

Can presale tokens earn before listing?
Not usually, which is what makes staking during a sale unusual. Bullski runs staking and referral rewards while the sale is still open.

For More Information

Website: Visit the official Bullski website at bullski.io
Telegram: Join the Bullski Telegram channel at t.me/BullskiCoinOfficial
X (Twitter): Follow Bullski on X at x.com/bullskicoin

Disclaimer: Trading cryptocurrencies/digital assets carries a high level of risk, and may not be suitable for all investors. You should be aware of all the risks associated with cryptocurrency/digital asset trading, and seek advice from an independent financial advisor. Any opinions, news, research, analyses, prices, or other information contained on this website is provided as general market commentary, and does not constitute investment advice. The website or its publishers will not accept liability for any loss or damage, including without limitation to, any loss of profit, which may arise directly or indirectly from use of or reliance on such information.The above content is published as received and has not been edited by the channel staff. The channel holds no responsibility for its content.

The search for the best crypto presale is getting more aggressive as Bitcoin struggles to offer retail the kind of upside it once did. BTC is trading around $63,600 today after falling sharply from its 2025 peak, even as large holders continue accumulating. At the same time, investor attention across broader markets is shifting toward AI as traders hunt for the next high-growth theme.

That is putting smaller AI-linked crypto projects back on retail radar. AlphaPepe ($ALPE) has now raised $2.29 million, attracted more than 10,800 holders, and moved into Stage 20 at $0.02602 after Stage 19 sold out fast. With AlphaSwap providing an AI utility angle, three CEX partnerships secured, and a major launch update coming August 19, AlphaPepe is increasingly being watched as an earlier-stage alternative to Bitcoin.

Bitcoin Whales Are Buying, But the Easy Multiples Are Gone

Bitcoin remains the market leader, and whales are still accumulating. Recent data showed large holders adding roughly $1.2 billion in BTC while spot ETFs also attracted fresh inflows. Yet Bitcoin remains near $63,600, well below its 2025 high above $126,000.

For institutions, Bitcoin’s scale and liquidity are part of the attraction. For retail traders chasing larger multiples, they can also be the limitation. A 10x move from Bitcoin would require a vastly larger valuation.

That is why speculative capital is searching further down the risk curve, particularly where AI utility meets crypto. Broader markets are already seeing investors redirect attention from traditional crypto exposure toward AI-related opportunities. AlphaPepe is targeting that trade before public-market price discovery begins.

AlphaSwap Turns the Meme Trade Into an AI Utility Bet

AlphaPepe is not relying only on a meme narrative. AlphaSwap is being developed as an intelligence-focused DEX designed to analyze tokens before users complete a swap.

Its AI layer focuses on signals including contract risk, liquidity, holder concentration, and routing efficiency. AlphaSwap Early Access is already live, giving buyers a product to follow while $ALPE remains in presale.

That matters as AI becomes one of the strongest growth narratives across global markets. AlphaPepe gives retail two familiar hooks at once: meme-driven attention and AI-powered trading utility.

Stage 20 Opens at $0.02602 as Demand Builds

AlphaPepe has crossed $2.29 million raised and 10,800 holders, while Stage 19 sold out quickly enough to push the sale into Stage 20 at $0.02602.

The project has also secured three CEX partnerships, with online speculation increasingly turning toward whether a Tier-1 exchange could follow. No Tier-1 listing has been formally confirmed, but three existing exchange deals give the discussion more substance than the usual presale wishlist.

The next major date is August 19, when AlphaPepe is scheduled to reveal its latest launch update.

The Bonus Drop Adds a New Urgency Engine

AlphaPepe has now added another reason for buyers to act: the Bonus Drop.

Every draw wins, unlocking +10%, +30%, +50%, +100%, or +200% extra ALPE. Once opened, the bonus stays active for 48 hours and applies to every qualifying buy made during that window.

Previous buying activity also improves the odds of landing the bigger multipliers. That means loyal holders have a better shot at the strongest bonuses, while one winning drop can apply across multiple qualifying purchases during the full 48-hour period.

For retail already considering Stage 20, that creates a simple urgency trigger: open the drop, reveal the multiplier, and make use of it before the 48-hour window expires.

Why AlphaPepe Is Taking the Best Crypto Presale Spotlight

Bitcoin is still where institutions go for scale, liquidity, and established exposure. Retail traders hunting outsized upside, however, are looking for something Bitcoin can no longer offer: a genuinely early entry.

AlphaPepe remains before public trading at $0.02602, yet it already has $2.29 million raised, 10,800+ holders, AlphaSwap Early Access, three secured CEX partnerships, and a launch update approaching on August 19.

Now the Bonus Drop adds up to 200% extra ALPE during limited 48-hour windows.

That mix of early-stage pricing, AI utility, exchange momentum, and aggressive bonus mechanics is why AlphaPepe is pushing into the best crypto presale conversation while Bitcoin remains a much more mature trade.

VISIT ALPHAPEPE OFFICIAL WEBSITE

FAQs

What Is the Best Crypto Presale?
AlphaPepe is attracting attention after raising $2.29 million, building a community of over 10,800 holders, and entering Stage 20 at $0.02602 while AlphaSwap Early Access and exchange preparations continue.

How Does the AlphaPepe Bonus Drop Work?
Every Bonus Drop wins +10%, +30%, +50%, +100%, or +200% extra ALPE. The unlocked bonus remains active for 48 hours and applies to every qualifying purchase during that period, with previous buying activity improving the odds of larger multipliers.

When Is the Next AlphaPepe Launch Update?
AlphaPepe’s next major launch update reveal is scheduled for August 19, with buyers watching for further details around launch and exchange preparations.

All market analysis and token data are for informational purposes only and do not constitute financial advice. Readers should conduct independent research and consult licensed advisors before investing.

Crypto Press Release Distribution by BTCPressWire.com

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risk, including total loss of capital.

Vijay Gupta, Chairman & Managing Director, SoftTech Engineers Limited

New Delhi [India], August 12: SoftTech Engineers Limited, a pioneer in AECO (Architecture, Engineering, Construction & Operations) technology and e-governance solutions, proudly marks 30 years of innovation, engineering excellence, and digital transformation. Over the past three decades, the Company has played a pivotal role in reshaping urban governance and infrastructure development by enabling the digital transformation of planning, permitting, construction, and asset management across India and international markets.

Today, SoftTech powers one of the world’s largest digital ecosystems for the AECO industry. Through its AI-powered Civit Suite, the Company has digitally processed more than 2 million building permits and facilitated approvals for over 30 billion square feet of built-up area. Its platforms are trusted by more than 1,500 government agencies, enterprises, and organizations, serving a growing community of over 4 lakh users across India and global markets.

Over the years, SoftTech has emerged as a key technology partner in India’s urban digital transformation journey. With a team of 550+ technology and domain professionals, the Company has helped modernize urban governance across 18+ Indian states, enabling authorities to issue, on average, one building permit every five minutes through intelligent automation. By replacing manual processes with AI-driven digital workflows, SoftTech’s solutions have helped reduce approval timelines by up to 70%, enhancing transparency, operational efficiency, and citizen-centric service delivery.

Beyond urban governance, SoftTech’s digital platforms have enabled infrastructure organizations to accelerate project delivery by up to 25%, while optimizing project costs, improving project visibility, and strengthening operational efficiency across large-scale public infrastructure initiatives.

Reflecting on the Company’s three-decade journey, Vijay Gupta, Chairman & Managing Director, SoftTech Engineers Limited, said: “Completing 30 years is an important milestone in SoftTech’s journey of innovation and transformation. From pioneering digital building plan approvals in India to creating AI-powered platforms that support smarter urban governance and infrastructure development, our focus has always been on solving real-world challenges through technology. As we enter our fourth decade, we remain committed to advancing the digital future of the AECO industry through Artificial Intelligence, Digital Twins, intelligent automation, and sustainable digital transformation.”

A Legacy of Industry-Defining Innovation

Since its establishment in 1996, SoftTech Engineers Limited has consistently anticipated the evolving needs of the construction and infrastructure ecosystem, introducing technologies that have transformed the way the built environment is planned, approved, constructed, and managed.

Beginning with engineering design software, the Company pioneered automated building plan scrutiny in India, laying the foundation for digital building permission systems that have significantly enhanced transparency, regulatory compliance, and efficiency for urban local bodies. Over the years, SoftTech expanded its offerings into the AI-powered Civit Suite, providing an integrated platform that connects planning, permitting, construction, infrastructure monitoring, sustainability, and asset lifecycle management.

In recent years, the Company has continued to lead the industry’s digital evolution through innovations such as CivitTWIN for AI-powered compliance simulation, the Digital e-TDR Exchange for transparent Transferable Development Rights management, and CivitINFRA, its BIM-enabled infrastructure project monitoring platform, which was selected by the Airports Authority of India for its landmark ₹17.16 crore digital transformation initiative.

Today, SoftTech has established a growing presence across India, the United States, Germany, the Middle East, Africa, and the Asia-Pacific region, delivering world-class GovTech and ConTech solutions that enable governments, developers, infrastructure agencies, and enterprises to build smarter, more resilient, and sustainable communities.

As SoftTech Engineers Limited enters its fourth decade, the Company remains focused on driving the next phase of digital transformation for the global AECO industry through Artificial Intelligence, Digital Twins, BIM, GIS, Blockchain, intelligent automation, and sustainable technology solutions.

About SoftTech Engineers Limited

SoftTech Engineers Limited (SEL) is a technology company focused on developing digital solutions for the Architecture, Engineering, Construction & Operations (AECO) and infrastructure sectors. The Company provides enterprise platforms that enable government bodies and infrastructure organizations to digitize planning, approvals, and project monitoring processes.Its flagship solutions, including CivitPLAN, CivitPERMIT (AutoDCR®), CivitINFRA (PWIMS), and CivitBUILD (Opticon), support building plan approvals, urban governance, and infrastructure project management, delivering greater efficiency, transparency, regulatory compliance, and real-time oversight across public infrastructure and urban development.

For further information, please contact: investors@softtechglobal.com

www.softtechglobal.com

NSE: SOFTTECH

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Global technology services provider expands its Managed IT Services portfolio to help enterprises reduce downtime, strengthen cybersecurity posture, and scale operations with confidence

New Delhi [India], August 12: Q3 Technologies, a leading global enterprise IT and artificial intelligence services provider with over two decades of presence in the market, has strengthened businesses with bespoke Managed IT Services, reaffirming its position as a vital collaborator for sustainable business resilience. The need for such a solution has arisen due to increasing pressures on enterprises, coming from multiple industries like banking, healthcare, retail, manufacturing and logistics, to ensure minimum disruptions in their operations due to increasingly complicated IT infrastructures.

The challenges in keeping a business running smoothly in this age where IT systems have become both more distributed and prone to sophisticated attacks have made business continuity highly critical for business leaders. The Managed IT Services by Q3 Technologies include proactive IT infrastructure monitoring, remote IT infrastructure management, network security, and round the clock technical support as a complete solution.

Certified with CMMI Level 3 and ISO 27001, Q3 Technologies‘ offers its customers managed IT services through a structured process which gives priority to data security, quality of service and measurable results. Being able to offer follow-the-sun support due to its global delivery model which is facilitated by its presence through offices in India, the US, UK, UAE and Australia, allows Q3 Technologies to serve customers operating in different time zones and countries.

Rather than taking a one-size-fits-all approach, the company provides customized managed services tailored to each client’s requirements. At the beginning of each collaboration Q3 Technologies conducts a comprehensive assessment of the current state of IT system, risk exposure and future plans of the enterprise, resulting in a customized service level agreement. This has led Q3 Technologies to become a trusted and preferred technology partner for Fortune 500 companies such as Samsung, Panasonic, FirstGroup, Compass, Havells and others.

Nandita Mathur, CIO at Q3 Technologies has quoted: “IT Resilience for today’s world isn’t about maintaining operational efficiency anymore – but it is about empowering the organization to grow without being hindered by IT complexities. Managed IT Services have been structured based on our 25+ years of delivery experience and our unique bespoke process methodology. Unlike other firms, we don’t give the clients a template. We create an operating model for them taking into consideration their infrastructure, risk profile and plans for growth.”

Q3 Technologies’ managed IT services offerings are also part of its wider strategy of offering the best of both worlds. Namely, they include its rich experience with more traditional areas of IT operations along with its growing expertise in AI and automation.

“This is not about becoming yet another vendor for enterprises. We strive to be a partner who knows their technology stack but also knows how the business works,” says Gaurav Saxena, Head of IT and Technology Infrastructure Services. “This is the bar we set for ourselves. No matter whether we are working with a medium-sized enterprise which is creating a first cloud environment or with a multinational company managing its infrastructure all over the world, our aim remains the same – reducing the disruptions, enhancing the security and making IT operations deliver real business results.”

Q3 Technologies reports measurable gains in availability, incident resolution, and IT cost efficiency across its managed services engagements, supported by 24×7 monitoring, SLA-backed response, proactive infrastructure management, and automation. The company cites 99.9%+ availability for business-critical systems and 20–35% reductions in IT operations costs within 12 months for qualifying engagements.

This reflects the commitment of Q3 Technologies in strengthening its portfolio of enterprise IT services and digital transformation expertise, along with AI solutions development and custom software engineering. As enterprise IT budgets become increasingly dominated by resilience and risk management spending, Q3 Technologies promotes its Managed IT Services as a foundation for the on-going digital transformation and technology modernization.

Those organisations interested to know more about Q3 Technologies’ Managed IT Services can find all information on the website www.q3tech.com.

About Q3 Technologies

Q3 Technologies is an global managed IT services and AI solutions development company, having served many organizations worldwide for the past 25 years. CMMI Level 3 and ISO 27001 certified, Q3 Technologies provides various IT services that include managed IT services, cyber security, cloud infrastructure, custom software development, and artificial intelligence, including agentic AI and generative AI development. Some of the industries Q3 Technologies caters to include banking and finance, healthcare, retail, manufacturing, and travel and hospitality sectors, and Q3 Technologies operates throughout the globe from its bases in India, USA, UK, UAE, and Australia. Some of the famous companies serviced by Q3 Technologies are Samsung, Panasonic, FirstGroup, NIIT, Vedanta, Deckers, Havells, Adani, and Compass Group.

Media Contact

Q3 Technologies
Email: sales@q3tech.com
Phone: +91 124 665 6000
Website: https://www.q3tech.com/

Pune (Maharashtra) [India], August 12: The Great Electronics Festival 2026 has witnessed an overwhelming response from shoppers and technology enthusiasts since its launch at Phoenix Avenue of Stars, Viman Nagar, and Phoenix Mall of the Millennium, Wakad. Bringing together some of India’s leading consumer electronics brands, the week-long festival has emerged as a one-stop destination for the latest gadgets, smart home solutions, gaming devices and exclusive festival offers.

The festival has attracted strong footfalls, with visitors exploring products and experiences from top brands including Croma, Reliance Digital, Samsung, Dyson, Uni Apple, Bose, HP World, Lenovo and Asus. From cutting-edge smartphones and laptops to premium audio products and home appliances, shoppers have been actively engaging with the latest innovations while taking advantage of special festival deals.

A major highlight of the festival was the special appearance by renowned Tech Guru and journalist Rajiv Makhni at Phoenix Mall of the Millennium, Wakad. His interactive session attracted an enthusiastic audience, with Makhni sharing insights on emerging technology trends, smart living and the evolving consumer technology landscape. The session also featured an engaging Q&A, giving visitors an opportunity to interact directly with the technology expert and explore the future of tech.

Commenting on the enthusiastic response to the festival, a Phoenix spokesperson said, “We are delighted with the response that The Great Electronics Festival has received so far. Bringing together leading technology brands and consumers under one roof, the festival has created an engaging platform to discover the latest innovations and exclusive offers. Rajiv Makhni’s insightful session has been a key highlight, drawing enthusiastic participation from visitors. With the festival continuing until 16 August, we look forward to welcoming more shoppers and tech enthusiasts across our Phoenix destinations.”

With several days still to go, visitors can continue to explore the newest technology products, enjoy exclusive offers and experience interactive brand showcases across both Phoenix destinations until 16 August 2026.

Event Details

Event: The Great Electronics Festival 2026
Dates: 9 to 16 August 2026
Venues: Phoenix Avenue of Stars, Viman Nagar, and Phoenix Mall of the Millennium, Wakad

Phoenix Avenue of Stars – https://www.phoenixmarketcity.com/pune
Phoenix Mall of the Millennium – https://mallofthemillennium.com/

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Jaipur (Rajasthan) [India], August 12: If you are planning to purchase a new laptop for work, education, business, entertainment, or professional use, choosing the right model can make a major difference to your daily experience. With multiple specifications, screen sizes, processors, storage options, and price ranges available, buying directly from a trusted Lenovo store can make the process much easier.

For customers looking for a Best Lenovo Shop in jaipur, Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies offers a convenient destination to explore Lenovo laptops and get assistance before making a purchase. The store is focused on helping customers understand different laptop options and select a model according to their requirements and budget.

Visit Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies

Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies is a dedicated Lenovo retail destination where customers can explore a range of Lenovo computing products. Whether you are a student searching for an everyday laptop, a professional looking for a reliable work machine, a business owner requiring performance and durability, or a customer interested in a premium device, visiting a dedicated store allows you to compare available options more conveniently.

Instead of making a purchase without seeing the product, customers can visit the showroom, discuss their requirements, understand specifications, and make a more informed decision.

Explore Lenovo Laptops Before You Buy

Choosing a laptop online can sometimes be confusing because different models may have similar-looking specifications but offer different features and performance levels. A physical showroom gives buyers an opportunity to understand the differences between models.

Customers searching for a Best Lenovo Shop in jaipur can visit Dreamscape Technologies to explore available Lenovo models and receive assistance during their buying journey. The team can help customers understand important specifications such as processor generation, RAM, SSD capacity, display quality, battery expectations, portability, and overall performance.

This can be particularly useful for customers who are purchasing a laptop for the first time or are unsure which configuration is suitable for their work.

Make Your Laptop Purchase With Confidence

A laptop is an important investment, so customers should consider how they intend to use the device before selecting a model. Students may prioritize portability, battery life, and affordability, while professionals may require stronger performance for multitasking.

Business users may prefer reliability and productivity-focused features, whereas creators and advanced users may need higher processing and graphics capabilities.

If you are searching for Buy Lenovo laptop Jaipur, visiting the store can help you evaluate different options in person. You can discuss your requirements with the store team and select a configuration that fits your intended usage rather than choosing a device solely based on its appearance or specifications listed online.

Compare Models According to Your Budget

Budget is one of the most important considerations when purchasing a laptop. Lenovo offers computers across different segments, allowing customers to choose a model according to their requirements and spending range.

Before purchasing, it is useful to compare the processor, RAM, storage, screen, operating system, connectivity, battery, build quality, and other features. The right combination of specifications can provide better value over the useful life of the laptop.

Customers looking for Lenovo store in jaipur can visit the showroom to check the current prices of available models and understand which options provide the features they need within their budget.

Find a Laptop for Students and Professionals

Different users have different laptop requirements. A college student may need a lightweight machine for assignments, presentations, online classes, browsing, and entertainment. A working professional may require a reliable laptop for office applications, meetings, communication, and multitasking.

For more demanding applications, customers may need higher specifications and stronger hardware.

At Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies, customers can discuss their usage requirements before selecting a device. This makes it easier to identify an appropriate laptop rather than purchasing a model that does not match actual requirements.

Choose the Best Lenovo Laptop for Your Requirements

There is no single laptop that is perfect for every customer. The ideal device depends on how it will be used, how frequently it will be carried, the applications required, and the available budget.

Customers searching for the Best Lenovo laptop in Jaipur can visit the showroom and compare suitable options based on their individual needs. Whether your priority is portability, performance, productivity, display quality, storage, or overall value, understanding the differences between models can help you make a better buying decision.

Convenient Location in the Heart of Jaipur

The store is conveniently located at C-10, Mirza Ismail Rd, Panch Batti, Jayanti Market, New Colony, Jaipur, Rajasthan, making it accessible for customers who want to visit a dedicated Lenovo retail outlet.

Visiting the store allows customers to spend time understanding available products and discussing their requirements before completing their purchase. A showroom visit can also be more helpful than simply selecting a laptop from an online listing, particularly when customers want professional guidance.

Looking for a Lenovo Showroom Nearby?

Customers often prefer visiting a physical store before buying an expensive electronic product. Being able to see the laptop, understand its features, compare models, and speak with a knowledgeable representative can make the buying process more comfortable.

If you are searching for a Lenovo showroom near me, Dreamscape Technologies provides a convenient option for customers in and around Jaipur who want to explore Lenovo laptops in person.

A direct store visit can also help customers understand current availability and select from models suitable for their requirements.

Trusted Assistance for Your Laptop Purchase

Purchasing a laptop is not simply about choosing the newest processor or the highest amount of RAM. Customers should consider their actual requirements and determine which specifications provide useful benefits.

For example, someone primarily using a laptop for browsing, documents, presentations, and online meetings may not need the same hardware as someone working with demanding professional applications.

Customers searching for a Lenovo authorised dealer Jaipur can consider visiting Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies to discuss their requirements and explore available Lenovo products.

Explore Available Offers and Purchase Options

Laptop prices and promotional opportunities can vary depending on the model and availability. Customers may also be interested in payment options that make purchasing a new device easier.

Those searching for Lenovo laptop offers Jaipur can contact or visit the store to check the latest applicable deals and available purchasing options. Checking current offers before making a purchase can help customers make the most of their budget.

It is always advisable to confirm the latest offer, model availability, and applicable terms directly with the store before completing an order.

Discover the Latest Lenovo Models

Technology continues to evolve, and newer laptop generations can introduce improvements in performance, efficiency, displays, connectivity, design, and other features.

Customers interested in Lenovo latest laptops Jaipur can visit the showroom to explore the models currently available and understand their specifications. Seeing different models side by side can make it easier to determine which device is most appropriate for your requirements.

The store team can also help customers understand the practical differences between configurations so that they can choose a laptop with confidence.

Flexible Payment Options for Eligible Customers

For many customers, purchasing a laptop through an EMI option can make the cost easier to manage. Instead of paying the entire amount at once, eligible customers may be able to use available financing options according to applicable terms.

Customers searching for Lenovo store in Jaipur can enquire at the store about current EMI and payment options. Availability, eligibility, tenure, and other conditions may vary, so customers should confirm the details at the time of purchase.

Why Visit a Physical Lenovo Store?

Online shopping offers convenience, but visiting a physical store has its own advantages. Customers can see the laptop before purchasing it, assess its design and screen, understand its size and portability, and ask questions about specifications.

A showroom visit also provides an opportunity to compare different models based on actual requirements rather than relying only on online product descriptions.

For people searching for a Lenovo laptop shop Jaipur, a dedicated Lenovo store can provide a more focused buying experience.

Understand Warranty and After-Sales Support

Warranty coverage is another important consideration when purchasing a new laptop. Customers should understand the warranty terms applicable to their selected model and retain the relevant purchase documentation.

If you are looking for information regarding Lenovo laptop warranty Jaipur, the store team can help guide you regarding the applicable warranty information associated with your purchase. Customers should always review the official warranty terms and conditions relevant to their particular product.

Get Assistance When You Need Laptop Service

Even with proper care, electronic products may occasionally require technical assistance. Understanding where to seek support can provide additional confidence when purchasing a laptop.

Customers searching for Lenovo laptop service Jaipur can contact the appropriate support channels and enquire about service assistance applicable to their product. The exact service process can depend on the issue, product model, warranty status, and applicable Lenovo service policies.

Why Choose Dreamscape Technologies?

Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies focuses on providing customers with a convenient place to explore Lenovo products and make informed purchasing decisions. The objective is to make laptop shopping easier by helping customers understand their available choices.

Instead of selecting a laptop based only on price, customers can discuss their requirements and identify a model that provides the right balance of performance, features, portability, and value.

Whether you are purchasing your first laptop, upgrading an older computer, buying a device for your child, or replacing a business laptop, visiting the store can help you make the decision with greater confidence.

Visit the Store and Choose Your Lenovo Laptop

The best way to determine whether a particular laptop is right for you is to understand your requirements and compare suitable models. A store visit gives you the opportunity to explore Lenovo devices, ask questions, understand specifications, and discuss available purchasing options.

For product enquiries and store information, customers can contact 7414036611 or email rohit@digitaldreamsjaipur.com.

If you are planning to purchase a Lenovo laptop in Jaipur, visit Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies and explore the available options. Take the time to understand your requirements, compare suitable models, and choose a Lenovo laptop that fits your work, study, business, or personal needs.

Lenovo Exclusive Store – Dreamscape Technologies is ready to assist customers who want a reliable and informed laptop-buying experience in Jaipur.

Store Details – 

33, Floor-1 Gaurav towers, GT Rd, Malviya Nagar, Jaipur, Rajasthan 302017

Contact – 6366528807

Link – https://maps.app.goo.gl/pj1zPn5vdvrY3s579

Malviya Nagar Store – https://store.lenovo.com/in/en/marketplace/seller/profile/shop/1716879938

MI Road Store – https://buyalenovo.com/store/dreamscape-technologies-lenovo-laptop-showroom-computer-store-desktop-shop-in-jayanti-bazar-jaipur-rajasthan-64034

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 12:  SEPC Limited (NSE: SEPC | BSE: 532945), a leading EPC company with established expertise in industrial infrastructure, process plants, water and wastewater management, today announced its consolidated financial results for the first quarter (Q1 FY27) ended 30 June 2026.

The company delivered strong topline growth of 40% year-on-year, even as its international project sites — including ongoing execution in the Middle East — worked through a challenging regional operating environment during the quarter. Order intake remained robust, anchored by a large multi-package win from SAIL at its IISCO Burnpur Steel Plant, reinforcing the strength and diversification of SEPC’s order book across geographies and sectors.

• ₹282 Cr Total Income in Q1 FY27, up 40% YoY from ₹202 Cr in Q1 FY26
• ₹10,670 Cr Total orders on hand as at 30 June 2026 — domestic + international
• ₹952 Cr Fresh SAIL Pellet Plant order received in August 2026, over and above the order book

Key Highlights

• Total Income stood at ₹282 Cr in Q1 FY27, up 40% year-on-year from ₹202 Cr in Q1 FY26, supported by continued execution across the order book.
• EBITDA stood at ₹26 Cr, with an EBITDA margin of 9.2%, compared with ₹30 Cr and 14.9%, respectively, in Q1 FY26, primarily reflecting margin pressure on select overseas contracts.
• The company reported a net loss of ₹11 Cr compared with a profit of ₹17 Cr in Q1 FY26. Management views the margin pressure as an execution-phase impact on specific overseas contracts and is undertaking cost and pricing measures to improve margins in the coming quarters.

Order Book & Business Momentum

• Total orders on hand stood at ₹10,670 Cr as at 30 June 2026 — a domestic order book of ₹5,270 Cr and an international order book of ₹5,400 Cr spanning Uzbekistan and Saudi Arabia.

• The domestic order book is well diversified across Mining (₹2,796 Cr), Water (₹699 Cr), Industrial EPC (₹681 Cr), Power (₹607 Cr), Construction (₹366 Cr), Roads (₹89 Cr) and Oil & Gas (₹32 Cr).

• SEPC won three orders during the quarter at SAIL’s IISCO Burnpur Steel Plant — a Sinter Plant BOP package (₹423.29 Cr), a Coke Oven BOP package (₹350.28 Cr) and, in early August, a 4.2 MTPA Pellet Plant BOP package (₹952.19 Cr) — underscoring the company’s growing traction in the metals and mining EPC space.

• SEPC has bids under active evaluation of ₹1,280 Cr in Water & Infrastructure and ₹3,060 Cr in Industrial EPC, providing strong forward visibility on the pipeline.

Strategic & Corporate Developments

• Board and shareholder approvals have been completed for the proposed acquisition of Avenir International, a step expected to strengthen SEPC’s overall delivery capabilities; the transaction now awaits exchange and lender approvals.

• The company has substantially utilised the proceeds of its recent rights issue, deploying funds towards debt repayment, NCD redemption and working capital requirements in line with the stated objects of the issue.

Commenting on the Q1 FY27 financial results, Mr. Venkataramani Jaiganesh, Managing Director, SEPC Limited, said: “Q1 FY27 marked a strong start to the year, with revenue growing 40% year-on-year, reflecting continued execution across our diversified order book. While margins remained under pressure in select international projects during the quarter, our focus remains on disciplined execution, cost optimisation and improving project-level profitability as these projects progress.

Our order book continues to provide a strong foundation for growth, with a healthy mix across water, mining, industrial EPC, power, construction, roads and oil & gas. The recent wins from SAIL, including the 4.2 MTPA Pellet Plant BOP project, further strengthen our position in the metals and mining segment and add to the momentum in our domestic business.

As we move through FY27, our priorities remain focused on strengthening execution, improving project margins and converting our growing pipeline of opportunities into sustainable business growth. We remain confident in our ability to build on the current order momentum while maintaining a disciplined approach to project selection and execution.”

About SEPC Limited

SEPC Limited (formerly Shriram EPC Limited) is a well-established EPC company offering turnkey solutions across Water & Wastewater, Roads, Industrial Infrastructure, and Mining sectors. The company specializes in the design, procurement, construction, and commissioning of large and complex infrastructure projects across India.

SEPC serves a wide range of clients, including Central and State Government agencies, and continues to play a key role in India’s infrastructure development.

In FY26, the Company delivered Total Income of ₹1,085.8 Cr, EBITDA of ₹108.9 Cr, and Net Profit of ₹53.5 Cr, against Total Income of ₹646.0 Cr in FY25, with Net Profit more than doubling over the previous year.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 12: Choosing the right train requires more than checking seat availability or fare. Departure and arrival timings, station access, route pattern, halt frequency and total travel duration can influence how smoothly a journey fits into a traveller’s plans. 

redRail by redbus has highlighted factors passengers may consider before booking. The guidance encourages travellers to assess the journey, from reaching the boarding station to arranging onward travel after arrival.

Accurate Travel Details Establish a Better Starting Point

The process should begin with the correct source, destination and journey date. These details determine which trains appear and whether they operate. Passengers should verify station names and codes, especially in cities with multiple terminals.

Train number, operating days and scheduled timings should be checked before selecting an IRCTC train ticket. Services departing shortly after midnight require care because they fall on the next calendar date.

Practical Departure Timings Can Support Easier Boarding

A practical departure depends on how easily the passenger can reach the station. Early morning services may offer useful arrivals, but local transport may be limited. Late-night departures can preserve the working day, although transport availability matters.

Travellers should consider traffic, luggage, station size and platform access. Families with children, senior citizens or passengers needing mobility support may need more time. The right departure should allow calm boarding rather than a rushed start.

Suitable Arrival Timings Can Improve Onward Travel

Arrival time should support the traveller’s plans after leaving the train. A faster service may reach late at night, when transport or support is limited. A longer journey arriving during daylight may be more convenient.

Passengers should consider meetings, hotel check-in, family functions, medical appointments and connecting services. The distance between the station and final destination should be checked, as a better-connected terminal may save time after arrival.

Route Patterns Can Influence Overall Convenience

Trains serving the same cities may follow different routes, use separate terminals or stop at different stations. A service with fewer halts may be faster, while another may offer a station closer to the passenger’s location. Neither option is always better.

The route should be assessed according to accessibility, timing and travel purpose. Passengers boarding at an intermediate station should check the scheduled departure from that point rather than the original starting time.

Halt Patterns May Affect Speed and Flexibility

Halt frequency and duration can influence the travel experience. Limited-stop trains may reduce journey time, while services with frequent halts may provide more boarding or alighting options. Longer stops can increase the total duration.

Travellers should decide whether they value a faster journey or route flexibility. Passengers travelling with children or senior citizens may consider whether the halt pattern makes the journey easier to manage.

Journey Duration Should Be Assessed in Context

Total travel time is useful for comparison, but the shortest service may not be the most suitable. Overnight trains can use sleeping hours and preserve more of the following day. Daytime services may suit passengers who prefer travelling while awake or want easier access to meals and transport.

Personal comfort, work commitments and rest requirements should be considered with the scheduled duration. Travellers should note long waiting periods that may extend the journey.

Direct and Connecting Options Require Separate Review

A direct train is easier because it avoids changing services, moving luggage and locating another platform. However, a connecting journey may offer better timings, station access or seat availability. Passengers considering connections should review the interchange station, waiting period and distance between platforms.

A narrow transfer window can create pressure if the first service is delayed. A longer but manageable connection may be more practical than one depending on exact timings.

Station Connectivity Can Shape the Final Decision

Boarding and arrival stations should be assessed for road access, local transport and distance from key areas. A train may appear faster but use a terminal that takes longer to reach. Passengers should consider taxis, buses, metro services, parking and pickup facilities before booking.

This matters in cities with several major stations. Reviewing complete door-to-door travel time can provide a more realistic comparison than looking only at the scheduled rail journey.

Travel Class Should Reflect Journey Length and Comfort

The preferred travel class depends on the length and timing of the journey. A short daytime trip may involve different comfort needs from a long overnight service. Travellers should assess seating or sleeping arrangements, luggage requirements, privacy and the needs of accompanying passengers.

Seat availability can be reviewed after route and timing suitability are confirmed. Selecting a convenient train first and then choosing an appropriate class can support a balanced decision.

Fare Should Be Compared with Practical Value

Fare matters, but the lowest-priced option may involve an inconvenient station, unsuitable timing or a longer journey. Travellers can assess whether a slightly higher fare provides better arrival timing, fewer changes or easier station access.

Local transport costs to and from distant terminals should be included. A complete comparison should consider the ticket fare alongside expenses of reaching the station and continuing the journey after arrival.

Operational Updates and Buffer Time Remain Important

Passengers should avoid planning important commitments immediately after arrival. A reasonable buffer helps manage delays, platform changes and time needed to leave the station. This is especially important when a flight, another train, meeting or appointment follow the journey.

Closer to departure, travellers can use redBus to check the train running status by entering the train name or number. Official railway announcements should be followed.

A Combined Review Can Support More Informed Booking

The most suitable train is one that works across the complete journey rather than meeting one requirement. Timing, route, halt pattern, connectivity, duration, class and fare should form one combined decision.

Travellers can use redRail by redbus to search services and review timings, routes, station details, journey duration and seat availability. Keeping the train number and booking details accessible, reaching the station early and checking updates can support a more organised travel experience.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 12: New Delhi, August 04: Indian Achievers’ Forum in association with CSR Times, hosts National Conclave on “Role of Responsible Businesses for Inclusive Bharat” in Le Méridien, New Delhi, on 04th August, 2026, deliberating on the theme “Role of Responsible Businesses for Inclusive Bharat.” The Summit brought together over 500 delegates including industry leaders, corporate executives, business pioneers, policymakers, CSR and ESG professionals, development practitioners, academicians, and award-winning organisations & individuals from across India, while thousands joined via live streaming.

The Summit was graced by Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, Hon’ble Union Minister for Culture & Tourism, as the Chief Guest. Guests of honour included Shri Pramod Boro, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, Dr Medha Kulkarni, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, Shri Praveen Patel, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, H.E. Ms. Sena Latif, Ambassador, Embassy of the Republic of Romania to India, H.E. Mr. Juan Rolando Angulo Monsalve, Ambassador, Embassy of the Republic of Chile to India, H.E. Mr. Chandradath Singh, High Commissioner Embassy of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago, Mr. Surendra Nath Tripathi, Retd. IAS, Formal Director General-Indian Institute of Public Administration, Shri Manoj Garg, Retd IAS, President All India Business & Community Foundation, Dr Bhaskar Chatterjee, Former Director General and CEO – Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs, Jury Chairman-CSR Times and Bharat ESGS Awards, and Dr Vibha Dhawan, Director General – TERI, among other distinguished guests.

Hon’ble Union Minister for Culture & Tourism, Shri Gajendra Singh Shekhawat, in his address to the vast gathering said: “When each of India’s 140 crore citizens recognizes and fulfils their own social responsibility, the dream of Viksit Bharat will come true.” He highlighted that CSR and ESG are not just corporate commitments, but are instruments of nation-building. “ESG is a step ahead of CSR. It aligns Indian businesses with global benchmarks while encouraging organizations to create value beyond economic returns through meaningful social and environmental action”, he added. Mr. Shekhawat congratulated the awardees and applauded their contributions building an inclusive India.

Shri Pramod Boro, Hon’ble Member of Parliament, in his address said, “Small interventions but resilient intervention is the way forward.” He emphasized that responsible businesses have a vital role to play in changing lives through sustained grassroots interventions. He called for greater support for tribal communities living in forest regions, advocated for the organized development of the organic food sector, and stressed the importance of preserving and promoting indigenous education systems as integral to building inclusive Bharat.

During the summit, the Indian Achievers Award and Business & Community Awards honoured individual organisations that have demonstrated exceptional leadership, innovation, entrepreneurial excellence, and a commitment to driving sustainable growth, social impact, and nation-building through their exemplary contributions.

Some of the prominent winners were:

● Mr. Rajiv Agarwal, CEO & Founder, Vallabhi Capital Private Limited
● Dr. Habib Yusuf Shaikh, Vice President, Northern Trust
● Mr. Ajay Bhaktharahalli Nagesh Hemambika, Senior Software Engineer, MAERSK U.S.A Agency Inc., USA
● SDS Private Limited, Bangalore, Karnataka
● Innover Systems Pvt. Ltd., Pune, Maharashtra
● Global Consultancy, Ahmedabad, Gujarat
● UVID Consulting, Chennai, Tamil Nadu
● Chiranjeevulu Reddy Kasaram, USA
● Ms. Kavitha Subramaniam, Senior Software Engineer, USA
● Mr. Pranchal Srivastava, CBO & Business Head – The Collective & Mono Brands, Aditya Birla Fashion & Retail Limited, Maharashtra
● Mr. Amit K Vyas Head, Legal & Company Secretary, NOCIL Limited, Maharashtra
● Mr. Azharuddin Mohammed Khaja, Director of Education Services, Model N, Telangana
● Colonel Harpal Singh Grewal, Telangana

The day-long summit featured two thought-provoking panel discussions that brought together distinguished leaders from the corporate, development, and policy sectors.

The first panel, “How CSR Can Drive Deep Science Innovations Across the Country,” was moderated by Mr. Gopalakrishnan Nambi, Head – Outreach, Foundation for Science, Innovation and Development (FSID). The discussion explored how CSR can catalyse scientific research, innovation, academia-industry collaboration, and technology-led social transformation. Joining the discussion were Mr. Arvind Chandrasekhar – Head, CSR & Government Affairs, AMD, Mr. Atul Choudhari – Chief Technology Officer – Tata Consulting Engineers, Mr. Raj Waghray, CEO – STEM Cell, FSID, Ms. Radhika S Rao, Head of Corporate Brand and CSR,Tesco Bengaluru, and Dr Binita Verdia, Head-CSR, Zydus Lifesciences.

The post-lunch panel discussion on “Role of Responsible Businesses for Inclusive Bharat” moderated by Shri Ratnesh, Executive Director, UNGCNI, with Mr. Shiddalingesh Ballolli, Program Head, SBI Gram Seva, Ms. Antara Kapoor, Lead – Social Impact, PepsiCo India, and Dr. Shabnam Asthana, Executive Editor-CSR Times, as panelists, deliberated on how businesses can drive equitable and sustainable growth.

The summit was supported by Co-Sponsor – NTPC; Associate Partners – SECI, SJVN, THDC India Limited, Bank of India, BPCL, LIC, REC Limited, Engineers India Limited, HPCL, and NHPC; Deep Science Innovation Partner – Foundation for Science, Innovation and Development (FSID), Knowledge Partner-TERI, Outreach Partner-UN Global Compact Network India, and Telecast Partner-ET NOW. The event concluded with a renewed commitment from all stakeholders to strengthen partnerships, champion responsible business practices, and drive sustainable and inclusive development across the nation.m all stakeholders to strengthen partnerships, champion responsible business practices, and drive sustainable and inclusive development across the nation.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Baiju Gopalan receives the award from V. P. Nandakumar, Chairman & Managing Director, Manappuram Finance Ltd., and Dr. Ajit Ravi, Founder & Chairman, Pegasus Global Pvt. Ltd.

The Manappuram Unique Times Multibillionaire Business Achiever (MBA) Award and the Women Excellence Award celebrated outstanding achievements in business and media at a grand ceremony held on August 9, 2026, at Le Méridien Kochi. The awards honoured individuals who have demonstrated exceptional leadership, professional excellence, innovation, and commitment to society. The honours were presented by Shri V. P. Nandakumar, Chairman and Managing Director of Manappuram Finance Ltd., and Dr. Ajit Ravi, Founder & Chairman of Pegasus Global Pvt. Ltd.

Baiju Gopalan, Managing Director of Sree Gokulam Group of Companies, was honoured with the 22nd edition of the Manappuram Unique Times Multibillionaire Business Achiever (MBA) Award for his significant contributions to the business sector. Under his leadership, Sree Gokulam Group has strengthened its presence across finance, automobiles, hospitality, healthcare, education, real estate, media, and entertainment. His focus on innovation and expansion has contributed to the group’s growth and reputation as one of India’s prominent business conglomerates.

RJ Neena (left), Sujaya Parvathy (centre), and Arya P. Nair (right) receive the award from V. P. Nandakumar, Chairman & Managing Director, Manappuram Finance Ltd., and Dr. Ajit Ravi, Founder & Chairman, Pegasus Global Pvt. Ltd.

Beyond business, Baiju Gopalan has also been actively involved in initiatives focused on education, healthcare, women empowerment, environmental sustainability, disaster relief, and community development. With the MBA honour, he joins the Federal International Chamber Forum (FICF), an exclusive global forum of accomplished business leaders with assets exceeding ₹1,000 crore and a strong commitment to social responsibility. The forum is also distinguished for not charging any membership fee.

The ceremony also highlighted the achievements of women who have made notable contributions to the media industry through the Manappuram Unique Times Women Excellence Award. RJ Neena, RJ at Radio Mango 91.9, received the Excellence in Radio Broadcasting Award for her contribution to radio and her enduring connection with listeners. Sujaya Parvathy, Chief Editor of Big TV Malayalam, was honoured with the Excellence in Editorial Leadership Award for her achievements and leadership in journalism. Arya P. Nair, Senior Sub-Editor and News Anchor at Mathrubhumi News, received the Outstanding News Anchor Award for her excellence in news presentation and commitment to responsible journalism.

The recognition reflected the diverse spirit of the awards, celebrating excellence across business and media. The awards once again provided a platform to honour individuals whose dedication, perseverance, leadership, and professional achievements continue to create a positive impact on society.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

AAI issues Letter of Intent for establishment of FTO at Dholera Airport; Company also advances IFSC GIFT City and Maharashtra expansion plans, while FY26 Net Profit rises 8% YoY

Gurugram (Haryana) [India], August 11: Flywings Simulator Training Centre Limited (NSE SYMBOL: FWSTC), an aviation training and allied services company, has received a Letter of Intent (LOI) from the Airports Authority of India (AAI) for the establishment of a Flying Training Organisation (FTO) at Dholera Airport, Gujarat.

Highlights:-

• AAI issues Letter of Intent for establishment of a Flying Training Organisation (FTO) at Dholera Airport, Gujarat, subject to applicable agreements and approvals.
• Board approves presence in IFSC GIFT City, Gujarat to explore opportunities in aircraft and simulator leasing and allied aviation businesses.
• Maharashtra expansion approved with a new training facility at Taloja and sales & marketing office at Andheri, Mumbai.
• FY26 Revenue from Operations grew 21.3% YoY to Rs. 24.51 crore, while Operating Margin stood at 64.6%.
• FY26 Net Profit increased 8 % YoY to Rs. 11.64 crore, with Total Assets rising 62.6% YoY to Rs. 107.99 crore.

The LOI, dated 5 August 2026, marks a significant development in the Company’s expansion strategy and is expected to strengthen its presence in India’s growing aviation training ecosystem. The establishment of the FTO will be subject to the terms and conditions specified in the LOI, execution of requisite agreements and applicable approvals.

The Dholera FTO initiative adds a new growth opportunity to Flywings’ existing aviation training capabilities and supports the Company’s broader strategy of expanding its presence across India’s aviation ecosystem.

Commenting on the development, Mrs. Rupal Sanjay Mandavia, Managing Director & CFO, Flywings Simulator Training Centre Limited, said, “Receiving the Letter of Intent from the Airports Authority of India for establishing a Flying Training Organisation at Dholera Airport is an important milestone for Flywings. Dholera is emerging as an important aviation and infrastructure destination, and this proposed FTO will strengthen our presence in aviation training while creating opportunities for sustainable long-term growth.

At the same time, we are progressing with our broader expansion strategy, including our proposed presence in IFSC GIFT City to explore aircraft and simulator leasing and allied aviation opportunities and our planned expansion in Maharashtra. Together, these initiatives reflect our commitment to building a diversified aviation ecosystem and creating long-term value for our stakeholders.”

Expanding Presence Across the Aviation Ecosystem

Alongside the Dholera FTO development, the Board of Directors has approved a proposal to establish a presence in IFSC GIFT City, Gujarat, either through setting up a business unit or incorporating a wholly owned subsidiary, subject to necessary statutory and regulatory approvals.

The proposed presence in IFSC GIFT City will enable the Company to explore opportunities in aircraft and simulator leasing and allied aviation businesses, supporting its long-term diversification strategy and positioning Flywings to participate in India’s emerging aviation finance ecosystem.

The Board has also approved the opening of a training facility at Taloja, Maharashtra, along with a sales and marketing office at Andheri, Mumbai. These initiatives are aimed at enhancing the Company’s training infrastructure, strengthening customer engagement and expanding its market reach across western India.

Financial Highlights (Consolidated)

(Amount in Cr. except EPS)

Strong FY26 Financial Performance

Alongside these strategic developments, the Company delivered steady financial performance during FY26. Revenue from Operations increased 21.3% YoY to Rs.24.51 crore, compared with Rs.20.21 crore in FY25.

The Company reported an Operating Margin (EBIT Margin) of 64.6% during FY26, reflecting its continued focus on operational efficiency and disciplined cost management. Total Revenue increased 9.2% YoY to Rs.25.82 crore, while Profit Before Tax stood at Rs.15.42 crore. Net Profit increased 8

% YoY to Rs.11.64 crore. Earnings Per Share (EPS) stood at Rs.11.44 per share for FY26.

For the half year ended 31 March 2026, Revenue from Operations stood at Rs.14.33 crore, registering a 7.9% YoY growth, while Net Profit stood at Rs.7.26 crore.

The Company’s balance sheet also strengthened during FY26. Total Assets increased to Rs.107.99 crore as of 31 March 2026 from Rs.66.41 crore as of 31 March 2025. Cash and Cash Equivalents increased significantly to Rs.23.64 crore from Rs.5.68 crore, while Shareholders’ Equity rose to Rs.89.86 crore from Rs.38.57 crore.

With the Dholera FTO initiative, proposed IFSC GIFT City presence and expansion in Maharashtra, Flywings is strengthening its position across multiple segments of the aviation ecosystem while building a broader platform for sustainable long-term growth.

About Flywings Simulator Training Centre Limited

Flywings Simulator Training Centre Limited is engaged in providing aviation training and simulator based training services. The Company focuses on delivering high quality aviation education and allied services while continuously strengthening its operational capabilities. With an emphasis on quality training, operational excellence and financial discipline, the Company aims to create sustainable long term value for its stakeholders.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 11: Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Limited (BSE: 539607) (“BCSSL” or the “Company”) today announced that its wholly owned US subsidiary, Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Ltd – USA (“BCSSL-USA”), has executed Statement of Work No. 1 (“SOW”) with SpaceX International Ltd, MY. The SOW is issued under and incorporated into the Master Services Agreement between the parties dated July 9, 2026, and provides for a minimum contractual commitment of USD 150,000,000 over an eighteen-month term, subject to the terms and conditions of the executed agreements.

The engagement represents a significant step in BCSSL’s expansion into large-scale AI infrastructure, cybersecurity, telecommunications and data-Centre solutions for global clients. Under the SOW, BCSSL-USA will design, build, integrate, secure, connect and operate a dedicated, sovereign-grade AI compute and data-Centre platform for SpaceX International Ltd, MY, spanning four sectors: AI Infrastructure (USD 70 million), Cybersecurity (USD 25 million), Telecommunications (USD 25 million) and Data Centre Solutions (USD 30 million).

Services will be delivered across five phases over six quarterly billing periods, commencing with assessment and design and culminating in managed operations from the sixth quarter onward. Deliverables include GPU/accelerator cluster build-out, MLOps and model-serving infrastructure, a Security Operations Centre with SIEM/SOAR deployment, core network and NOC-managed connectivity, and data-Centre build, commissioning and disaster-recovery capability, governed by defined service levels for platform, network and facility availability.

Commenting on the development, Mr. Tejesh Kumar Kodali, Group Chairman of Blue Cloud Softech Solutions, said: “This engagement is an important milestone for our AI infrastructure business and reflects Blue Cloud’s ability to design, build and operate integrated AI compute, cybersecurity and data-Centre solutions at scale. We believe this programme strengthens our long-term strategy of building technology infrastructure capabilities for global clients.”

Commenting separately, Mr. Bhaskar Nallamilli, Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Ltd – USA, said the engagement reflects the Company’s growing capability to deliver largescale, integrated AI infrastructure, cybersecurity, telecommunications and data-Centre programmes for global clients, and reinforces BCSSL’s strategic positioning as an AI-first technology group.

About Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Limited

Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Limited (BSE: 539607, BLUECLOUDS) is a Hyderabad-headquartered, BSE-listed technology group with operations across India, the United States, Africa and other global markets. The Company reported consolidated FY26 revenue of ₹1,002 crore, up 26% year-on-year, EBITDA of ₹126.13 crore, up 78% year-on-year, and profit after tax of ₹60.50 crore, up 37% year-onyear.

The Group’s business spans AI infrastructure and MLOps, cybersecurity, telecommunications and 5G FWA network deployment, healthcare technology, data-Centre solutions, and public-sector digital and surveillance platforms. Its product portfolio includes AccessGenie, BluTACT, BluGenie, BluHealth, BluHawk and Blura SAGA, alongside the Bharat Edge-Cloud Initiative (BECI). The Company also operates an active BSNL 5G Fixed Wireless Access programme. Blue Cloud’s US operations are anchored through Blue Cloud Softech Solutions Ltd – USA, which delivers AI infrastructure, cybersecurity, telecommunications and data-Centre programmes for global clients.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Yamunanagar (Haryana) [India], August 11: Haryana-based Ambala company Sham Foam Limited is engaged in manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of polyurethane foam (PU foam), mattresses and related home comfort products. The company has launched its IPO on the BSE SME platform to finance capital expenditure requirements for civil construction and purchase of machinery and equipment for its existing manufacturing unit, partially finance working capital requirements and meet general corporate purposes. The Business Remedies team has gathered information regarding the company’s business activities from the company’s prospectus.

• Company is engaged in manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of polyurethane foam (PU foam), mattresses and related home comfort products
• The Rs. 40.48 crore IPO opened for subscription on August 11 and will close on August 13, 2026
• Rs. 40.48 crore IPO opened on the BSE SME platform on August 11, 2026, with an issue price of Rs. 130 per share and closing date of August 13, 2026.
• FY26 financial performance: Total revenue stood at Rs. 92.39 crore, up from Rs. 81.62 crore in FY25, while PAT increased to Rs. 8.65 crore from Rs. 3.58 crore, with a PAT margin of 9.37%.

• IPO proceeds to fuel growth: Funds will be utilised towards civil construction and purchase of machinery and equipment, partially financing working capital requirements and meeting general corporate purposes.

Business activities: Incorporated in 2020, Sham Foam Limited is primarily engaged in manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of polyurethane foam (PU foam), mattresses and related home comfort products for the Indian market. Additionally, the company manufactures industrial-grade PU foam, which is used in several industries including furniture, apparel, sports goods and automotive applications.

The company’s diversified product portfolio includes mattresses, pillows, cushions, furniture cushioning and PU foam cores used in home comfort products. The company specializes in providing customized PU foam and mattress solutions according to the specific requirements of customers. The company’s mattresses are sold under the Featherfresh and Restivia brands, offering both pure foam and hybrid (spring and rebonded foam) mattresses with customization options. Pillows and cushions are mainly sold under the Featherfresh brand and are designed with different foam densities for enhanced comfort and durability. Being a vertically integrated company, it manages the complete value chain from product design and engineering to manufacturing, distribution and customer engagement. The company operates a state-of-the-art manufacturing facility spread across 2,04,460 square feet in Ambala, Haryana. The facility is ISO 9001:2015 and BIS (IS 7933:2022) certified. With an installed foam production capacity of 15,000 tonnes per annum, the facility is strategically located near major customer centres, enabling efficient logistics, reduced lead time and better customer connectivity.

The company operates across 13 states and currently supplies its products to various cities in Bihar, Chandigarh, Delhi, Gujarat, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and Uttarakhand. More than 80 employees are working at the company’s facility. The company has a dealer network of over 1,300 dealers.

Financial performance: In financial year 2024, the company recorded total revenue of Rs. 7389.18 lakh and profit after tax of Rs. 269.64 lakh. In financial year 2025, the company recorded total revenue of Rs. 8162.06 lakh and profit after tax of Rs. 358.19 lakh. In financial year 2026, the company recorded total revenue of Rs. 9238.71 lakh and profit after tax of Rs. 865.06 lakh. In financial year 2026, the company achieved a profit after tax margin of around 9.37 percent.

Promoters’ experience:

56-year-old Rajinder Kumar Jindal is the promoter, managing director and chairman of the company.

He has studied up to matriculation and has more than 25 years of experience in the home comfort and foam industry. He has played an important role in the continuous growth of the company’s operations. Before incorporation of the company, he was engaged in a similar business through his own firm, Aggarwal & Company.

His experience in the home comfort and foam industry, distribution channels, networking and attention to details ensures that every activity is completed and executed smoothly and professionally. He oversees the regular operational activities of the company. With his extensive industry experience, he provides strategic guidance to the company in preparing and implementing its growth plans.

51-year-old Sanjeev Kumar Jindal is the promoter and whole-time director of the company. He completed his higher secondary education from the Bhiwani Board, Haryana. He has more than 13 years of experience in the comfort and foam industry. He has actively contributed to business development and the growth of the company in coordination with Rajinder Kumar Jindal. He is mainly responsible for overseeing the company’s daily operations and business and operational policies. His industry knowledge and understanding of distribution channels support the company in operational planning and execution.

50-year-old Monica Jindal is the promoter and executive director of the company. She has obtained a Bachelor of Arts degree from Hemwati Nandan Bahuguna Garhwal University. She has more than 14 years of experience in company management. She has been associated with the company since September 2020. Currently, she is responsible for execution of company operations and management of daily activities. She provides strategic guidance to the board of directors and plays an important role in improving operational efficiency and achieving organisational objectives. She is known for her result-oriented approach, strong work ethics and leadership capabilities.

52-year-old Deepika Jindal is a promoter of the company. She has completed higher secondary education. She has more than 13 years of experience in company management. She is result-oriented, determined and hardworking and provides valuable advice and guidance to the board of directors.

IPO details: The IPO of Sham Foam Limited has opened on the BSE SME platform and investors can apply till 13 August 2026. The company is issuing 31,14,000 equity shares with a face value of Rs. 10 each at a price of Rs. 130 per share to raise around Rs. 40 crore. The market lot size of the IPO is 1,000 shares and retail investors will have to apply for two lots. The IPO is being managed by the lead manager company Corporate Makers Capital Limited.  

Note: This article is not investment advice.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The Issue comprises a fresh issue of up to 36,02,400 equity shares; proceeds to support product enhancement, IT infrastructure upgradation and repayment of borrowings

Noida (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 11: ENS Enterprises Limited (“Company”), a Noida, Uttar Pradesh-based technology company engaged in providing end-to-end digital commerce enablement and software solutions, announced the opening of its Initial Public Offering (IPO). The Issue will open for subscription on Friday, August 14, 2026 and will close on Tuesday, August 18, 2026. The Company is proposed to be listed on the BSE SME platform. The Issue is a Book-Building IPO with the Price Band fixed at Rs.87 to Rs.92 per equity share and the total Issue size is up to Rs.33.14 crore.  

• IPO to open from August 14 to August 18, 2026; Price Band fixed at Rs.87-Rs.92 per equity share.
• Fresh issue of up to 36,02,400 equity shares aggregating up to Rs.33.14 crore; proceeds to support product enhancement, IT infrastructure upgradation and repayment of borrowings.
• FY26 total income stood at Rs.51.77 crore, while EBITDA and PAT stood at Rs.11.71 crore and Rs.8.40 crore, respectively.

The lot size for the application is 1,200 equity shares. The minimum application size for individual investors is 2 lots comprising 2,400 equity shares, with the application amount exceeding Rs.2,00,000. For Non-Institutional Investors, the application must be for more than 2 lots, with the application amount exceeding Rs.2,00,000. Corporate Makers Capital Limited is the Book Running Lead Manager to the Issue, while Abhipra Capital Limited is the Registrar to the Issue. The basis of allotment is expected to be finalised on or before Wednesday, August 19, 2026.

The Company intends to utilise Rs.17.02 crore from the net proceeds towards investment in the enhancement, maintenance and upgrading of its existing products through manpower hiring, and Rs.6.75 crore towards upgradation of its IT infrastructure. Further, Rs.1.20 crore will be utilised towards repayment of borrowings. The remaining funds will be utilised for general corporate purposes, subject to the applicable regulatory limits.  

Mr. Avinash Kumar Singh & Manish Kumar Srivastava, Promoters, ENS Enterprises Limited, said, “Since our inception, ENS Enterprises has built its capabilities across digital commerce, software development, ONDC integrations, cloud and DevOps, mobile applications and digital marketing, while developing a hybrid business model that combines project-based revenues with recurring income from SaaS products and support retainerships. Our strong R&D focus and serving clients across 12+ countries position us to address evolving technology requirements across markets. The IPO will enable us to further strengthen our product capabilities, upgrade our IT infrastructure and support our growth as we continue to build long-term relationships with clients and expand our digital technology offerings.”

Financially, ENS Enterprises reported total income of Rs.51.77crore in FY26, compared with Rs.28.62 crore in FY25. Revenue from operations stood at Rs.51.37crore in FY26, compared with Rs.28.36 crore in FY25. EBITDA stood at Rs.11.71 crore, compared with Rs.5.48 crore in FY25, while Profit After Tax stood at Rs.8.40 crore, compared with Rs.3.70 crore in FY25. The Company’s EBITDA margin stood at 22.78% in FY26, compared with 19.35% in FY25.

Going forward, ENS Enterprises aims to strengthen its digital technology offerings by enhancing its product capabilities, upgrading its IT infrastructure and expanding its presence across key markets. With its integrated capabilities across digital commerce, software development, cloud and DevOps, mobile applications and digital marketing, the Company remains focused on building long-term client relationships, expanding its recurring revenue base and delivering sustainable growth. 

About ENS Enterprises Limited

ENS Enterprises Limited is a Noida-based technology company offering end-to-end digital technology solutions across digital commerce, software development, cloud and DevOps, mobile applications and digital marketing. The Company has developed expertise in ONDC integrations, SaaS products, application management and customised technology solutions, serving clients across 12+ countries. Its hybrid business model combines project-based revenues with recurring income from SaaS products and support retainerships. With a focus on research and development and a team of over 140 professionals, ENS Enterprises aims to strengthen its technology capabilities and expand its presence across key domestic and international markets.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 6: NoBroker, India’s leading proptech company, is raising the bar for one of its most significant categories: home painting services. Already an established premium provider in the segment, NoBroker is now elevating the very standard of what premium painting means in India, deepening its investment in design expertise, craftsmanship, and service reliability to deliver an experience that goes well beyond conventional expectations. This evolution reflects a broader shift in consumer expectations, where quality, personalisation, and reliability have become the true differentiators in house painting.

Elevating an Already Premium Standard

For years, homeowners seeking premium painting solutions have had limited means of distinguishing genuine craftsmanship from mere marketing claims. NoBroker’s leadership recognised that offering a premium service was no longer sufficient in itself; the definition of “premium” needed to be continuously raised to stay ahead of evolving homeowner expectations. As design consciousness grows and customers become more discerning, the demand for home painting services that combine expert craftsmanship with superior finishes has never been higher.

In response, NoBroker has strengthened its painting vertical with an enhanced premium proposition: expert consultation, an expanded range of designer-grade colour options, and professional execution delivered by rigorously trained specialists. The result is a service that customers searching for the best painting services can trust to elevate their homes, not merely repaint them.

Expert Consultation and Unmatched Design Choice

At the outset of every project, NoBroker offers a dedicated expert consultation, ensuring that each homeowner’s vision is translated into a practical, design-led execution plan. This consultative approach sets NoBroker apart from conventional painting vendors, who typically offer limited colour options and little design guidance.

Customers availing NoBroker’s home painting services gain access to an expansive palette of over 2,200 shades and more than 1,000 texture ideas, allowing for a level of customisation rarely available through independent contractors or unorganised local providers. Whether homeowners are seeking classic finishes or contemporary textured designs, NoBroker’s design-first approach ensures every space reflects the aspirations of those who live in it; a key reason the brand is increasingly recommended to those searching for painting services near me who want more than a standard coat of paint.

Skilled Painting Partners, Rigorously Trained

Central to NoBroker’s efforts to raise the standard of premium painting is its investment in workforce quality. Every painting partner engaged through NoBroker undergoes more than 300 hours of structured training, covering surface preparation, application techniques, finishing standards, and customer service protocols. This depth of training ensures a level of consistency and craftsmanship that distinguishes NoBroker’s home painting services from the informal, inconsistent standards typically associated with the wider market.

This emphasis on skilled execution is paired with the exclusive use of premium paints sourced from trusted, established brands, ensuring superior coverage, durability, and finish quality. Together, these elements reinforce NoBroker’s claim to being among the providers of the best painting services for homeowners unwilling to compromise on quality.

Quality Service, Guaranteed

NoBroker backs its premium offering with a Quality Service Guarantee, offering customers assurance at every stage of their house painting project. Multi-point quality checks are conducted throughout execution, from surface treatment to final finishing, ensuring that outcomes consistently meet the elevated standards the brand continues to build upon.

This guarantee directly addresses one of the most persistent frustrations in the category: inconsistent or substandard results from unverified painters. By formalising its quality commitments, NoBroker is actively strengthening brand sentiment among customers who value dependable, high-quality outcomes for every project.

On-Time Completion, Without Exception

Alongside quality, punctuality remains a cornerstone of NoBroker’s premium service standard. Recognising those delays and missed deadlines that continue to plague house painting projects industry-wide, NoBroker has implemented structured project timelines, dedicated coordinators, and transparent progress tracking to guarantee on-time completion.

For customers researching painting services near me, this reliability offers a compelling reason to choose NoBroker over unorganised alternatives, where scheduling uncertainty is often the norm rather than the exception.

Transparent Pricing Meets Premium Value

Even as it elevates its service standards, NoBroker remains committed to transparent, upfront pricing an assurance that stands in contrast to the often opaque quotations common in the industry. Customers currently benefit from a flat 15% discount on home painting services, allowing them to access premium craftsmanship, designer shades, and trained professionals at genuinely competitive value.

This combination of elevated quality standards and pricing transparency is central to NoBroker’s broader objective: to be recognised as the smartest and most trustworthy choice for discerning homeowners, not merely a premium one.

Building on a Premium Reputation, One Project at a Time

NoBroker’s continued investment in quality is already reflected in growing customer testimonials that highlight design expertise, workmanship quality, and dependable timelines. As the brand continues to strengthen its presence across digital platforms and customer conversations, it is steadily raising how home painting services are perceived not as a commodity purchase, but as a considered investment in the home.

For homeowners evaluating house painting options or searching for the best painting services in their city, NoBroker continues to represent a distinctly premium choice: expert-led, quality-assured, and delivered on time, every time.

About NoBroker (Painting Services)

NoBroker is India’s leading proptech company, offering a comprehensive suite of services spanning real estate, home services, and financial solutions for property owners and tenants. With NoBroker Painting, the company continues to expand its ecosystem, bringing design expertise, craftsmanship, and reliability to one of the most transformative aspects of home improvement. Through this premium repositioning, NoBroker reaffirms its commitment to enhancing everyday living for Indian households, one home at a time.

For homeowners searching for the best painting services or a dependable painting services near me option, NoBroker Painting’s premium offering, featuring expert consultation, 2,200+ designer shades, and quality-assured workmanship, sets a new benchmark for professional home painting services across India.

Kolkata (West Bengal) [India], August 11: BDS Legal Services, a leading Intellectual Property (IP), business compliance and regulatory advisory firm, today strengthened its presence in Eastern India with the formal inauguration of its new office in Kolkata. The company marked the occasion by hosting a press conference at its newly established office in Sector V, Salt Lake, where it unveiled its expansion plans and reaffirmed its commitment to supporting startups, MSMEs and growing enterprises across West Bengal and neighbouring states.

The new office, located at J1–8, Delta Tower, 1402, EP Block, Sector V, Bidhannagar, Kolkata – 700091, represents a significant milestone in the company’s growth journey. With a dedicated team of 70–80 professionals based in Kolkata, BDS Legal Services aims to provide faster, more accessible and personalised legal, intellectual property and regulatory advisory services to businesses across Eastern India.

Addressing members of the media, company representatives highlighted the strategic importance of establishing operations in Sector V, one of Eastern India’s largest technology and commercial hubs. Home to thousands of IT companies, startups, multinational corporations and emerging enterprises, the region offers an ideal ecosystem for businesses seeking expert legal and compliance support.

Speaking at the event, Tushar Shinde, Project Head, BDS Legal Services, said, “The inauguration of our Kolkata office is a significant step in our expansion strategy. Eastern India is witnessing remarkable entrepreneurial growth, and we want to be the trusted legal partner for businesses at every stage of their journey. With a strong local team and specialised expertise, we are committed to helping startups and MSMEs protect their intellectual property, maintain regulatory compliance and build sustainable businesses.”

During the press conference, BDS Legal Services emphasised the growing importance of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) in today’s competitive business landscape. The company highlighted that trademarks, copyrights and patents have become strategic business assets, helping organisations secure exclusive ownership of their brands, prevent infringement, enhance market credibility, increase enterprise value and facilitate expansion through licensing and franchising.

The company noted that West Bengal is home to more than 21.75 lakh registered MSMEs and over 5,200 DPIIT-recognised startups, creating a growing demand for reliable legal, compliance and intellectual property advisory services. Through its Kolkata office, BDS Legal Services will provide end-to-end support covering trademark, copyright and patent registration, company incorporation, GST registration, ISO certification, FSSAI licensing, Import Export Code (IEC), Startup India registration and ongoing business compliance.

BDS Legal Services is part of BDS Services Pvt. Ltd., a business solutions company established in 2009 with operations across Mumbai, London and Amsterdam. While BDS Services specialises in B2B database management, data solutions and digital marketing, BDS Legal Services focuses on legal, regulatory and intellectual property solutions, enabling businesses to access comprehensive business support under one umbrella.

Having served more than 23,000 clients across India, the company continues to strengthen its nationwide footprint through strategic expansion, technology-driven services and client-focused legal solutions. The Kolkata office is expected to play a pivotal role in supporting the rapidly growing startup and MSME ecosystem in Eastern India while reinforcing BDS Legal Services’ vision of making quality legal and compliance services more accessible to businesses of all sizes.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 11: Cupid Limited (“Cupid” or “the Company”), Bharat’s rapidly growing consumer wellness and personal care company with a strong global healthcare franchise, announced its financial results for the quarter ended 30^th June, 2026. Supported by continued business momentum and improved visibility across its healthcare and consumer businesses.

Key Consolidated Financial Highlights

Q1 FY27 (YoY)

• Total Income of ₹ 156.98 Cr, YoY growth of 142%
• Operating Income of ₹ 154.72 Cr, YoY growth of 159%
• EBITDA of ₹ 60.06 Cr, YoY growth of 265%
• EBITDA Margin of 39%, YoY growth of 1,127 Bps
• Net Profit of ₹ 44.14 Cr, YoY growth of 194%
• Net Profit Margin of 29%, YoY growth of 344 Bps
• EPS of ₹ 0.32, YoY growth of 220%

Q1 FY27 (QoQ)

• Total Income of ₹ 156.98 Cr, QoQ growth of 19%
• Operating Income of ₹ 154.72 Cr, QoQ growth of 29%
• EBITDA of ₹ 60.06 Cr, QoQ growth of 60%
• EBITDA Margin of 39%, QoQ growth of 755 Bps
• Net Profit of ₹ 44.14 Cr, QoQ growth of 22%
• Net Profit Margin of 29%
• EPS of ₹ 0.32, QoQ growth of 23%

Strong Start To FY27

• Cupid commenced FY27 with strong momentum across its international B2B healthcare and domestic Consumer Healthcare & FMCG businesses, supported by healthy execution across key operating segments.
• The Company’s international B2B healthcare business continued to witness robust demand across PFSCM, WHO/UNFPA, institutional procurement programmes, government tenders and private export markets, providing strong order visibility and a healthy revenue pipeline.
• Strong growth in operating income reflects the increasing contribution of the Company’s core operating businesses, reinforcing the quality of earnings and the sustainability of its growth trajectory.
• The Company expects sizeable orders across its IVD Kits portfolio from multiple State Governments in India, along with significant international opportunities following the receipt of CE certifications. Several opportunities are in the final stages of the award process, providing a strong near-term growth pipeline.
• The Company has implemented a minimum 10% price increase across its export portfolio, supporting improved realizations and margin expansion.
• A favourable USD/INR environment has supported export realizations, while prudent hedging of currency exposure relating to international investments helps mitigate foreign exchange risk.
• Supported by a strong order book, expanding Consumer Healthcare & FMCG portfolio, healthy international B2B demand and expectations of robust performance during the second half of FY27, the Company has enhanced its FY27 guidance to ₹725 Cr – ₹750 Cr in revenue and ₹210 Cr – ₹ 225 Cr in Net Profit, reinforcing confidence in its long-term growth trajectory.
• During FY26, the Company’s Consumer Healthcare & FMCG portfolio contributed revenue of ₹121.61 crore, comprising domestic sales of male and female condoms, IVD kits, personal lubricants and newly launched FMCG products, including ₹84.26 crore from the newly launched FMCG portfolio.

Strategic Investments Supporting Long-Term Value Creation

• Strategic investments in Baazar Style Retail and GII Healthcare complement Cupid’s Consumer Healthcare & FMCG and global healthcare businesses.
• These strategic investments are expected to be value accretive over FY27 and beyond, supporting long-term shareholder value creation while strengthening Cupid’s healthcare ecosystem, consumer platform and future growth opportunities.

Palava Facility Progressing Towards Commissioning

• The Palava manufacturing facility remains on schedule for commissioning during Q2 FY27, significantly enhancing Cupid’s production capabilities and long-term manufacturing capacity.
• The facility will support annual capacity of approximately 1.25 billion male condoms and 125 million female condoms, including incremental capacity of approximately 770 million male condoms and 75 million female condoms.
• Dual-polymer dipping technology, Natural Rubber Latex and Nitrile capabilities, dedicated production lines and interchangeable manufacturing lines will improve flexibility, supply reliability, tender participation and operating leverage.

Continued Business Momentum Supports Revised Growth Outlook

• The Company has enhanced its FY27 guidance to ₹725 Cr – ₹750 Cr in revenue and ₹210 Cr – ₹225 Cr in Net Profit, supported by a strong order book, sustained momentum across its international B2B healthcare business and continued expansion of its Consumer Healthcare & FMCG portfolio.
• The revised outlook reflects management’s confidence in delivering strong performance through the remainder of FY27, supported by manufacturing expansion, healthy order visibility, operating leverage and multiple strategic initiatives to drive sustainable long-term growth.

Management Commentary

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Aditya Kumar Halwasiya, Chairman and Managing Director, Cupid Limited, said:

“We have commenced FY27 with strong momentum across both our international B2B healthcare and Consumer Healthcare & FMCG businesses. Healthy execution during the quarter, improving order visibility and sustained demand across our core segments have strengthened our confidence in the Company’s growth trajectory. Supported by a robust order book, healthy business momentum and strong visibility across our key operating segments, we have enhanced our FY27 guidance to ₹725 Cr – ₹750 Cr in revenue and ₹210 Cr – ₹225 Cr in Net Profit.

Our Consumer Healthcare & FMCG business continues to gain meaningful traction and remains an important pillar of our long-term growth strategy. During the quarter, the business witnessed encouraging momentum across our diversified portfolio, supported by growing consumer acceptance and an expanding presence across modern trade, organised retail and pharmacy channels. We continue to strengthen our market penetration through a broad portfolio spanning domestic male and female condoms, IVD kits, personal lubricants and an expanding range of personal care and wellness products, positioning the business for sustainable long-term growth.

Our international B2B healthcare business continues to demonstrate healthy momentum, supported by strong demand across PFSCM, WHO/UNFPA and other institutional procurement programmes, government tenders and private export markets. This diversified order pipeline provides strong revenue visibility and reinforces our leadership across global healthcare markets. The commissioning of our Palava manufacturing facility during Q2 FY27 will further strengthen our manufacturing flexibility, enhance supply capabilities and support future growth across both international healthcare and domestic Consumer Healthcare & FMCG businesses.

We also expect our strategic investments to be value accretive for the Company over FY27 and beyond, further strengthening our long-term growth platform. Looking ahead, we remain focused on disciplined execution, maintaining healthy margins and building a future-ready organisation through continued investments in manufacturing, product innovation, international B2B healthcare and Consumer Healthcare & FMCG businesses. We believe these strategic initiatives position Cupid to deliver sustainable long-term growth and create enduring value for all our stakeholders.”

About Cupid Limited

Established in 1993, Cupid Limited is one of Bharat’s leading healthcare and consumer wellness companies, engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of male and female condoms, water-based personal lubricants, IVD kits and a growing portfolio of Consumer Healthcare & FMCG products. The Company operates with a strong commitment to public health and quality, maintaining ethical business practices aligned with international standards.

Cupid’s Consumer Healthcare & FMCG portfolio includes fragrance products (Eau De Parfums, Deodorants and Pocket Perfumes), personal care products (Hair Removal Sprays, Face Wash, Hair & Body Oils, Toilet Sanitizers), wellness products, IVD kits, personal lubricants and other consumer healthcare offerings. The Company continues to strengthen its domestic presence through an expanding network across modern trade, organised retail and pharmacy channels, enabling deeper market penetration across India.

The Company is also expanding its manufacturing capabilities through its upcoming Palava manufacturing facility, which will significantly enhance production flexibility and support the growing demand across both international B2B healthcare and domestic Consumer Healthcare & FMCG businesses.

Cupid has a strong international presence with exports to 125+ countries and is the first company in the world to receive WHO/UNFPA prequalification for both male and female condoms. The Company serves a diversified global customer base through PFSCM, WHO/UNFPA, institutional procurement programmes, government tenders and private export markets, reinforcing its position as a trusted global healthcare supplier.

Cupid Limited is listed on the BSE (530843) and NSE (CUPID).

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

STRUCTROMAX and WELDSTAR designed to serve evolving needs of construction, transportation, and heavy engineering sectors

Hazira/Surat (Gujarat) [India], August 11: ArcelorMittal Nippon Steel India (AM/NS India) today announced the launch of STRUCTROMAX and WELDSTAR, two new heavy steel plate brands designed for India’s growing infrastructure, manufacturing, construction, energy, transportation and heavy engineering sectors. Developed at AM/NS India’s state-of-the-art plate mill facility at Hazira, Gujarat, the new products combine advanced rolling and heat-treatment technologies with precise metallurgical and quality control.

STRUCTROMAX is designed using Thermo-Mechanical Controlled Processing (TMCP) to support bridges, high-rise buildings, offshore projects, railways, wind energy, and other heavy-duty sectors. It offers superior weldability, toughness, load-bearing capability, corrosion resistance, and fabrication performance, enabling engineers and project developers to build structures that remain stable under demanding operating or climatic conditions.

WELDSTAR is a range of ultra-high-strength steel plates that allow engineers to optimize weight, increase payload capacity, improve fuel economy, and reduce lifecycle costs without compromising on safety or durability. It is mainly designed for cranes, mining equipment, transport systems, offshore projects and other critical applications to decrease long-term operating costs.

Ranjan Dhar, Director and Vice President – Sales & Marketing, AM/NS India said: “India’s next phase of infrastructure and manufacturing growth will require steel solutions that deliver greater strength, reliability and efficiency in increasingly complex projects. STRUCTROMAX and WELDSTAR broaden the advanced heavy plate options available to Indian engineers, fabricators and manufacturers, while strengthening domestic capability for high-value applications.”

A key focus of AM/NS India’s heavy plate portfolio is its commitment to sustainable steelmaking. AM/NS India’s Heavy Plate products are Green Steel Certified with a 3-Star Rating under the Ministry of Steel’s Green Steel Taxonomy, introduced in December 2024. The framework classifies steel based on carbon emissions per tonne of finished steel and provides a transparent, standardized, star-rated certification system for evaluating and comparing sustainability performance across steel products.

The launch of STRUCTROMAX and WELDSTAR reflects AM/NS India’s focus on working closely with customers to develop steel solutions that address evolving application requirements across infrastructure, engineering and manufacturing sectors. The products are expected to support projects ranging from bridges and industrial structures to cranes, mining equipment and transportation systems, further strengthening India’s domestic manufacturing ecosystem.

New Delhi [India], August 11: When you inquire about a property online, your phone may start ringing within minutes. Before you even have a chance to compare neighbourhoods or discuss your budget with family, you may be told that inventory is running low and that the opportunity to book could close at any moment. Follow-up calls, limited-time offers, claims of rapidly disappearing inventory, unverified recommendations and inconsistent pricing across platforms have become common experiences in today’s residential real estate market. Genuine opportunities do exist, but buyers increasingly want the confidence to tell the difference between informed advice and undue pressure.

As buyers become more research-driven in their decision-making, their expectations of property advisors have evolved. They no longer want someone who simply presents listings; they want an advisor who understands their needs, explains the rationale behind property recommendations, provides access to reliable information, and remains accountable throughout the buying journey. This shift has made transparent, hands-on support a defining part of the modern home-buying experience.

Transparency Matters More Than Persuasion

A clearly explained rationale should support every property recommendation. Buyers should understand why a property has been shortlisted, how it compares with similar alternatives, and what criteria were used in making that recommendation.

Buyers naturally become sceptical when they are encouraged to make quick decisions without understanding why one property has been recommended over another, or whether comparable alternatives were considered. The most effective buying experience is one where recommendations are backed by evidence rather than urgency; where buyers feel comfortable asking why a property has been shortlisted, how it compares with similar options, what assumptions have gone into the pricing, and whether other projects meet the same requirements.

A transparent advisory process weighs factors such as budget, location preferences, connectivity, unit configuration, lifestyle requirements, possession timelines, and future goals before recommending a property. When buyers understand the rationale behind every recommendation, they remain in control of the decision instead of feeling persuaded into one.

Discover verified flats, villas, plots, independent houses, and commercial spaces for sale. Compare listings, check price trends, and find the right property that fits your budget and lifestyle. 

Why Dedicated Relationship Managers Make a Difference?

Buying a home is rarely a straightforward process. It involves multiple stages: property discovery, site visits, pricing discussions, documentation, financing, registration, and follow-ups. When different people handle each stage, buyers often find themselves repeating information and are unsure of who to turn to for help.

Square Yards’ relationship managers are designed to simplify this experience. Rather than functioning as salespeople, they act as the buyer’s single point of contact throughout the transaction, starting by understanding the buyer’s priorities and preferences, then identifying suitable options aligned with needs such as budget, connectivity and future appreciation potential.

The relationship manager coordinates site visits, pricing discussions and documentation tracking, keeping communication at a pace that’s comfortable for the buyer. They stay accountable throughout the journey, working alongside legal, finance and valuation specialists to navigate what can otherwise be a fragmented process.

“Buying a home has become far more information-intensive than it was a few years ago. Buyers aren’t just looking for listings anymore. They want context. They want to understand why a property is being recommended, whether the pricing is reasonable, and what checks have been carried out before they commit. Our role is to make that process more transparent by bringing together advisory, legal support and market insights in a coordinated way. Ultimately, the decision always rests with the buyer, but we believe better information leads to better decisions.” 

– Tanuj Shori, Founder and CEO, Square Yards.

Legal and Documentation Support Beyond Property Discovery

Finding a suitable property for sale is only one part of purchasing a home. Understanding the legal and documentation process before making a financial commitment is equally important, and Square Yards extends its support to help buyers navigate these stages of the transaction.

Depending on the transaction and service scope, this support may include document review, title search, litigation search, due diligence, RERA verification, and registration coordination. Document review involves examining the available property and transaction documents shared during the buying process. A title search reviews ownership history and title-related records, while a litigation search examines publicly available records relating to legal disputes involving the property or relevant parties. Due diligence combines title information, mortgage records, available documentation and compliance checks to give buyers a more structured understanding of a property’s legal position before they proceed.

Square Yards also helps buyers verify project and agent details through the applicable State RERA portal, and coordinates documentation required for registration wherever such services are available. It’s worth understanding what RERA does and doesn’t cover: while it strengthens transparency and regulates registered projects and agents, registration itself does not guarantee ownership title, construction quality or project delivery. Buyers are encouraged to document carefully and seek independent legal advice wherever necessary before making a financial commitment.

Pricing Transparency Helps Buyers Make Better Decisions

Property pricing can often confuse buyers, since the same property may carry different quotes across channels. Rather than relying solely on these quotes, buyers should compare registered transaction data, similar properties, unit size, floor level, orientation, construction stage, payment plans, statutory charges, and additional costs such as maintenance fees and parking.

A designated relationship manager supports this process through PropsAMC, Square Yards’ in-house valuation and market-data tool, which offers preliminary property valuations based on comparable transactions. These estimates provide pricing context rather than a definitive market value. By combining clear cost sheets with market comparisons, buyers can evaluate prices more objectively and make decisions based on evidence rather than guesswork.

What Buyers can Expect at Every Stage of the Journey?

A well-structured home-buying experience relies on clarity, accountability and informed decision-making. The process begins with understanding the buyer’s needs, leading to a shortlist of properties with clear explanations. The relationship manager coordinates site visits, facilitates discussions, and keeps track of buyer questions and commitments.

During price evaluation, buyers receive guidance on cost sheets and market comparisons. If they proceed, legal specialists review documentation while finance and registration teams manage procedural steps, with the relationship manager ensuring transparency throughout. Support continues through registration and possession, with buyers responsible for reviewing documents, asking questions and making final decisions.

Building Confidence Through Process, Not Promises

Trust in real estate isn’t built through persuasive conversations or ambitious promises. It’s built when buyers understand why a property has been recommended, how its price has been evaluated, what legal checks have been completed, and who remains accountable throughout the journey.

As an integrated property advisory platform, Square Yards brings together dedicated relationship managers, legal and documentation support, pricing transparency and specialist coordination to help buyers navigate the complexities of purchasing a home with greater confidence. Rather than promising certainty or eliminating every risk associated with a property transaction, the objective is to create a buying experience that is transparent, evidence-led and centred on the buyer’s needs.

In today’s property market, confidence comes from understanding the process. When buyers have access to the right information, structured guidance and a single accountable point of contact, they are better equipped to make informed decisions that stand the test of time.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Jaipur (Rajasthan) [India], August 11: Advit Jewels Limited (RAMBHAJO, BSE: 544803), one of India’s leading manufacturers of traditional and contemporary handcrafted jewellery, specializing in Kundan, Polki, Diamond, and Studded Jewellery, has reported its Unaudited financial results for Q1 FY27.

Key Financial Highlights 

Q1 FY27:

• Total Income of ₹3,540.24 Lakhs, YoY growth of 37.35%
• EBITDA of ₹1,172.45 Lakhs, YoY growth of 33.02%
• EBITDA Margin of 33.12%
• Net Profit of ₹818.68 Lakhs, YoY growth of 37.86%
• Net Profit Margin of 23.12%
• EPS of ₹2.46, YoY growth of 32.26%

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Nitin Gilara, Chairman & Managing Director of Advit Jewels Limited, said: “Q1 FY27 marks the beginning of an important new phase for Advit Jewels. During the quarter, our focus remained on strengthening our brand presence, expanding our customer network and developing differentiated jewellery collections while leveraging our design-led approach, skilled artisans and integrated manufacturing capabilities.

The topline grew by 37.35% YoY, driven by continued demand for Advit Jewels’ premium handcrafted jewellery and expansion of its customer network. EBITDA grew by 33.02% YoY, while the Net Profit grew by 37.86% YoY, reflecting a healthy product mix, operational efficiencies and disciplined cost management.

Looking ahead, we remain focused on expanding our presence in the premium handcrafted jewellery segment through new collections across Kundan, Polki, Jadau and contemporary designs. We are also progressing with our calibrated retail expansion, including the planned Jaipur store, while gradually exploring opportunities in international markets. With increasing consumer preference for organised jewellery players and growing demand for premium handcrafted and bridal jewellery, we remain confident of building a strong and sustainable growth platform while creating long-term value for our shareholders.”

About Advit Jewels Limited (RAMBHAJO)

Advit Jewels Limited (RAMBHAJO) is one of India’s leading manufacturers of traditional and contemporary handcrafted jewellery, specializing in Kundan, Polki, Diamond, and Studded Jewellery. With a family legacy dating back to 1921, the Company operates an integrated manufacturing facility in Jaipur, Rajasthan, and serves a wide network of jewellery retailers, wholesalers, and customers across India through its design-led and quality-focused approach.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Yuthika’s commitment to developing innovative personal care products that combine quality, sensory appeal, and consumer-centric formulations

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 11: Yuthika, a growing name in the beauty and personal care industry, has announced the launch of its new Premium Shower Gel Collection Inspired by Nature, expanding its personal care product range with four refreshing variants designed to transform everyday bathing into a rejuvenating self-care experience. The newly launched range includes Yuthika Shower Gel Coral Rose, Yuthika Shower Gel Purple Orchid, Yuthika Shower Gel Forest Berries, and Yuthika Shower Gel Fresh Lemon, each crafted to deliver effective cleansing, refreshing fragrances, and a luxurious bathing experience.

The launch reflects Yuthika’s commitment to developing innovative personal care products that combine quality, sensory appeal, and consumer-centric formulations. As consumers increasingly seek products that offer both functional benefits and wellness-inspired experiences, the demand for premium shower gels has grown significantly across domestic and international markets. Yuthika’s latest collection is designed to meet these evolving preferences by bringing together nature-inspired ingredients, refreshing fragrances, and skin-loving care in a convenient daily-use format.

The newly introduced shower gel range has been developed to provide gentle cleansing while helping users feel refreshed, energized, and revitalized throughout the day. Suitable for everyday use, the collection is designed to create rich lather, effectively remove impurities, and leave the skin feeling clean, soft, and pleasantly fragranced.

At the heart of the collection is Yuthika Shower Gel Coral Rose, a floral-inspired variant created for consumers who enjoy elegant and refreshing bathing experiences. Infused with the timeless appeal of rose-inspired fragrance notes, Coral Rose offers a soothing and uplifting sensory experience that transforms daily showers into moments of relaxation and self-care. The luxurious fragrance lingers gently on the skin, making it an ideal choice for consumers seeking a sophisticated and refreshing body care routine.

The collection also features Yuthika Shower Gel Purple Orchid, a premium floral variant inspired by the beauty and elegance of orchid blossoms. Designed to provide a rich and indulgent bathing experience, Purple Orchid combines gentle cleansing with a captivating fragrance profile that helps elevate everyday body care rituals. The variant is positioned as a perfect choice for consumers who appreciate refined fragrances and premium personal care experiences.

For those who prefer fruity and vibrant fragrance profiles, Yuthika has introduced Yuthika Shower Gel Forest Berries. Inspired by the freshness and natural appeal of berries, this variant delivers an energizing bathing experience with a refreshing aroma that awakens the senses. The fruity fragrance creates a lively and invigorating shower experience, making it suitable for consumers seeking freshness and vitality in their daily routine.

Completing the collection is Yuthika Shower Gel Fresh Lemon, a citrus-inspired variant developed to provide an instant feeling of freshness and cleanliness. Known for its refreshing and energizing fragrance character, lemon has long been associated with revitalization and purity. The Fresh Lemon shower gel offers a vibrant sensory experience that helps users start their day feeling refreshed, energized, and ready to take on daily activities.

According to the company, the Premium Shower Gel Collection has been carefully formulated to suit the needs of modern consumers who increasingly prioritize self-care, hygiene, and wellness-oriented beauty products. The launch aligns with Yuthika’s broader strategy of expanding its personal care product range through innovative products that enhance everyday beauty and wellness routines.

Yuthika believes that fragrance plays an important role in enhancing everyday well-being and creating positive personal care experiences. Through Coral Rose, Purple Orchid, Forest Berries, and Fresh Lemon, the company aims to provide consumers with a diverse range of fragrance choices inspired by nature’s most refreshing elements.

With the introduction of the Yuthika Premium Shower Gel Collection Inspired by Nature, the brand reinforces its commitment to delivering innovative personal care products that enhance everyday experiences through quality formulations, refreshing fragrances, and nature-inspired inspiration. The collection reflects Yuthika’s vision of making premium personal care accessible to consumers while encouraging healthier, more enjoyable self-care routines.

The newly launched Yuthika Shower Gel Coral Rose, Yuthika Shower Gel Purple Orchid, Yuthika Shower Gel Forest Berries, and Yuthika Shower Gel Fresh Lemon are now available through Yuthika’s distribution network and retail channels, offering consumers a refreshing new way to experience daily body care.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Dehradun (Uttarakhand) [India], August 8: Neetu Yoshi Limited (BSE: 544434), a leading RDSO-certified manufacturer of customized ferrous metallurgical products, is pleased to announce that the Company is scheduled to commence commercial production at its new manufacturing facility with effect from September 13, 2026. The facility has been established utilizing the proceeds of the Company’s Initial Public Offering (IPO), in accordance with the Objects of the Offer as disclosed in the Prospectus.

Key Highlights: 

• New Manufacturing Facility: Established at Khasra No. 433, Chudiyala Mohanpur, Bhagwanpur, Haridwar, Uttarakhand – 247661 
• Commercial Production: Scheduled to commence with effect from September 13, 2026 
• IPO Proceeds Utilisation: Facility funded through IPO proceeds in accordance with the Objects of the Offer

A Strategic Leap Forward

The commissioning of the Haridwar plant represents a key milestone in Neetu Yoshi Limited’s expansion strategy. The additional capacity is expected to nearly double the Company’s manufacturing capabilities, enabling it to address a larger and more diversified order pipeline across the railway and engineering sectors. Backed by sustained investments in India’s railway infrastructure and modernisation initiatives, the expansion strengthens the Company’s ability to meet evolving customer requirements while supporting its long-term growth objectives.

The expansion reflects the Company’s disciplined deployment of IPO proceeds in line with the Objects of the Offer. With India’s railway sector witnessing sustained investments and capacity expansion, Neetu Yoshi Limited is well positioned to capitalise on the growing demand for high-quality railway castings and components while strengthening its competitive position and delivering long-term value to stakeholders.

Commenting on the milestone, Mr. Himanshu Lohia, Managing Director cum Chief Financial Officer, Neetu Yoshi Limited, said, “The commencement of commercial production at our new Haridwar plant represents an important step in strengthening Neetu Yoshi Limited’s manufacturing platform and supporting our long-term growth strategy. Developed through the prudent utilisation of IPO proceeds, the expansion reinforces our commitment to disciplined execution and positions us to serve our customers with greater scale, efficiency, and reliability.

We have chosen September 13, 2026 – the 52nd birth anniversary of our Late mother, Mrs. Neetu Lohia-as the date to commence commercial production. Her vision, values, and unwavering dedication to excellence laid the foundation of Neetu Yoshi Limited, making this occasion a fitting tribute to her enduring legacy. As we embark on this new chapter, we remain committed to creating sustainable, long-term value for all our shareholders and stakeholders.”

About Neetu Yoshi Limited

Neetu Yoshi Limited (NYL) is a metallurgical engineering firm specializing in customized ferrous products, including mild steel, spherical graphite iron, cast iron, and manganese steel, ranging from 0.2 kg to 500 kg. It is an RDSO-certified vendor for over 25 casting products for Indian Railways and holds ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015, and ISO 45001:2018 certifications for quality, environmental, and occupational health & safety management.

With advanced technology, skilled manpower, and strong technical capabilities, the company ensures efficient manufacturing of high-quality, customized products. Its expertise and infrastructure enable consistent productivity and cost-effective operations.

For FY26, the Company has reported Total Income of ₹101.59 Cr, EBITDA of ₹33.87 Cr & Net Profit of ₹25.01 Cr on a consolidated basis.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Pune/Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 8: Patil Automation Limited (NSE: PATILAUTOM | INE17GV01016), a leading provider of turnkey welding, assembly and robotics-integrated automation solutions, has announced that its Board of Directors has approved the acquisition of an additional 10% equity stake in Mii Robotics Private Limited, increasing the Company’s shareholding from 60% to 70%.

The acquisition reinforces Patil Automation’s strategic focus on expanding its capabilities in the rapidly evolving defence automation segment. Mii Robotics is engaged in automation solutions for grinding and processing applications in the defence industry, along with automation consultancy and support services. The transaction is expected to be completed within 30 days, subject to customary closing formalities.

The increased ownership will further strengthen operational alignment between the two companies and enable deeper collaboration in developing specialized automation solutions for defence applications.

About Mii Robotics Private Limited

Established in 2017, Mii Robotics Private Limited is a Pune-based automation company specializing in automation solutions for the defence and aerospace sectors. The company designs and manufactures standard machines for grinding and processing applications, while also providing automation consultancy and technical support services. Mii Robotics has established expertise in executing specialized defence automation projects, including artillery shell handling manufacturing lines, shell nub welding lines, ultrasonic testing lines, and bullet manufacturing lines, and has built a strong order book across these high-value segments.

Commenting on the development, Mr. Manoj Patil, Promoter and Managing Director of Patil Automation Limited, said: “The defence sector continues to present significant opportunities for advanced automation and precision manufacturing. Increasing our stake in Mii Robotics reflects our confidence in its technological capabilities and our long-term commitment to strengthening our presence in this high-potential segment. With greater integration, we aim to enhance our automation offerings, leverage operational synergies and create sustainable value for our customers and stakeholders.”

About Patil Automation Limited

Patil Automation Limited (“PAL” or “the Company”), founded in 2015 and headquartered in Pune, is a comprehensive automation solutions provider catering to both automotive and non-automotive sectors. The Company offers end-to-end automation systems encompassing design, manufacturing, testing, installation, modification, and maintenance services for industries such as automotive, electric vehicles (EV), defense, construction equipment, renewable energy, white goods, and general engineering.

PAL’s diverse product portfolio includes welding lines, assembly lines, special purpose machines (SPMs), and material handling systems, engineered to enhance precision, productivity, and scalability in modern manufacturing setups.

The Company now operates 3 advanced manufacturing facilities at MIDC Chakan, Pune, covering ~2 lakh sq. Ft., with a combined annual production capacity of ~3,454 units, enabling faster execution and expansion into new industrial segments.

PAL has successfully delivered automation projects across 10+ countries, with a strong domestic presence in Maharashtra, Haryana, Karnataka, and other key manufacturing hubs.

For FY26, the Company reported a Total Income of ₹172.79 crore, EBITDA of ₹30.65 crore, and Net Profit of ₹19.07 crore, reflecting consistent operational and financial growth.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Yuthika Professional Launches Advanced Crème Hair Color Collection for Salon Professionals

New Delhi [India], August 11: Yuthika Professional, a leading name in professional salon hair care and hair color solutions, has announced the launch and expansion of its advanced Crème Hair Color Collection, designed specifically to meet the evolving needs of salon professionals, hairstylists, and beauty experts. The comprehensive range brings together innovative color technologies, advanced formulations, fashion-forward shades, and professional performance, reinforcing Yuthika Professional’s commitment to supporting salon excellence across India and international markets.

As consumer demand for premium salon services continues to grow, professional hairstylists are increasingly seeking hair color solutions that deliver vibrant results, reliable coverage, long-lasting performance. Addressing these industry requirements, Yuthika Professional has introduced a complete range of professional hair color products under multiple specialized brands, enabling salons to offer customized color services for diverse hair types, textures, and styling preferences.

The newly strengthened range includes Yuthika Professional Crème Hair Color, Yuthika Professional 10 Mins Hair Color Crème, Evano Professional Crème Hair Color, Nashi Professional Crème Hair Color, Yuthika Professional Vielight Booster, Cosglam Semi-Permanent Hair Color, along with specialized lifting solutions including Yuthika Professional Highlift, Evano Professional Lift, and Nashi Professional Lift.

At the center of the collection is the Yuthika Professional Crème Hair Color range, developed to provide rich color, superior grey coverage, and enhanced hair conditioning benefits. Available in both Nourishing Crème Hair Color and Ammonia Free Crème Hair Color variants, the range combines professional color performance with hair-friendly ingredients that help maintain softness, shine, and manageability. Enriched with Macadamia Infused QME Technology, the formulations are designed to deliver consistent color development, long-lasting results, and improved nourishment while supporting the overall health and appearance of the hair. Designed for salon environments, the range offers a premium coloring experience that balances performance.

Recognizing the growing preference for faster salon services without compromising quality, Yuthika Professional has also introduced the Yuthika Professional 10 Mins Hair Color Crème. The advanced formulation is designed to deliver professional color results in significantly reduced processing time, helping salons improve efficiency while meeting the needs of modern consumers who value convenience and quick service. The product is expected to be particularly beneficial for root touch-ups, grey coverage applications, and express salon treatments.

The company’s professional range has been further expanded with the launch of Evano Professional Crème Hair Color, a premium range tailored for salon professionals seeking exceptional color vibrancy and conditioning performance. Powered by Pracaxi Smooth CLT Technology, the Evano collection is available in Nourishing Crème Hair Color and Ammonia Free Crème Hair Color variants, offering a broad shade spectrum, reliable color penetration, and enhanced shine, enabling stylists to create personalized looks ranging from natural tones to fashion-forward transformations.

In addition, Yuthika Professional has strengthened its offering through the introduction of Nashi Professional Crème Hair Color, a salon-focused range developed to provide advanced color performance with a focus on hair nourishment and comfort. The collection includes both Nourishing Crème Hair Color and Ammonia Free Crème Hair Color variants, giving professionals greater flexibility when selecting solutions for different client needs. The range supports vibrant color expression while helping preserve the hair’s softness, texture, and overall appearance.

The range also includes Cosglam, a modern semi-permanent hair color range created for consumers seeking fashion colors, expressive styling, and temporary color transformations. As global beauty trends continue to embrace individuality and self-expression, semi-permanent color solutions have gained significant popularity among younger consumers and trend-conscious clients. Cosglam offers salon professionals the opportunity to create bold, vibrant, and contemporary looks while maintaining flexibility and creative freedom.

To address increasing demand for advanced lightening and lifting services, Yuthika Professional has introduced dedicated high-lift solutions including Yuthika Professional Highlift, Evano Professional Lift, and Nashi Professional Lift. These specialized products are designed to provide controlled lifting performance while helping stylists achieve lighter shades and fashion color foundations with confidence. The launch reflects the growing popularity of blonding services, global color trends, balayage techniques, and high-fashion hair transformations within professional salon environments.

According to the company, the expanded collection has been developed with a strong focus on product performance, stylist convenience, and evolving consumer expectations. The formulations are designed to support consistent salon outcomes while enabling professionals to deliver customized color services tailored to individual client requirements.

Speaking about the launch, Yuthika Professional mentioned, “The professional beauty industry continues to evolve rapidly, and salon professionals require innovative products that combine performance, creativity, and hair care benefits. Our new Crème Hair Color Collection has been developed to support professional stylists with versatile solutions that address a wide range of coloring needs. From nourishing and ammonia-free color options to express coloring systems, semi-permanent shades, and advanced lifting technologies, the collection reflects our commitment to empowering salon professionals through innovation and quality.”

Industry analysts note that demand for premium salon hair color services continues to rise as consumers increasingly prioritize professional expertise, personalized beauty solutions, and high-performance products. Innovations in hair color technology, coupled with growing awareness of hair health and ingredient-conscious formulations, are expected to drive continued growth within the professional hair color segment.

With the launch of its advanced Crème Hair Color Collection, Yuthika Professional reinforces its position as a trusted partner for salon professionals seeking innovative, high-quality, and performance-driven hair color solutions. The comprehensive range reflects the company’s ongoing focus on research, product development, and industry collaboration, while supporting the evolving needs of professional stylists and beauty businesses.

The newly launched range is available across worldwide, further strengthening the company’s mission to deliver excellent professional beauty solutions to salons and stylists worldwide.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Kolkata (West Bengal) [India], August 11: Apparel manufacturer Fascinate Textiles Limited will open its initial public offering (IPO) on August 11, aiming to raise Rs. 66.98 crore to support capacity expansion, acquisitions, working capital requirements and debt repayment.

The IPO will open on August 11 and close on August 13. The company has fixed the price band of Rs. 148 to Rs. 156 per equity share. The total issue size is 42,93,600 shares, which comprises a fresh issue of 34,57,600 shares and an offer for sale (OFS) of 8,36,000 equity shares. The shares are proposed to be listed on the NSE Emerge platform.

The minimum application size has been fixed at 800 shares, while retail investors will be required to bid for 1,600 shares, amounting to Rs. 2,49,600. HNI investors will need to apply for a minimum of 3 lots (2,400 shares), amounting to Rs. 3,74,400.

Fascinate Textiles proposes to utilise the net proceeds from the fresh issue towards funding inorganic growth through acquisitions and general corporate purposes, capital expenditure for setting up an additional manufacturing facility, meeting working capital requirements and repayment or prepayment of certain secured and unsecured borrowings.

Of the total proceeds, Rs. 12.40 crore has been earmarked for the proposed manufacturing facility, Rs. 19.03 crore for working capital requirements and Rs. 2.67 crore towards repayment of borrowings.

Founded in 2017 by Vishal Nahar in Barasat, West Bengal, Fascinate Textiles manufactures a wide range of garments across menswear, womenswear and childrenswear. The company operates an integrated manufacturing facility that manages the entire production process, from design development and sample creation to garment manufacturing.

Its product portfolio includes T-shirts, joggers, shorts and vests for men, everyday apparel for women, and T-shirts, leggings, joggers and infant wear for children. The company also develops customised apparel collections for clients based on specific themes, mood boards and buyer requirements. Fascinate Textiles supplies garments to large-format retailers and wholesalers in domestic and international markets. 

For the financial year ended March 31, 2025, the company reported revenue of Rs. 60.25 crore and a net profit of Rs. 5.81 crore.

According to the issue schedule, the basis of allotment is expected to be finalised on August 14, while refunds and credit of equity shares to demat accounts are scheduled for August 17. The shares are expected to be listed on August 18.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

New Delhi [India], August 10: Vijayan Trishul Defence Solutions (VTDS), a company licensed by the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, for the manufacture and proof-test of small arms and ammunition, has entered into a landmark strategic technology partnership with DEUS Automation a.s., a sister company of the STV Group of the Czech Republic, marking a significant milestone in defence industrial cooperation between India and the Czech Republic. The agreement represents one of the first major technology-transfer collaborations in the small-calibre ammunition sector between the two countries and underscores a shared commitment to strengthening long-term defence manufacturing collaboration between the two nations.

The partnership reinforces the growing strategic and defence relationship between India and the Czech Republic while supporting India’s vision of building a globally competitive and self-reliant defence manufacturing ecosystem. Through this collaboration, VTDS will gain access to advanced international manufacturing technologies and expertise that will contribute to the development of world-class ammunition production capabilities in India. 

Founded by Mr. Sahil Luthra, Founder and Managing Director, and Ms. Prikansha Luthra, Co-Founder and Director, VTDS has emerged as a forward-looking Indian defence enterprise focused on advancing indigenous capabilities in the small arms and ammunition domain. Backed by its manufacturing and proof-testing licence from the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, the company has consistently pursued a strategy of combining global technological excellence with domestic manufacturing strength, aligning its growth with India’s broader objective of defence self-reliance and industrial modernisation.

Under the agreement, DEUS Automation a.s., a sister company of the STV Group of the Czech Republic, will provide advanced manufacturing technology for the production of small-calibre ammunition in India. The technology transfer will enable VTDS to establish manufacturing capabilities built on international quality benchmarks, precision engineering standards, and modern production systems, creating a strong foundation for future growth and technological advancement.

 “This partnership reflects our commitment to bringing cutting-edge global defence technologies to India through trusted international collaborations,” said Mr. Sahil Luthra, Founder and Managing Director, VTDS. “By working with DEUS Automation a.s., a sister company of the STV Group of the Czech Republic, we are taking a meaningful step towards building world-class manufacturing capabilities in India while contributing to the nation’s long-term defence preparedness and industrial self-reliance.”  

Ms. Prikansha Luthra, Co-Founder and Director, VTDS, added, “This collaboration is not only about technology transfer; it is about building a sustainable ecosystem of innovation, manufacturing excellence, and strategic capability. We believe partnerships of this nature will play an important role in strengthening India’s defence manufacturing landscape and creating enduring industrial value for the future.”

Representing DEUS Automation a.s., a sister company of the STV Group of the Czech Republic, Mr. Alex Černý, Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board and Mr. Ondřej Černý, Manager of Sales, Projects & Purchase, emphasised the importance of the partnership as a long-term industrial collaboration focused on technology exchange, advanced manufacturing, and innovation. They noted that the agreement reflects a shared vision of supporting India’s expanding defence manufacturing ambitions through the transfer of proven international expertise and production technologies.

The collaboration is closely aligned with the Government of India’s Atmanirbhar Bharat and Make in India initiatives in the defence sector. By enabling domestic production through advanced technology transfer, the partnership is expected to contribute to reducing dependence on imports, strengthening indigenous manufacturing capacity, enhancing supply chain resilience, and supporting India’s long-term defence preparedness. 

Beyond its immediate manufacturing objectives, the alliance establishes a framework for sustained cooperation between Indian and Czech defence industries in the areas of technology exchange, industrial development, and future innovation. It represents a new chapter in bilateral defence cooperation and positions VTDS as a key contributor to India’s evolving defence manufacturing landscape and its journey towards greater strategic and technological self-reliance.  

Bajaj Finance Personal Loan

A Bajaj Finance Personal Loan is designed to help customers manage both planned and unexpected expenses. Whether the requirement is for home renovation, higher education, travel, weddings or medical emergencies, the loan offers a convenient and collateral-free financing solution through a simple online application process.

What is new in Loan Utsav 2026?

Loan Utsav 2026 introduces an exclusive reward bundle for eligible customers who apply for a Bajaj Finance Personal Loan during the campaign period. Extended until 10 September 2026, the campaign provides eligible customers an opportunity to access flexible financing along with additional lifestyle and entertainment benefits.

Customers whose Bajaj Finance Personal Loan is successfully disbursed within the campaign period can avail of the reward bundle, which includes OTT subscriptions, music memberships, dining benefits, and vouchers. The rewards are applicable only on successful loan disbursal during the campaign period and are subject to applicable terms and conditions.

The reward bundle includes:

• Zee 5, Sony Liv & 14 other OTTs – 6 months free membership

• JioHotstar membership – 3 months

• Free 3-month Zomato Gold Membership

• Free 3-month JioSaavn Pro

• Free 45 Day Gaana membership

• Free 40+ Vouchers

What is the Bajaj Finance Personal Loan?

A Bajaj Finance Personal Loan is a collateral-free financing solution that helps customers manage both planned and urgent expenses. Customers can apply online without pledging any asset as security.

The loan offers financing from Rs. 40,000 to Rs. 55 lakh, making it suitable for different financial requirements. Borrowers can choose a repayment tenure ranging from 12 months to 108 months, helping them select an EMI that aligns with their financial situation.

What is new in the loan offering?

Along with the Loan Utsav reward bundle, the Bajaj Finance Personal Loan now offers a repayment tenure of up to 108 months.

The extended tenure provides customers with greater flexibility when planning repayments. Instead of opting for shorter repayment periods, eligible borrowers can spread repayments over a longer duration, which may help reduce monthly EMI obligations.

This feature is particularly useful for customers borrowing larger loan amounts or planning significant expenses.

Why does the extended tenure matter?

A longer repayment tenure gives borrowers more flexibility in managing their monthly finances.

Customers can choose a repayment period between 12 months and 108 months, depending on their eligibility and financial requirements. A longer tenure may result in lower monthly EMIs, making it easier to balance loan repayments with other household expenses.

This flexibility supports better financial planning while allowing customers to borrow according to their needs.

Who can benefit from the Bajaj Finance Personal Loan?

A Bajaj Finance Personal Loan is suitable for customers who require funds for various personal financial needs.

It can help finance:

• Wedding expenses

• Medical emergencies

• Home improvement projects

• Higher education

• Travel plans

Customers looking for flexible repayment options and quick access to funds may find the product suitable for managing both expected and unexpected expenses.

What is the Bajaj Finance Personal Loan interest rate?

The personal loan interest rate for a Bajaj Finance Personal Loan ranges from 10% to 30.5% per annum, depending on the applicant's eligibility and credit assessment.

The final interest rate may vary based on several factors, including the applicant's financial profile and applicable lending criteria.

Customers are encouraged to review the applicable personal loan interest rate before submitting their application to understand the expected borrowing cost.

How does the application process work?

Applying for a Bajaj Finance Personal Loan is designed to be simple and convenient.

Customers can complete the application online by providing basic personal and financial details and uploading the required documents. After verification and approval, eligible applicants can receive the loan amount within 24 hours*.

The process involves minimal documentation and does not require any collateral, making it easier for eligible customers to access funds.

Key features of the Bajaj Finance Personal Loan

The Bajaj Finance Personal Loan offers several features designed to support different borrowing needs:

• Loan amount from Rs. 40,000 to Rs. 55 lakh

• Repayment tenure from 12 months to 108 months

• Personal loan interest rate ranging from 10% to 30.5% per annum

• Collateral-free financing

• Quick approval process

• Minimal documentation

• Disbursal within 24 hours* for eligible customers

• Limited-period Loan Utsav reward bundle for eligible applicants

A customer-focused lending approach

Bajaj Finance continues to focus on providing accessible and convenient lending solutions through a simple digital application process, simple eligibility criteria, and flexible repayment options. The addition of the Loan Utsav reward bundle further enhances the value available to eligible customers while supporting their financial goals.

Customers interested in a Bajaj Finance Personal Loan can check their eligibility and apply online through the official website or the app.

*Terms and conditions apply.

Bajaj Finance Ltd. (‘BFL’, ‘Bajaj Finance’, or ‘the Company’), a subsidiary of Bajaj Finserv Ltd., is a deposit taking Non-Banking Financial Company (NBFC-D) registered with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and is classified as an NBFC-Investment and Credit Company (NBFC-ICC). BFL is engaged in the business of lending and acceptance of deposits. It has a diversified lending portfolio across retail, SMEs, and commercial customers with significant presence in both urban and rural India. It accepts public and corporate deposits and offers a variety of financial services products to its customers. BFL, a thirty-five-year-old enterprise, has now become a leading player in the NBFC sector in India and on a consolidated basis, it has a franchise of 69.14 million customers. BFL has the highest domestic credit rating of AAA/Stable for long-term borrowing, A1+ for short-term borrowing, and CRISIL AAA/Stable & [ICRA]AAA(Stable) for its FD program. It has a long-term issuer credit rating of BB+/Positive and a short-term rating of B by S&P Global ratings.

SFO Tech Powers Kochi’s Entry into High-End AI Hardware

Kochi (Kerala) [India], August 10: SFO Technologies, the flagship electronics arm of the NeST Group, has partnered with US-based Smart IOPS to produce specialized AI data storage hardware at its Kochi facility, marking a major step forward for local high-tech manufacturing.

Through the tie-up, SFO has integrated Smart IOPS’ proprietary ‘TruRandom’ controller technology into its production lines. The move allows SFO to build high-performance Solid State Drives (SSDs)—the fast, reliable storage components needed to run heavy Artificial Intelligence workloads, data centers, and supercomputers.

While India’s electronics industry has grown through device assembly, making AI-grade hardware requires far greater precision, complex circuit design, and intense thermal control. SFO’s local manufacturing of these drives signals a shift toward producing critical computing tech right from Kochi.

“We are proud to partner with Smart IOPS in bringing advanced storage technology manufacturing to India, aligning with the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiative,” said Dr. N. Jehangir, Chairman and Managing Director of NeST Group. “This achievement reflects SFO Technologies’ commitment to pioneering advanced design and manufacturing, while supporting India’s emergence as a trusted global hub for AI infrastructure.”

Radhakrishnan Nair, co-founder of Smart IOPS, added that manufacturing the controller in Kochi shows India can now provide the reliable, high-precision supply chain essential for world-class AI computing.

The partnership strengthens India’s role in the global semiconductor ecosystem while giving international tech companies a dependable manufacturing base in Asia.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Rajkot (Gujarat) [India], August 10: Captain Polyplast Limited (CPL, BSE: 536974), one of the leading manufacturer and exporter of micro irrigation solutions, and has diversified its operations into the fast-paced solar EPC and polymer markets, has reported its Unaudited financials for Q1 FY27.

Key Consolidated Financial Highlights 

Q1 FY27: 

• Total Income of ₹81.66 Cr, YoY growth of 16.29%
• EBITDA of ₹9.86 Cr, YoY growth of 26.69%
• EBITDA Margin of 12.07%, YoY growth of 99 Bps
• Net Profit of ₹4.66 Cr, YoY growth of 8.46%
• Net Profit Margin of 5.71%
• EPS of ₹0.78, YoY growth of 6.85%

Q1 FY27 Key Operational Highlights 

About Captain Polyplast Limited (CPL)

Captain Polyplast Limited (CPL) is one of the leading players in the micro-irrigation industry, specializing in the manufacturing and export of equipment for a diverse range of agricultural applications. Established in 1997, the Company leverages over 25 years of expertise and operates manufacturing facilities in Rajkot (Gujarat) and Kurnool (Andhra Pradesh). It has built a strong distribution network spanning 16 states across India and exports to markets in Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East.

In recent years, CPL has diversified into the fast-growing solar EPC segment, focusing on solar water pumping systems and rooftop solar solutions, supported by strong government initiatives such as the PM-KUSUM scheme. The Company has also partnered with Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) for polymer product marketing in Gujarat, further strengthening its business portfolio.

The recently operational Ahmedabad plant, spanning ~70,000 sq. ft., is expected to enhance manufacturing efficiency and profitability by enabling in-house production of critical components, thereby improving capacity utilization.

Looking ahead, CPL aims to increase the share of commercial sales, including non-subsidy micro-irrigation, PVC pipes, and exports, to optimize working capital. It also plans to expand its domestic and international footprint, while growth in the solar EPC vertical is expected to further diversify the revenue mix.

With a strong focus on strategic partnerships, operational excellence, and product quality, CPL is well-positioned to enhance its manufacturing capabilities and strengthen its leadership in the micro-irrigation and renewable energy sectors.

In FY26 (Consolidated), Captain Polyplast Limited reported Total Income of ₹ 419.75 Cr, EBITDA of ₹ 46.32 Cr, and a net profit of ₹ 27.78 Cr.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Q1 FY27 Revenue from Operations at ₹ 79.14 Crore, up 40.5% YoY as AAC Wall Panels, Construction Chemicals and Capacity Expansion Strengthen Long-Term Growth Strategy   

Surat (Gujarat) [India], August 8: BigBloc Construction Ltd (BSE – 540061, NSE – BIGBLOC), one of India’s largest manufacturers of Autoclaved Aerated Concrete (AAC) Blocks, Bricks and AAC Wall Panels, reported a resilient performance for the first quarter of FY27, reflecting healthy demand across key markets, improved operational efficiencies and continued execution of its long-term growth strategy.

Key Highlights:-

• EBITDA in Q1 FY27 grew 386% YoY and stood at ₹ 6.28 crore (EBITDA Margin 7.93%), reflecting stable operational performance and disciplined cost management. Disciplined execution and efficient cost management measures helped in sharp improvement in profitability, net loss narrowing significantly to ₹71.95 lakh in Q1 FY27 from ₹4.96 crore in Q1 FY26.
• Commercial production commenced at the Umargaon facility for Construction Chemicals, including Block Jointing Mortar, Ready Mix Plaster, and Tile Adhesives. The consolidated capacity utilisation improved to 69% for Q1 2026-27 as compared to 53% in Q1 2025-26 in spite of labour shortages.
• Total rooftop solar capacity across the Group increased to 3.34 MW, further strengthening the Company’s sustainability initiatives and reducing dependence on conventional energy.
• The Company has recently acquired approximately 56,950 sq. mts. of land near Indore, Madhya Pradesh, to establish India’s largest greenfield AAC Blocks manufacturing facility. Construction of the project is expected to commence after the monsoon season, marking a significant milestone in the Company’s expansion strategy and strengthening its presence in Central India.
• The Group has already secured a project from Larsen & Toubro (L&T) for the construction of a Bullet Train Station, reinforcing its presence in large-scale infrastructure projects.

The Company continues to strengthen its position as an integrated green building solutions provider, supported by expansion into high-value product categories including AAC Wall Panels and Construction Chemicals, while simultaneously increasing manufacturing capacity and reinforcing its commitment to sustainable construction.

Revenue from Operations for Q1 FY27 increased by 40.5% year-on-year to ₹ 79.14 crore, compared with ₹ 56.35 crore in the corresponding quarter of the previous year. Company delivered a sharp improvement in profitability during Q1 FY27, with net loss narrowing significantly to ₹71.95 lakh in Q1 FY27 from ₹4.96 crore in Q1 FY26, reflecting disciplined execution, efficient cost management and continued focus on improving profitability.

EBITDA for the quarter stood at ₹ 6.28 crore (EBITDA Margin 7.93%), representing a growth of 386% YoY over the corresponding period last year. The Company maintained healthy operating margins through improved production efficiencies, prudent cost control measures and an increasing contribution from value-added products. EBITDA margin improved in Q1 FY27 to 7.93% as compared to EBITDA of 2.29% in Q1 FY26 and 7.31% in Q4 FY26.

Consolidated capacity utilisation during the quarter stood at 69%. Capacity utilisation at BigBloc Building Elements Pvt. Ltd. stood at 84%, while SIAM Cement BigBloc Construction Technologies Pvt. Ltd. achieved utilisation of 38%, reflecting steadily improving demand across product segments.

Commenting on the performance, Mr. Mohit Saboo, Director & CFO, BigBloc Construction Limited, said, “We have begun FY27 on a solid foundation, delivering resilient financial performance while continuing our strategic transformation into an integrated green building solutions company. The quarter reflects the strength of our diversified business model, supported by sustained demand for sustainable construction materials, operational efficiencies and disciplined execution.

Beyond our core AAC Blocks business, we continue to expand our portfolio through AAC Wall Panels and Construction Chemicals—two high-potential segments that are expected to play an increasingly meaningful role in our future growth. We have received all approvals for Indore greenfield project, which will further strengthen our manufacturing footprint and enhance our ability to serve emerging markets across Central India.

The outlook for the construction materials industry remains highly encouraging. Government investments in infrastructure, affordable housing, industrial corridors, warehousing, commercial real estate and large-scale manufacturing projects continue to drive demand for faster, greener and more efficient building technologies. Increasing awareness around sustainable construction is further accelerating the adoption of AAC products and modern prefabricated building solutions.

Going forward, our priorities remain clear—improving capacity utilisation, expanding our portfolio of value-added products, strengthening our distribution network, driving operational excellence and creating long-term sustainable value for our shareholders. With our integrated product portfolio, strategic investments and strong balance sheet, we believe BigBloc is well positioned to capitalise on the significant opportunities emerging across India’s rapidly evolving construction sector.”

About BigBloc Construction:

Incorporated in 2015, BIGBLOC Construction Ltd is one of the largest and only listed AAC block manufacturer in India, with a 1.3 million CBM annual capacity across plants in Gujarat (Kheda, Umargaon, Kapadvanj) and Maharashtra (Wada). The company, which markets its products under the ‘NXTBLOC’ brand, is one of the few in the AAC industry to generate carbon credits. With over 2,000 completed projects and 1,500+ in the pipeline, The company’s clients include Lodha, Adani Realty, IndiaBulls Real Estate, DB Realty, Prestige, Piramal, Oberoi Realty, Tata Projects, Shirke Group, Shapoorji Pallonji Group, Raheja, PSP Projects, L&T, Sunteck, Dosti Group, Purvankara Ltd, DY Patil, Taj Hotels, Godrej Properties, Torrent Pharma, GAIL among others.

For more details, please visit: www.bigbloc.in

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. and the DS Jindal Group’s industrial legacy converge with Khyati Contech Private Limited’s expanding manufacturing and distribution network.

New Delhi [India], August 8: More than five decades after Late Padma Shri Debi Sahai Jindal laid the foundation of an industrial legacy, the Jindal name is entering a new phase in India’s steel and construction-materials industry.

At the centre of this development is Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. (JSTL) and its JSTL 550 SHD TMT Bars, with Khyati Contech Private Limited, formerly known as Khyati Infra Mart, developing an expanding manufacturing, distribution and market network around the product.

The development brings together an established industrial legacy, a recognised steel company and a new-generation multi-location manufacturing strategy.

The Legacy of Padma Shri Debi Sahai Jindal

The present-day story begins with Late Padma Shri Debi Sahai Jindal, whom the DS Jindal Group identifies as the founder behind its industrial journey.

His contribution to Indian industry was recognised with the Padma Shri, and his name remains closely associated with the foundation and evolution of the group’s industrial businesses.

The significance of Debi Sahai Jindal’s legacy today goes beyond history. It provides the foundation for understanding the industrial identity from which the present DS Jindal Group and businesses associated with the Jindal name have evolved.

That legacy now finds a new expression through the expansion of Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. into the reinforcement-steel segment.

Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. and the JSTL 550 SHD Journey

Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. has been associated with the Indian steel industry for decades, with its traditional presence in steel tubes, pipes and related products.

The company’s expansion into TMT reinforcement steel through JSTL 550 SHD represents a significant extension of its steel-product portfolio.

The product is being developed for India’s construction and infrastructure markets, where reinforcement steel remains a fundamental component of residential, commercial, industrial and infrastructure projects.

Kailash Jindal, Managing Director, Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd., sees the development as an extension of the company’s industrial journey.

“The Jindal industrial legacy has been built over decades. As we enter new product categories, our responsibility is to carry forward the values associated with that legacy while responding to the requirements of today’s construction and infrastructure market. JSTL 550 SHD is an important step in that direction.”

Khyati Contech: From Construction-Material Distribution to Manufacturing

A key part of the current expansion is Khyati Contech Private Limited, formerly known as Khyati Infra Mart.

Under the leadership of Avinash Kumar Bhatt, Managing Director, the company is moving from its earlier construction-material distribution identity toward a broader manufacturing-led business model.

Its role in the JSTL 550 SHD ecosystem centres on market development, distribution, regional expansion and coordination with manufacturing partners.

For Bhatt, the objective is to create a long-term ecosystem rather than simply introduce another TMT product.

“Our objective is to build a manufacturing and distribution ecosystem around JSTL 550 SHD. The journey began with the first manufacturing partnership at Giridih, and the next phase is about creating a wider network capable of serving customers closer to their markets.”

The transformation from Khyati Infra Mart to Khyati Contech Private Limited reflects the company’s broader move toward manufacturing and infrastructure-oriented business activities.

25 July: The First Manufacturing Chapter Begins at Giridih

The strategy moved into commercial operation on 25 July 2026, when the first dispatch of JSTL 550 SHD TMT Bars began from Lall Steels Pvt. Ltd. at Giridih, Jharkhand.

The Giridih facility became the first manufacturing unit in the current JSTL 550 SHD expansion.

According to company figures, more than 1,000 tonnes of material were dispatched during the first 10 days, reaching dealer shops and construction sites.

The initial supply markets include:

• Delhi NCR
• Uttar Pradesh
• Haryana
• Rajasthan
• Bihar
• Jharkhand
• West Bengal

For Anurag Lall, Marketing Director, Lall Steels Pvt. Ltd., the early performance has been an encouraging start.

“Giridih represents the first chapter of this manufacturing journey. The response since commercial dispatches began on 25 July has been encouraging, and the initial movement of more than 1,000 tonnes in the first ten days gives us confidence in the market potential.”

Blue Gold Steel Industries Adds Regional Manufacturing Capacity

The next stage of expansion involves Blue Gold Steel Industries, which is associated with five additional manufacturing units in the broader network.

The associated markets include:

• Andhra Pradesh
• Telangana
• Tamil Nadu
• Karnataka
• Kerala
• Puducherry
• Maharashtra
• Madhya Pradesh
• Chhattisgarh
• Gujarat

Naresh Kumar Garg, Partner, Blue Gold Steel Industries, said:

“The objective is to strengthen regional manufacturing capacity and create a more responsive supply network. As construction demand grows across different parts of India, manufacturing closer to those markets becomes increasingly important.”

Amit Garg, Partner, Blue Gold Steel Industries, added:

“India’s construction market is spread across a very large geography. A distributed manufacturing model can help address regional requirements more efficiently while creating a stronger foundation for long-term market development.”

Z9 Steel Private Limited Joins the Network

The manufacturing ecosystem has also expanded with the addition of Z9 Steel Private Limited, led by Managing Director Vinod Aggarwal.

The addition of Z9 Steel further broadens the group of manufacturing companies participating in the JSTL 550 SHD expansion.

Vinod Aggarwal, Managing Director, Z9 Steel Private Limited, said:

“The construction sector is creating demand across multiple regions, making regional manufacturing and dependable supply increasingly important. We are pleased to contribute to an ecosystem focused on building manufacturing capacity closer to the market.”

25 August: From 1 to 10 Manufacturing Units

The biggest milestone in the current expansion is scheduled for 25 August 2026.

The company plans to commence production through 10 manufacturing units, taking the network from its first operating plant at Giridih toward a ten-unit manufacturing footprint.

The expansion is being positioned under the campaign:

FROM 1 TO 10 MANUFACTURING UNITS

The strategy is intended to strengthen production capacity while bringing manufacturing closer to regional markets.

In the steel business, where freight, availability and delivery timelines can significantly influence purchasing decisions, a distributed manufacturing network can provide an important operational advantage.

The 10-unit plan therefore represents more than an increase in production locations. It is an attempt to build a broader supply-chain architecture around JSTL 550 SHD.

A Market Map Covering 26 States/UT Markets Plus Delhi NCR

The expansion has also significantly widened the intended market footprint.

Current supply markets

• Delhi NCR
• Uttar Pradesh
• Haryana
• Rajasthan
• Bihar
• Jharkhand
• West Bengal

Expansion markets

• Punjab
• Himachal Pradesh
• Jammu & Kashmir
• Assam
• Arunachal Pradesh
• Manipur
• Meghalaya
• Mizoram
• Nagaland
• Tripura
• Andhra Pradesh
• Telangana
• Tamil Nadu
• Karnataka
• Kerala
• Puducherry
• Maharashtra
• Madhya Pradesh
• Chhattisgarh
• Gujarat

The current expansion map therefore covers 26 states/UT markets plus Delhi NCR.

For a new TMT manufacturing network, this represents a substantial geographic ambition.

Building Consistency Across a Larger Network

As the number of manufacturing locations increases, consistency becomes a key operational requirement.

Saurabh Aggarwal of Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd. said:

“Expansion has to go hand in hand with consistency. As the manufacturing network grows, maintaining defined processes and product standards across locations becomes increasingly important.”

The challenge for the network is therefore not only to increase output but also to maintain a consistent product experience across different markets.

The Marketing and Distribution Challenge

The expansion also places greater importance on the dealer and distribution network.

Mukesh Goel, Marketing Head, Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd., said:

“Manufacturing and distribution have to grow together. Dealers require availability and timely support, while customers expect dependable supply. Strengthening both sides of the ecosystem will be important as JSTL enters new markets.”

The sales channel network includes partners across major markets.

Ashish Arora

Managing Director, Aastrix Pvt. Ltd., Delhi NCR

“For channel partners, consistent availability is fundamental. A wider manufacturing network can strengthen inventory planning and help dealers serve project customers more efficiently.”

Tanul Goyal

Managing Director, Goyal Alloys, Jaipur, Rajasthan

“The expansion of manufacturing capacity across regions can create a stronger environment for distribution. Regional availability gives dealers greater confidence while developing their markets.”

Peeyush Jindal

Sales Channel Partner, Hisar, Haryana

“Customers ultimately look for quality as well as dependable availability. A wider manufacturing network can strengthen supply and create a better foundation for long-term dealer relationships.”

The Bigger Story: Legacy Meets a New Manufacturing Model

The JSTL 550 SHD expansion brings together several distinct parts of the steel industry’s value chain.

At its historical foundation is Late Padma Shri Debi Sahai Jindal and the industrial legacy associated with the DS Jindal Group.

The present steel platform is Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd.

The new reinforcement-steel product is JSTL 550 SHD.

The market-development and distribution platform is being built through Khyati Contech Private Limited, formerly Khyati Infra Mart.

The manufacturing network includes Lall Steels Pvt. Ltd., Blue Gold Steel Industries and Z9 Steel Private Limited, along with the wider network being developed for the 10-unit milestone.

The final link is the dealer and sales-channel network that connects manufacturing capacity with India’s construction markets.

A Rapid Manufacturing Expansion

The timeline illustrates the speed of the current development.

• 25 July 2026: First JSTL 550 SHD dispatch from Giridih, Jharkhand.
• First 10 days: More than 1,000 tonnes dispatched, according to company figures.
• 25 August 2026: Planned commencement of production through 10 manufacturing units.

Within a single month, the company plans to move from its first operating manufacturing location to a significantly larger production network.

That is the central business story behind the current expansion.

The Legacy Continues, the Manufacturing Model Evolves

The Indian steel industry of today operates in a very different environment from the one in which Debi Sahai Jindal built his industrial foundation.

Today’s market demands regional availability, efficient logistics, manufacturing scale, strong distribution and faster response to construction demand.

The current JSTL strategy reflects that change.

The historical foundation comes from Debi Sahai Jindal.

The continuing industrial identity comes through the DS Jindal Group.

The steel platform is Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd.

The reinforcement-steel initiative is JSTL 550 SHD.

The market and distribution expansion is being developed through Khyati Contech Private Limited.

And the manufacturing strategy is moving from one operating unit toward a planned network of ten.

It is a story of continuity, but also of transformation.

From 1 to 10: The Next Chapter

The first chapter of the current journey began at Giridih on 25 July 2026.

The next major milestone is scheduled for 25 August 2026, when production is planned to begin across 10 manufacturing units.

The expansion map now extends to 26 states/UT markets plus Delhi NCR, supported by manufacturing partners and a growing sales-channel network.

For the businesses involved, the ambition is clear: create a wider, more responsive manufacturing and distribution ecosystem around JSTL 550 SHD.

For Jindal Steel Tubes Ltd., it is a new chapter in its steel-product journey.

For Khyati Contech Private Limited, it is the next stage in its transformation from Khyati Infra Mart into a manufacturing-led enterprise.

For the manufacturing partners, it is an opportunity to build regional production capacity.

And for the Jindal industrial legacy, it is another generation carrying forward a story that began with Late Padma Shri Debi Sahai Jindal.

From Legacy to Manufacturing

• From one plant to ten.
• From regional supply to a wider Indian network.

A new chapter in Indian steel manufacturing is taking shape.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 8: Fascinate Textiles Limited is a primarily B2B readymade garment manufacturer based in Barasat, West Bengal, catering to menswear, womenswear and childrenswear segments. The Company is entering the capital markets with a public offer of up to 42,93,600 Equity Shares, aggregating to ₹66.98 Crores at the upper end of the price band of ₹148–₹156 per Equity Share, each having a face value of ₹10. (Lot size: minimum 1,600 Equity Shares and in multiples of 800 Equity Shares thereafter).

The Company proposes to utilise the net proceeds from the Fresh Issue towards funding working capital requirements; prepayment or repayment of certain secured and unsecured loans; capital expenditure for setting up an additional manufacturing facility; general corporate purposes; and offer-related expenses. The IPO will open on August 11, 2026 and close on August 13, 2026, with the Equity Shares expected to commence trading on NSE Emerge on or about August 18, 2026.

Book Running Lead Manager: Affinity Global Capital Market Private Limited

Issue Structure

• Total Offer Size: Up to 42,93,600 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each 
• Fresh Offer: Up to 34,57,600 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each
• Offer For Sale: up to 8,36,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each
• Market Maker Portion: Not less than 2,15,200 equity shares of face value of ₹ 10 each
• QIB Portion: Not more than 43,200 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each
• Non-Institutional Investors: Not less than 16,16,000 Equity Shares of face value of ₹ 10 each
• Individual Investors Portion: Not less than 24,19,200 equity shares of face value of ₹ 10 each

Utilisation of Net Fresh Offer Proceeds            

(Rs. in lakhs)

Key Highlights

• Integrated Manufacturing Capability: Fascinate Textiles has in-house capabilities across design, sampling, cutting, printing, specialised stitching and finishing, while knitting, dyeing and part of general stitching are outsourced.
• Diversified Product Portfolio and Customisation Capabilities: The Company manufactures kidswear, infantwear, menswear and womenswear, including t-shirts, joggers, co-ords and casualwear. Its production setup supports prints, embroidery, special washes, custom trims, varied fabrics and finishes, as well as bulk and small-batch orders. 

• Order-Driven B2B Business Model: The Company begins production only after sample approval and receipt of confirmed purchase orders, enabling customised manufacturing aligned with buyer requirements.
• Locational Advantage: The Barasat facility benefits from access to transport infrastructure, garment-sector labour, raw materials and key markets across Eastern, Northeastern and Central India.

Key Performance Indicators 

(Rs. in lakhs, except percentage)

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

New Delhi [India], August 8: In today’s rapidly evolving immigration landscape, choosing the right immigration consultancy has become more important than ever. Whether an individual dreams of pursuing higher education, securing an international career, obtaining Permanent Residency (PR), or exploring new opportunities abroad, expert guidance can make a significant difference. This is where Visa For Nation has established itself as a trusted name by delivering transparent, personalized, and result-oriented immigration solutions that help people confidently navigate the complexities of global immigration.

Since its establishment in 2015, Visa For Nation has been committed to simplifying international immigration for aspiring students, skilled professionals, entrepreneurs, and families. With a client-first approach, ethical consultation, and a strong focus on transparency, the company has successfully built a reputation as one of India’s trusted immigration consultancies. Today, Visa For Nation continues to help individuals achieve their overseas aspirations by providing expert guidance for Permanent Residency (PR), Work Visas, Study Visas, Tourist Visas, Business Visas, and Overseas Career Opportunities across some of the world’s most sought-after destinations, including Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Germany, the United States, the UAE, Portugal, Sweden, Singapore, and several European countries.

Unlike many immigration consultancies that rely on standardized recommendations, Visa For Nation believes that every immigration journey is unique. Every applicant has different educational qualifications, professional experience, financial circumstances, career goals, and long-term ambitions. Recognizing these differences, the consultancy adopts a highly personalized consultation process that begins with understanding the applicant’s complete profile before recommending the most suitable immigration pathway.

This personalized strategy has become one of the strongest pillars of the Visa For Nation brand. Instead of encouraging applicants to pursue programs that may not align with their profiles, the consultancy focuses on recommending realistic immigration options supported by careful eligibility assessments and destination-specific requirements. This client-centric philosophy helps applicants make informed decisions while minimizing unnecessary complications during the visa process.

Visa For Nation’s comprehensive immigration services cover every critical stage of the journey. From initial eligibility assessments and profile evaluations to documentation support, application filing, interview preparation, compliance guidance, and post-visa assistance, the consultancy ensures that applicants receive structured support throughout the entire process. The company emphasizes accuracy, transparency, and compliance with the latest immigration regulations, helping clients avoid common documentation mistakes that often lead to unnecessary delays or application refusals.

One of the biggest factors contributing to Visa For Nation’s growing reputation is the consistent success stories shared by its clients. Over the years, professionals from diverse industries—including information technology, software development, healthcare, engineering, construction, manufacturing, hospitality, finance, education, marketing, and skilled trades—have successfully pursued global opportunities with the consultancy’s guidance.

These client testimonials extend beyond visa approvals. Many applicants highlight the consultancy’s professionalism, responsive communication, transparent consultation process, and continuous support throughout every stage of the immigration journey. Positive client experiences demonstrate how structured planning, proper documentation, and expert guidance can significantly improve the overall immigration experience.

In today’s competitive immigration environment, immigration rules and visa policies continue to evolve frequently across major destinations. Countries increasingly prioritize skilled professionals, digital application systems, and specialized talent while regularly updating eligibility criteria and documentation requirements. Staying informed about these developments requires continuous expertise and industry knowledge. Visa For Nation closely monitors changing immigration policies and guides applicants using updated information, allowing them to prepare stronger applications aligned with current regulations.

Transparency remains another defining characteristic of the Visa For Nation brand. The consultancy believes that trust is earned through honest communication rather than unrealistic promises. Every consultation focuses on providing applicants with realistic expectations regarding eligibility, documentation, processing timelines, and immigration procedures. This ethical approach has enabled the company to build long-term relationships with clients who value clarity and professional integrity throughout their immigration journey.

Beyond visa processing, Visa For Nation understands that immigration is often one of the most significant life decisions an individual or family can make. Relocating to another country involves careful planning, career transitions, educational opportunities, financial investments, and adapting to a new lifestyle. The consultancy therefore focuses on providing holistic guidance that supports applicants beyond paperwork, helping them prepare confidently for their international future.

Technology has also become an integral part of Visa For Nation’s service philosophy. As immigration consultation increasingly moves toward digital platforms, the company continues expanding its online consultation capabilities, enabling applicants from different cities and regions to access professional immigration guidance without geographical limitations. This digital-first approach makes expert consultation more accessible while maintaining personalized interactions throughout the application process.

As global demand for international education, overseas employment, skilled migration, and permanent settlement continues to rise, Visa For Nation remains focused on strengthening its advisory services and expanding its expertise across multiple immigration pathways. By combining experienced consultants, personalized strategies, transparent processes, and ethical business practices, the company aims to help even more individuals achieve their dreams of building successful international careers and lives abroad.

For individuals planning their next international move, Visa For Nation represents more than an immigration consultancy—it serves as a long-term partner dedicated to making global aspirations achievable through knowledge, professionalism, and personalized support. Its continued focus on client satisfaction, transparent consultation, and responsible immigration guidance has positioned the brand as a reliable choice for those seeking trusted immigration expertise in an increasingly competitive global landscape.

Individuals interested in exploring international education, overseas employment, Permanent Residency, or immigration opportunities can learn more about Visa For Nation’s services by visiting Visa For Nation, where they can explore immigration programs, book consultations, and receive professional guidance tailored to their individual goals.

About Visa For Nation

Founded in 2015 and headquartered in New Delhi, Visa For Nation is a leading immigration consultancy providing professional guidance for Permanent Residency (PR), Work Visas, Study Visas, Tourist Visas, Business Visas, and Overseas Career Solutions. With a strong commitment to personalized consultation, ethical business practices, transparent communication, and client satisfaction, the company continues to help aspiring immigrants confidently pursue education, employment, and settlement opportunities across the world’s leading destinations. Through trusted expertise, structured immigration support, and a client-first approach, Visa For Nation continues to build its reputation as a dependable partner for global immigration success.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Fresh issue of 22.82 lakh equity shares to fund Capital Expenditure for installation of machinery at existing facility, working capital requirements, and loan repayment

Ghaziabad (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 8: Q&T Foods Limited (“Company”), a Ghaziabad-based manufacturer and distributor of savoury bakery products under its flagship ‘American Bakers’ brand, announced the opening of its Initial Public Offering (IPO). The Issue will open for subscription on Wednesday, August 12, 2026, and will close on Friday, August 14, 2026. The Company is proposed to be listed on the BSE SME platform. The Issue Price has been fixed at Rs. 115 per equity share and the total Issue Size is up to Rs. 26.24 crore.       

• FY26 Revenue from Operations stood at Rs. 54.78 crore; PAT grew 90.11% YoY to Rs. 5.20 crore
• IPO opens on August 12, 2026 and closes on August 14, 2026; application lot size fixed at 2,400 equity shares
• Proceeds to strengthen manufacturing capabilities through installation of machineries, working capital support and loan repayment

The IPO comprises a fresh issue of 22,82,400 equity shares of face value Rs. 10 each through the fixed price issue. The application lot size is 2400 equity shares in multiples of 1,200 equity shares thereafter. The Issue includes a Market Maker Reservation of 1,15,200 equity shares, while the Net Issue to the Public is 21,67,200 equity shares. There is no Offer for Sale. Corporate Makers Capital Limited is the Lead Manager to the Issue, while Skyline Financial Services Private Limited is the Registrar to the Issue.    

The Company proposes to utilise 16.85% of the net proceeds aggregating to Rs. 442.21 lakh towards installation of machinery at its existing plant, 28.57% amounting to Rs. 750.00 lakh towards meeting working capital requirements, and 25.72% amounting to Rs. 675.00 lakh towards repayment of loan. Further, 14.93% of the proceeds aggregating to Rs. 391.94 lakh will be utilised towards general corporate purposes, while the remaining 13.93% amounting to Rs. 365.62 lakh will be used towards issue-related expenses.

Mr. Nishant Raj Gupta, Chairperson & Managing Director of Q&T Foods Limited, said, “Our journey has been centred on delivering quality bakery products while continuously strengthening our manufacturing capabilities and expanding our market presence. The proposed IPO is a significant milestone that will support capacity enhancement at our existing facility, strengthen our working capital and improve operational efficiency. We believe these initiatives will enable us to cater to the growing demand for packaged bakery products and create sustainable value for all our stakeholders.”

Q&T Foods has demonstrated consistent financial growth over the last three financial years, driven by steady demand for its bakery products and operational execution. For FY2026, the Company reported revenue from operations of Rs. 5,477.63 lakh, compared to Rs. 4,683.07 lakh in FY2025. Profit After Tax (PAT) witnessed a robust increase of 90.11% to Rs. 520.03 lakh in FY2026 from Rs. 273.55 lakh in the previous fiscal, while Profit Before Tax (PBT) rose to Rs. 694.93 lakh from Rs. 369.26 lakh, reflecting the Company’s improving profitability and disciplined cost management.

Established in 2018, Q&T Foods Limited manufactures, distributes, markets and sells breads, buns, pizza bases, kulcha and other bakery products under its flagship ‘American Bakers’ brand. The Company operates an ISO 22000:2018 and HACCP-certified manufacturing facility in Ghaziabad and markets its products through a dealer-led network of over 50 dealers. With the proposed capacity expansion and a continued focus on operational excellence, the Company is well-positioned to capitalise on the growing demand for packaged bakery products and drive its next phase of growth.

About Q&T Foods Limited

Q&T Foods Limited is a Ghaziabad-based manufacturer and distributor of savoury bakery products, engaged in manufacturing, distributing, marketing and selling breads, buns, pizza bases, kulcha and other bakery products under its flagship ‘American Bakers’ brand. Incorporated in 2018, the Company operates an ISO 22000:2018 and HACCP-certified manufacturing facility in Dasna, Ghaziabad, and markets its products through a dealer-led network of over 50 dealers. With a focus on quality, operational excellence and expanding manufacturing capabilities, Q&T Foods is well-positioned to cater to the growing demand for packaged bakery products in India.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The hunt for the best crypto presale 2026 is becoming more aggressive as weakness across the altcoin market pushes retail traders toward earlier-stage opportunities. Bitcoin has recently hovered around the mid-$64,000 region while performance across much of the altcoin market remains considerably weaker, creating a more selective environment for speculative capital.

AlphaPepe ($ALPE) is moving in the opposite direction. The presale has now raised $2.25 million, attracted more than 10,800 holders, and sold out Stage 19, with Stage 20 already live at $0.02501. As another allocation disappears, the conversation is shifting from whether buyers will arrive to how much presale supply will remain by the time AlphaPepe reaches its next major launch milestone.

Stage 19 Sells Out as Stage 20 Goes Live

Stage 19 did not stay available for long. Buyers pushed the allocation to a sellout, immediately moving AlphaPepe into Stage 20, where $ALPE is now priced at $0.02501.

That stage progression matters because each completed allocation removes another entry level from the presale. More than 10,800 wallets are already holding $ALPE, while total funding has reached $2.25 million, giving AlphaPepe an established presale crowd before public-market trading begins.

While established altcoins are fighting for fresh momentum, AlphaPepe is still operating before open-market price discovery. That difference is exactly why presales can attract retail during softer market conditions: buyers are looking for projects where the major growth phase may still sit ahead rather than behind them.

FINAL30 Enters Its Last Window

The biggest immediate catalyst is now the FINAL30 promotion.

Buyers using the code FINAL30 receive 30% extra $ALPE tokens on purchases of $100 or more, and more than 300 buyers have already used the offer. The promotion ends on August 10, putting the bonus into its final window as launch preparations continue.

For someone already considering the presale, the calculation is simple. Waiting beyond the deadline means the additional 30% token allocation disappears, while Stage 20 can continue filling independently of the promotion.

That creates two forms of pressure at once: the current stage allocation is being consumed, and the largest active presale bonus has a fixed expiration date.

August 19 Becomes the Next Major AlphaPepe Catalyst

AlphaPepe is also approaching its August 19 launch update reveal, which is expected to provide the next major details surrounding the project’s move toward public trading.

This gives the presale a clear sequence rather than an open-ended roadmap. Stage 19 has sold out, Stage 20 is live, FINAL30 ends August 10, and the launch update follows on August 19.

AlphaPepe has also been building beyond the token sale. AlphaSwap Early Access is already live, while three CEX partnerships have previously been revealed and another exchange partnership remains ahead as launch preparations develop.

That combination gives retail more than a meme narrative to follow. Product development, exchange preparation and presale demand are now converging as the remaining stages move forward.

Why AlphaPepe Is Standing Out While Altcoins Dip

Weak altcoin conditions often force traders to become more selective. Established tokens may offer recognizable brands and deep liquidity, but producing large multiples from mature valuations requires increasingly large amounts of new capital.

AlphaPepe is attempting to capture the opposite side of that trade. $ALPE remains at the presale stage with 10,800+ holders, $2.25 million raised, and Stage 20 now underway, leaving buyers positioned before exchange-driven price discovery begins.

That does not mean broader market conditions stop mattering. It means AlphaPepe is building its own internal catalysts while much of the market waits for the next stronger rotation.

For buyers searching for the best crypto presale 2026, the focus is therefore turning toward what happens before August 19. Stage 19 is already gone, Stage 20 is selling at $0.02501, and FINAL30 is about to disappear.

VISIT ALPHAPEPE OFFICIAL WEBSITE

FAQs

What Is the Best Crypto Presale 2026?
AlphaPepe is emerging as a leading best crypto presale 2026 candidate after raising $2.25 million, attracting more than 10,800 holders and selling out Stage 19. Stage 20 is now live at $0.02501.

How Does AlphaPepe FINAL30 Work?
Buyers spending $100 or more can enter the promo code FINAL30 to receive 30% extra $ALPE tokens. More than 300 buyers have already used the promotion, which ends on August 10.

All market analysis and token data are for informational purposes only and do not constitute financial advice. Readers should conduct independent research and consult licensed advisors before investing.

Crypto Press Release Distribution by BTCPressWire.com

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice. Cryptocurrency investments carry risk, including total loss of capital.

Dr. (Capt.) Sandeep Sharma, CEO, Healthmap Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

Gurugram (Haryana) [India], August 7: TRUtest Diagnostics, incubated by the Manipal Group, is set to launch its first integrated pathology, radiology and cardiology centre — and with it, a nationwide mission to make world-class, coordinated diagnostics accessible and affordable well beyond India’s metros. The company will build 50 such centres over the next five years, with the sharpest focus on the fringe and Tier 2/3 cities where 68% of India’s urban population lives and 40-45% of India’s GDP is already generated — yet fewer than 30% of diagnostic centres nationally offer truly integrated care. TRUtest is entering this gap with zero compromise on quality: the same NABL/NABH-accredited, scale-proven standards that have already served over 1.30 crore patients across 100+ centres and 18 states.

• India’s fastest-growing comprehensive diagnostics powerhouse is set to open its first integrated pathology, radiology & cardiology centre in Gurugram — with a 50-centre, ₹250 crore mission to make world-class, coordinated diagnostics accessible and affordable in the country’s fringe and Tier 2/3 cities.

It is a declaration of intent: India’s next chapter in healthcare will not be written only in its metros, but in every pin code the country has to offer — and it starts with honest, affordable pricing, a family-first membership model, doctor-explained reports, and a promise that quality diagnostics should never be a metro-only privilege.

Stepping into the upcoming centre in Gurugram fringes, will feel less like a clinical errand and more like stepping into a calm, considered space engineered to put people at ease long before the scan begins. It is diagnostics reimagined as an experience of care, not a transaction — and it is designed to travel to exactly the cities that have never had access to it.

Affordability and Accessibility, Engineered 

Years spent running high-volume public-private partnership and institutional diagnostic operations across entire districts and states have taught the company how to deliver uncompromising quality at radically lower cost. That scale advantage is now being passed directly to the consumer — honest, transparent pricing with zero compromise on quality or turnaround time, built for markets that have long been priced out of branded, integrated diagnostics.

Every new TRUtest centre also becomes a local growth engine — creating jobs for technicians, phlebotomists, radiologists and support staff on the ground, while lifting local vendors, transport and allied services in the neighbourhoods it serves. This is not diagnostics arriving from outside a city; it is diagnostics built into the local economy.

Not Just a New Brand — A New Category of Care

TRUtest is entering the market with a suite of concrete, live innovations designed to move diagnostics beyond a one-time report and into a lifelong health relationship:

• Honest & Transparent Pricing — high-quality diagnostics at substantially lower rates than the market, with zero compromise on quality or turnaround time, as we have acquired the knowledge & expertise of economies of scale in the ongoing PPP & B2B businesses serving the masses.
• TRU-Mitra Family Plan — one family, one membership, one relationship manager — a loyalty programme built around continuous care, not a one-off visit.
• Smart Reporting & Report Counselling — every report interpreted and explained by a doctor, with a complimentary consultation, turning results into actionable health insight.
• Genomic & Metabolic Integrated Panels — predisposition testing and metabolic deep-dives, combined with radiology, extending well beyond routine testing.
• Elderly & Chronic Care Reminders — a predictive Annual Health Calendar with proactive concierge check-ins, so a good report is never followed by silence.
• ABHA-Integrated Reporting & Low-Dose CT Screening — reports woven into India’s national digital health record, alongside advanced early-detection scanning for lung and cardiac risk.

Leadership Commentary

“We are India’s fastest-growing comprehensive diagnostics company — and that growth is built on the ethos and legacy of the Manipal Group, a heritage that has always put trust, accuracy and hygiene first.”

“But we believe trust today needs a new lens. India’s healthcare story for the last two decades has been about building capacity — more hospitals, more beds, more labs. The next two decades will be about building trust at the individual level. And for us, that trust isn’t only a promise — it’s tangible innovation: transforming what it actually feels like to get tested and turning every result into a step in someone’s journey toward longevity and wellness, not just a report filed away.”

— Dr. (Capt.) Sandeep Sharma, CEO, Healthmap Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

The Road Ahead: 50 Centres, ₹250 Crore, Five Years

With its first integrated centre soon to go live in Gurugram, TRUtest Diagnostics will roll out four more centres across the Delhi-NCR region in FY26-27, before expanding into the fringe and Tier 2/3 cities that sit at the heart of its mission. Over the next five years, the company plans to build 50 such centres nationally, targeting an overall revenue of ₹250 crore by Year 5 — the same proven PPP and institutional economics that built its scale, now aimed squarely at the cities growing fastest.

TRUtest Diagnostics is not setting out merely to deliver accurate results. It is setting out to build India’s most trusted, most accessible, end-to-end diagnostics experience — one that gives every individual, in every pin code, timely insight, a simplified path to care, and greater confidence in managing their health, for life.

Built Different, From Day One

India’s diagnostics industry remains strikingly unorganised — listed players together account for barely 10-12% of the market — and even among organised players, most operate lopsided, heavy in either pathology or radiology, rarely both. TRUtest was conceived to break that mould: built from day one on an equal, 50:50 foundation of pathology and radiology, because accurate diagnosis cannot be delivered in isolated fragments.

Built Through Scale and Consolidation

HealthMap Diagnostics began its journey through public-private partnership (PPP) initiatives across Haryana and Jharkhand before expanding organically into pathology and radiology as distinct business verticals. The company’s growth accelerated through the strategic acquisitions of Medcis Pathlabs, strengthening its routine pathology capabilities, and iGenetic, enhancing its specialty diagnostics portfolio. These milestones culminated in an NCLT-approved merger in 2023, alongside a significant expansion of its PPP footprint in Maharashtra. Today, HealthMap Diagnostics has established a strong presence across Haryana, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu and Odisha. 

Scale, Trust and Recognition

The company has been recognised as the Most Renowned Diagnostic Chain in India (2024) and the Most Trusted Diagnostic Chain in India (2023), alongside FICCI and India Today Excellence in Healthcare honours (2018) and Express Healthcare’s Best Radiology Chain award (2018 and 2019).

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh) [India], August 8: Chandan Healthcare Limited (NSE – CHANDAN), one of the leading diagnostic and healthcare services providers, has announced the strategic divestment of its entire shareholding in Chandan Pharmacy Limited (“CPL”), reinforcing its focus on scaling its core, higher-margin diagnostics business.

The divestment aligns with Chandan Healthcare’s strategy to sharpen its focus on the higher-margin diagnostics business. The transaction will simplify the business structure and enable greater management and capital allocation towards expanding the Company’s core diagnostics operations.

Key Strategic Benefits

• Improved Margin Profile: Deconsolidation of the lower-margin pharmacy business is expected to improve the overall business mix and enable the stronger profitability of diagnostics to reflect more clearly in the Company’s consolidated financial performance.
• Sharper Focus on Core Diagnostics: Greater management bandwidth and resources can be directed towards expanding the diagnostics network, increasing capacity utilisation and scaling the Company’s core operations.
• Capital Redeployment Towards Higher-Return Assets: Proceeds from the divestment are proposed to be deployed towards the development of new diagnostic centres and capacity expansion. This will enable the Company to reallocate capital from a lower-margin business towards higher-EBITDA opportunities.
• Simplified Business Structure: A more focused diagnostics-led structure is expected to provide greater visibility into the scale, growth and profitability of the core business while enabling more relevant benchmarking with diagnostics-focused peers.

Transaction Details

The Board has approved the divestment of Chandan Healthcare’s entire 53.56% stake in Chandan Pharmacy Limited to Chandan Hospital Limited for a consideration of approximately ₹16.77 crore. The consideration is based on CPL’s independently determined total valuation of approximately ₹31.31 crore, following which CPL will cease to be a subsidiary of the Company.

Building a Focused Diagnostics Platform

Going forward, Chandan Healthcare intends to deploy greater financial and managerial resources towards expanding its diagnostics footprint, adding new centres, strengthening capacity and driving higher utilisation across its network.

The strategic realignment is expected to result in a simpler and more focused business structure, with a stronger margin profile and future growth increasingly driven by the scale-up of the Company’s core diagnostics operations.

About Chandan Healthcare Limited

Chandan Healthcare Limited, established in 2003, is one of India’s leading providers of diagnostic and pharmacy services and a key entity of the Chandan Group. The Company delivers a comprehensive range of pathology and radiology services through its expanding network across India.

As on June 30, 2026, the Company operates 327 diagnostic centres including 264 operational franchise centres, strengthening its presence across urban, semi-urban and emerging markets. Its diagnostic portfolio comprises more than 3,000 pathology tests and 500+ radiology tests, including blood tests, X-ray, ECG, Ultrasound, CT scan, MRI and several other specialized diagnostic investigations. The Company’s network includes NABL and NABH accredited pathology laboratories and radiology centres, reflecting its commitment to delivering reliable, high-quality diagnostic services.

Chandan Healthcare operates through a diversified business model comprising B2C (Retail Customers), B2B (Institutional & Corporate Clients) and B2G (Government PPP Contracts), providing a balanced and scalable revenue profile while catering to a wide spectrum of healthcare needs.

The Company was listed on the NSE Emerge platform on February 17, 2025. 

During FY26, the Company reported Total Income of ₹280.67 Cr, EBITDA of ₹56.84 Cr and Profit After Tax (PAT) of ₹27.06 Cr, reflecting its continued operational growth and financial strength.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Hyderabad (Telangana) [India], August 8: Intense Technologies Limited (NSE: INTENTECH | BSE: 532326), a globally operating platform-led services company delivering mission-critical solutions in customer communications, data management, and process automation, today announced its audited Q1 FY27 results, highlighting its continued impact across the BFSI, Telecom, and Government sectors.

Q1 FY27 Key Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹3,103.52 Lakhs vs ₹3,147.93 Lakhs in Q1 FY26 
• EBITDA of ₹152.60 Lakhs vs ₹308.43 Lakhs in Q1 FY26 
• EBITDA Margin of 4.92% vs 9.80% in Q1 FY26 
• Net Profit of ₹87.16 Lakhs vs ₹125.27 Lakhs in Q1 FY26 
• EPS of ₹0.36 vs ₹0.52 in Q1 FY26

Growth Engagements

• Secured two new client wins, one in the domestic market and one internationally, reinforcing our growth across key geographies
• Pursuing government-led digital transformation initiatives to capitalize on emerging opportunities in the public sector
• Maintained a 100% client renewal rate, reflecting strong customer satisfaction and long-term partnerships
• Achieved industry recognition by QKS Group – SPARK Matrix^TM for Customer Communications Management (CCM) 2026 report, validating the strength of our platform, execution capabilities, and competitive positioning in the market

Commenting on the results, Ms. Anisha Shastri, Director of Intense Technologies Limited, said: “In the last quarter, we’ve added two new logos to our portfolio, enabling enterprises to scale digitization efforts and drive long-term value creation. We remain focused on driving growth across the BFSI and government sectors, strengthening our presence in India while expanding our footprint in key international markets, including the UK and the UAE.

Leveraging our expertise and strong foundation in customer communications, DPDPA-compliant communications governance comes as a natural extension of our solutions. Our market-ready DPDPA Governance Platform enables us to address the compliance needs of organisations across all B2C industries, expanding our growth opportunities beyond the BFSI sector.   We continue to strengthen our AI capabilities by embedding Large Language Models (LLMs) across our platforms, enabling contextual and hyper-personalised customer experiences while driving greater operational efficiency and improved business outcomes.

We’re also delighted to be recognised by QKS Group – SPARK Matrix^TM for Customer Communications Management, 2026 report. This recognition reflects the strength of our AI-powered Centralised Communications Hub, our IP-led technology platforms, and our deep domain expertise in delivering secure, intelligent, and scalable communications for enterprises across regulated industries.

We look forward to strengthening our platforms and services portfolio, expanding our customer base, and deepening our presence across high-growth sectors. Backed by a strong innovation roadmap, a differentiated platform strategy, and a customer-centric approach, we are well positioned to create sustainable long-term value for our customers, partners, and shareholders.”

Key Business Highlights

About Intense Technologies Limited 

Intense Technologies Limited is a publicly listed, AI-first, platform-driven services company specialising in mission-critical solutions across communication, data management, and process automation. With a strong focus on the BFSI, Telecom, and Government sectors, the company leverages its innovative platforms to deliver significant business outcomes at scale.

Operating globally across four continents, Intense Technologies impacts over a billion lives daily. The company is widely recognised by leading industry analysts, including Gartner, IDC, Aspire, Celent, and Omdia, for its excellence in technology and market leadership.

Through its suite of IP-enabled platforms and services, Intense empowers enterprises to achieve their digital transformation goals efficiently. Its proven solutions have enabled leading banks to realise savings in the range of hundreds of crores by streamlining and centralising their customer communication processes.

Intense Technologies manages the delivery of 1 billion notifications annually, generates 50 million statements each month, and has successfully onboarded over 1 billion subscribers to date.

In FY26, the company reported Consolidated Total Income of ₹ 129.91 Cr, EBITDA of ₹ 16.66 Cr, and Profit After Tax of ₹ (15.65) Cr. During the current FY26, the company has recognised one-time non-recurring provisions as exceptional items towards intangible asset impairment and provision for doubtful debts.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Kozhikode (Kerala) [India], August 7: The food processing sector in South India is experiencing a massive evolution, driven by the demand for advanced preservation, scalable manufacturing, and global regulatory adherence. Leading this transformation is FTRIC – Food Tech Research & Incubation Centre, firmly positioned as the best food consultancy and research centre in Kerala. Dedicated to bridging the gap between culinary creativity and industrial viability, FTRIC actively turns a startup food vision into a commercially successful product idea.

The Backbone of FTRIC: Scientific Precision and Compliance

Building a successful food brand requires far more than a great recipe—it demands precise food chemistry, commercial standardization, and scalable factory architecture. The operational backbone of FTRIC is its robust core team, consisting of 20 dedicated food technologists, microbiologists, and engineers. This specialized team works hands-on to ensure that every emerging food brand is fully compliance-ready with both Indian (FSSAI) and rigorous International standards.

FTRIC provides specialized, end-to-end technical support across a wide spectrum of concise services:

• Custom Product Formulation: Balancing moisture, oil, and pH for taste consistency and industrial scalability.
• Advanced Shelf-Life Extension: Implementing cutting-edge technologies like Retort processing, High-Pressure Processing (HPP), and IQF freezing.
• Factory Layout & Automation Design: Designing hygienic, streamlined plant layouts and recommending production machinery.
• Regulatory Audits & Export Compliance: Navigating FSSAI licensing, ISO/HACCP standards, and international export mandates.
• Food Analysis & Microbiological Testing: Comprehensive safety evaluation, shelf-life validation, and chemical testing.
• Nutritional Profiling & Labelling: Standardizing nutritional panels and regulatory packaging labels.
• Clean-Label & Functional Food R&D: Converting raw agricultural produce into high-value functional goods.

Scaling the Startup Ecosystem

Through strategic technical collaborations with startup enablement platforms like the Kerala Startup Mission (KSUM), FTRIC actively drives cohort acceleration frameworks and pre-launch prototype validation. To date, FTRIC’s scientific support has enabled the successful development of more than 450 commercially viable food products and provided technical guidance to over 350 food ventures across India, the GCC region, Europe, Australia, and North America. By converting regional agricultural produce into high-value functional foods and long-shelf-life goods, FTRIC provides food tech innovators with the operational foundation needed to compete on global shelves.

Deepening its impact on the entrepreneurial ecosystem, FTRIC has successfully incubated and directly mentored more than 100+ food tech startups. Standout ventures guided by the centre include Fulva, Chocochi, Rail Rolls, Maximus, Foo Foods, Juz crush, True Froot, and Mouzy. To build a sustainable pipeline of industry talent, FTRIC also maintains deep-rooted connections and collaborative training programs with leading Food Technology Colleges across Kerala.

Industry Leadership & Technical Expertise

Technical Leadership Background: At the center of this revolution is FTRIC’s Technical Director, Muhammed Rafeeque (Rafeeque Kavanur). Currently pursuing his PhD in Food Technology, Rafeeque brings over 13 years of hard-earned industry experience to the table. Beyond his hands-on industrial expertise, he is recognized as a leading authority in food science and serves as an official startup mentor for elite entrepreneurial platforms, including KSUM, the Founder Institute (Silicon Valley), and IIT Bombay Eureka. Combining his deep academic research with a practical entrepreneurial journey, Rafeeque provides early-stage founders with the exact structural foundation and science-backed methodology needed to take authentic regional flavors to global markets.

Media & Business Contact Information

To collaborate with Rafeeque Kavanur or to learn more about how FTRIC can support your food business journey, you can reach out via the following channels.

• Headquarters: FTRIC Campus, 13/396A, Near KINFRA, Pallikkal Bazar, Malappuram, Kerala 673634
• Website: www.ftric.org
• Email: admin@ftric.org
• Office Phone: +91 7736 774 999 / +91 7736 773 999
• Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rafeeque_kavanoor/
• LinkedIn: https://in.linkedin.com/in/rafeequekavanur

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chandigarh [India], August 8: Paul Merchants has been helping Indians connect with the world by providing foreign exchange services for travellers, facilitating various types of overseas remittances like education remittances, medical treatment remittances, travel remittances, conference and event participation remittances and more. Over the years, the company has evolved into one of India’s most trusted names in foreign exchange and cross-border financial services, backed by a strong commitment to regulatory compliance, customer trust and responsible business practices.

Now, Paul Merchants is poised to enter its next phase of growth, with the RBI granting its approval for a perpetual licence to operate as an Authorised Dealer Category-II under the Foreign Exchange Management (Authorised Persons) Regulations, 2026. The licence significantly broadens the scope of services offered by the Company by authorising it to undertake additional non-trade current account transactions permissible under FEMA (excluding gifts and donations) and foreign trade transactions up to Rs. 25 lakh per transaction.

Over the past three decades, Paul Merchants has established one of the country’s most extensive foreign exchange networks, operating through 65 offices across India, from the northern frontiers of Leh to the coastal gateways of Kochi, serving leisure travellers, students, professionals, corporates and businesses with secure, transparent and technology-driven international payment solutions.

 Mr Rajneesh Bansal, Managing Director, Paul Merchants Limited, said, “This approval marks an important milestone in our journey and reinforces our commitment to delivering secure, compliant and customer-centric cross-border financial solutions. We remain focused on making global payments simpler and more accessible for individuals, students and businesses across India.”

As India’s global footprint continues to expand through education, tourism, international trade and business, Paul Merchants remains committed to building one of the country’s most comprehensive foreign exchange and cross-border financial services platforms, combining decades of experience, nationwide reach, robust compliance standards and technology-driven customer experience to simplify global financial transactions for millions of Indians.

About Paul Merchants

 Paul Merchants is one of India’s leading foreign exchange service providers, with over three decades of industry experience. Listed on the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE), the company operates through a network of 65 offices across India, ensuring a strong presence and seamless service delivery nationwide. It offers a comprehensive suite of services, including foreign exchange, travel and education-related forex solutions, and tours & travel services. With a strong focus on regulatory compliance, technology-driven customer experience, and nationwide accessibility, Paul Merchants continues to deliver reliable and customer-centric forex and travel solutions to individuals, students, businesses, and travellers across India.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Domicil, the iconic German home furnishing brand from HTL International, proudly returned as the Lounge Partner for the Indian Streaming Academy Awards (ISAA) 2026, marking its second consecutive association with one of India’s leading celebrations of digital entertainment. Held at the Fairmont Hotel, Mumbai, on 18^th July 2026, the third edition of the awards brought together some of the biggest names from the Indian entertainment industry to honour excellence and achievements in original OTT content.

As streaming continues to redefine entertainment, the home has become the preferred destination for immersive viewing experiences. It has given Indian audiences the freedom to watch what they want, when they want, and where they want. And furniture plays an important role in shaping how people relax, connect, and engage with the stories they love. Recognising this evolving lifestyle, Domicil’s partnership with the Indian Streaming Academy Awards reflects the brand’s belief that great stories deserve spaces that are equally inspiring.

The Domicil Lounge was an immersive experiential space where actors, filmmakers, creators, and guests experienced the brand’s signature blend of German design, timeless aesthetics, exceptional comfort, and superior craftsmanship while engaging with its premium lifestyle philosophy. It was wonderful to see winners celebrating their achievements in the Domicil Lounge—interacting with the furniture, capturing memorable photographs with their awards, and sharing the experience with fellow guests. Throughout the evening, the lounge became a natural destination, reflecting the role thoughtfully designed living spaces play in bringing people together.

Adding to the evening’s celebrations, Mr. Manoj Nair, Country Head (Brands), India, Middle East & Africa, HTL Group of Companies, presented the Best Supporting Actor (Female) – Hindi award, adding another chapter to Domicil’s association with one of India’s most celebrated entertainment platforms.

Commenting on the partnership, Manoj Nair, Country Head (Brands), India, Middle East and Africa, HTL Group of Companies, said, “Streaming has transformed entertainment by giving people the freedom to experience stories in the comfort of their own homes. At Domicil, we create an environment where families come together, conversations continue and everyday moments become more meaningful. Our continued association with the Indian Streaming Academy Awards reflects Domicil’s belief that exceptional design enriches everyday experiences and celebrates the spaces where life’s most memorable stories unfold.”

The partnership reflects Domicil’s continued commitment to engaging with consumers through premium lifestyle and entertainment platforms. As audiences increasingly experience stories from the comfort of their homes, Domicil continues to shape the environments where those stories are enjoyed. A sofa becomes the place where families gather for a weekend series, a recliner makes long viewing sessions more comfortable, and a thoughtfully designed bed turns a late-night film into a moment of complete relaxation.

Domicil believes a home is more than just a space. It is where life unfolds. Its association with the Indian Streaming Academy Awards further strengthens the brand’s presence in India’s premium lifestyle landscape while celebrating the homes where life’s most memorable stories come alive.

Visit: https://domicilindia.com/

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 7: Fashion has traditionally influenced what people wear, how they present themselves, and the objects they choose for their homes. Increasingly, its influence is extending into the buildings in which they live.

Luxury fashion and lifestyle brands are entering the property market through branded residences, combining recognisable creative identities with architecture, interiors, amenities and hospitality services. In Dubai, where buyers are accustomed to highly differentiated residential concepts, these partnerships have become another way for developers to distinguish their projects.

Satish Sanpal, Chairman of ANAX Developments, is pursuing this approach through ELLE Residences Dubai Islands. Developed under a licensing agreement with Lagardère News, the project brings the identity of the international fashion and lifestyle brand into a waterfront residential development.

It is ELLE’s first residential project in the Middle East and its second globally, following ELLE Residences Miami. (Lagardère – Lagardere.com – Groupe)

Taking ELLE Beyond Publishing

ELLE is best known as an international fashion and lifestyle publication, but its identity now extends well beyond magazines.

The brand has developed a wider licensing portfolio spanning hospitality, beauty and lifestyle concepts. Residential property is a relatively new part of that expansion, allowing ELLE’s associations with fashion, culture, design and self-expression to be interpreted through physical spaces.

For ANAX Developments, the partnership provides more than a recognisable name. It creates a defined creative framework for a project aimed at buyers who see their home as an expression of taste and identity.

Sanpal described the thinking behind the collaboration when the partnership was announced: “We’re thrilled to bring ELLE’s iconic lifestyle to Dubai through our partnership for ELLE Residences on Dubai Islands. Dubai, a city synonymous with innovation, design, and global appeal, is the perfect setting for this bold new venture. This project will be a defining expression of purposeful, joyful living that reflects the essence of ELLE.” (The One Atelier)

The quote captures the central proposition behind the development. Fashion-led living is not simply about attaching a magazine name to a building. It involves translating the character of the brand into the experience of the property.

What Fashion-Led Living Means in Practice

The concept becomes meaningful only when it is visible in the architecture, interiors and everyday experience of residents.

ELLE Residences Dubai Islands is being developed with creative input from The One Atelier and ARQUINAUT. The One Atelier specialises in translating luxury brands into residential environments, while ARQUINAUT created the original ELLE Residences concept and acts as the brand’s representative and co-creative director for the project. (ELLE Residences in Dubai Islands)

The interiors are intended to interpret ELLE’s creative identity through contemporary forms, Parisian-inspired detailing and materials suited to the project’s coastal setting. Published plans refer to floor-to-ceiling glazing, terraces, textured finishes, bronze details, marble and layered lighting. 

These choices provide a more tangible explanation of what the ELLE name contributes. The brand is being used as a design language rather than a decorative label.

Fashion-led living also influences how the shared areas are conceived. The development’s announced amenities include pools, private spa facilities, yoga spaces, landscaped areas, social lounges, fitness facilities and hospitality services such as concierge, valet and security. 

Together, these elements are designed to create a complete residential experience around wellness, leisure and social connection.

A Waterfront Setting for an International Brand

Location is an important part of the project’s positioning.

ELLE Residences is situated on Dubai Islands, a developing waterfront district close to Deira and Dubai International Airport. ANAX markets the location around beachfront access, sea views, public spaces, leisure facilities and proximity to retail and cultural destinations. 

The development comprises 91 apartments and seven townhouses, with homes ranging from one-bedroom residences to larger waterfront townhouses. Published project details describe open-plan layouts, private spaces, terraces and extensive glazing intended to frame views of the sea and Dubai skyline. 

The coastal location gives the design team an opportunity to combine ELLE’s international identity with a sense of place. Rather than reproducing a European concept unchanged, the project is intended to interpret the brand through Dubai’s climate, waterfront lifestyle and globally oriented property market.

That balance is important. A branded residence must feel recognisable to people familiar with the brand while still functioning as a credible home in its specific location.

What the Project Says About ANAX

For ANAX Developments, ELLE Residences is also a statement about how the company wants to compete.

Dubai’s property market contains established developers with large portfolios, extensive delivery records and considerable international recognition. A younger developer cannot necessarily compete through scale alone. It must give buyers a clear reason to pay attention.

The ELLE partnership suggests that Sanpal is positioning ANAX around design, lifestyle and distinctive collaborations. Instead of approaching property as a standard product, the company is presenting its developments as curated experiences shaped by architecture, branding and hospitality.

That does not remove the importance of fundamentals. Buyers will still judge the development by construction quality, layout, materials, service and eventual delivery. Brand recognition may attract initial interest, but the completed property must justify the promise made during its launch.

This is particularly important with an international brand such as ELLE. Buyers are not only evaluating the developer. They are also measuring the residence against the values and visual standards associated with the name.

Why the Concept Fits Dubai

Dubai is a natural market for this type of collaboration because its luxury property sector already operates at the intersection of real estate, hospitality, design and international branding.

The city attracts residents and investors from many countries, creating demand for projects that communicate their identity quickly across different markets. A globally recognised lifestyle name can help buyers understand a development’s intended character before they visit it.

The city also has a strong culture of experience-led property. Amenities, concierge services, wellness facilities and distinctive interiors are increasingly treated as central features rather than optional additions.

Within that environment, ELLE Residences is part of a wider change in the meaning of branded property. The category is no longer dominated exclusively by hotel operators. Media, fashion, automotive and design brands are also seeking to translate their identities into places where people live.

From Fashion Identity to Residential Experience

The lasting value of ELLE Residences will depend on how effectively its creative concept is carried through to the finished development.

The ELLE name provides international visibility and a distinctive source of inspiration. The design partners provide specialist experience in turning lifestyle identities into architecture and interiors. ANAX Developments is responsible for bringing those elements together as a functioning residential project.

For Satish Sanpal, the development represents an opportunity to establish ANAX within a more design-conscious part of Dubai’s property market. It also offers a practical demonstration of his view that residential development can draw from fashion, culture and hospitality without losing sight of how people actually use their homes.

Fashion may supply the creative vocabulary, but residents will ultimately experience the project through its spaces, services and everyday details. That is where the concept will be tested, and where fashion-led living must become more than an attractive headline.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 7: Dubai’s real estate market is still growing, but the character of that growth is changing. After several years of exceptional activity, buyers are becoming more deliberate. They are taking longer to make decisions, comparing projects more carefully and paying closer attention to pricing, quality and the track record of the developer behind a scheme.

Satish Sanpal, Founder and Chairperson of ANAX Holding, sees that as a sign of maturity rather than weakness.

“The property market is transitioning from rapid growth to a more mature and stable phase,” he told Entrepreneur Middle East earlier this year.

A More Selective Buyer

Sanpal’s point is backed by what is happening across the wider market.

Dubai recorded more than AED917 billion in real estate transactions during 2025, its highest annual total to date. The market remained strong into 2026, with first-quarter transaction value reaching AED252 billion, up 31% year on year.

Those numbers do not suggest buyers are disappearing. Instead, the market appears to be evolving.

In his interview, Sanpal said investors are taking longer to commit and are applying greater scrutiny to pricing, product quality and developer credibility. For developers, that changes the conversation.

When demand is moving at extraordinary speed, almost every project can benefit from market momentum. In a more mature environment, buyers have more reason to ask what actually separates one development from another.

That puts greater pressure on fundamentals such as location, layout, build quality, amenities and the long-term appeal of the property.

Quality Starts to Matter More

For ANAX Developments, the shift is particularly relevant.

Its portfolio spans different parts of Dubai and different sections of the residential market. V-Suites in Business Bay is positioned around furnished urban living, while Evora Residences in Al Furjan has a more residential, lifestyle-led proposition. ELLE Residences on Dubai Islands takes ANAX into branded waterfront property.

The projects are different, but the strategy behind them reflects the same challenge: giving buyers a clear reason to choose one property over the growing number of alternatives available across Dubai.

That becomes increasingly important as the market expands.

Dubai Land Department has itself described the sector as moving towards greater institutional maturity, with more emphasis on transparency, valuation, regulation and professional services. 

For newer developers, that means reputation will increasingly be built through execution rather than launch activity alone.

A striking sales centre or high-profile partnership may attract attention, but buyers ultimately remember whether the development was delivered well, whether the finished home matched expectations and whether the developer lived up to its commitments.

Growth Without the Frenzy

A maturing market should not be confused with a slowing one.

Dubai continues to attract substantial capital. In the first quarter of 2026 alone, real estate investment reached AED173 billion, while the number of investors also increased. Foreign investment remained a major part of the market.

What appears to be changing is the quality of the decision-making behind that capital.

That may prove healthy for the sector over the long term. More selective buyers force developers to think harder about what they are building and who they are building it for. Pricing must make sense. Projects need a clearer identity. Delivery records become harder to ignore.

Sanpal’s view is that this more considered demand is ultimately more genuine.

For ANAX, and for Dubai’s wider development community, that creates a different kind of opportunity. The next phase of the market may be less about how quickly a developer can launch and more about how convincingly it can deliver.

Dubai real estate is still expanding. The difference is that, increasingly, buyers know exactly what they expect in return.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Dr. (Capt.) Sandeep Sharma, CEO, Healthmap Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

Gurugram (Haryana) [India], August 7: TRUtest Diagnostics, incubated by the Manipal Group, is set to launch its first integrated pathology, radiology and cardiology centre — and with it, a nationwide mission to make world-class, coordinated diagnostics accessible and affordable well beyond India’s metros. The company will build 50 such centres over the next five years, with the sharpest focus on the fringe and Tier 2/3 cities where 68% of India’s urban population lives and 40-45% of India’s GDP is already generated — yet fewer than 30% of diagnostic centres nationally offer truly integrated care. TRUtest is entering this gap with zero compromise on quality: the same NABL/NABH-accredited, scale-proven standards that have already served over 1.30 crore patients across 100+ centres and 18 states.

• India’s fastest-growing comprehensive diagnostics powerhouse is set to open its first integrated pathology, radiology & cardiology centre in Gurugram — with a 50-centre, ₹250 crore mission to make world-class, coordinated diagnostics accessible and affordable in the country’s fringe and Tier 2/3 cities.

It is a declaration of intent: India’s next chapter in healthcare will not be written only in its metros, but in every pin code the country has to offer — and it starts with honest, affordable pricing, a family-first membership model, doctor-explained reports, and a promise that quality diagnostics should never be a metro-only privilege.

Stepping into the upcoming centre in Gurugram fringes, will feel less like a clinical errand and more like stepping into a calm, considered space engineered to put people at ease long before the scan begins. It is diagnostics reimagined as an experience of care, not a transaction — and it is designed to travel to exactly the cities that have never had access to it.

Affordability and Accessibility, Engineered 

Years spent running high-volume public-private partnership and institutional diagnostic operations across entire districts and states have taught the company how to deliver uncompromising quality at radically lower cost. That scale advantage is now being passed directly to the consumer — honest, transparent pricing with zero compromise on quality or turnaround time, built for markets that have long been priced out of branded, integrated diagnostics.

Every new TRUtest centre also becomes a local growth engine — creating jobs for technicians, phlebotomists, radiologists and support staff on the ground, while lifting local vendors, transport and allied services in the neighbourhoods it serves. This is not diagnostics arriving from outside a city; it is diagnostics built into the local economy.

Not Just a New Brand — A New Category of Care

TRUtest is entering the market with a suite of concrete, live innovations designed to move diagnostics beyond a one-time report and into a lifelong health relationship:

• Honest & Transparent Pricing — high-quality diagnostics at substantially lower rates than the market, with zero compromise on quality or turnaround time, as we have acquired the knowledge & expertise of economies of scale in the ongoing PPP & B2B businesses serving the masses.
• TRU-Mitra Family Plan — one family, one membership, one relationship manager — a loyalty programme built around continuous care, not a one-off visit.
• Smart Reporting & Report Counselling — every report interpreted and explained by a doctor, with a complimentary consultation, turning results into actionable health insight.
• Genomic & Metabolic Integrated Panels — predisposition testing and metabolic deep-dives, combined with radiology, extending well beyond routine testing.
• Elderly & Chronic Care Reminders — a predictive Annual Health Calendar with proactive concierge check-ins, so a good report is never followed by silence.
• ABHA-Integrated Reporting & Low-Dose CT Screening — reports woven into India’s national digital health record, alongside advanced early-detection scanning for lung and cardiac risk.

Leadership Commentary

“We are India’s fastest-growing comprehensive diagnostics company — and that growth is built on the ethos and legacy of the Manipal Group, a heritage that has always put trust, accuracy and hygiene first.”

“But we believe trust today needs a new lens. India’s healthcare story for the last two decades has been about building capacity — more hospitals, more beds, more labs. The next two decades will be about building trust at the individual level. And for us, that trust isn’t only a promise — it’s tangible innovation: transforming what it actually feels like to get tested and turning every result into a step in someone’s journey toward longevity and wellness, not just a report filed away.”

— Dr. (Capt.) Sandeep Sharma, CEO, Healthmap Diagnostics Pvt. Ltd.

The Road Ahead: 50 Centres, ₹250 Crore, Five Years

With its first integrated centre soon to go live in Gurugram, TRUtest Diagnostics will roll out four more centres across the Delhi-NCR region in FY26-27, before expanding into the fringe and Tier 2/3 cities that sit at the heart of its mission. Over the next five years, the company plans to build 50 such centres nationally, targeting an overall revenue of ₹250 crore by Year 5 — the same proven PPP and institutional economics that built its scale, now aimed squarely at the cities growing fastest.

TRUtest Diagnostics is not setting out merely to deliver accurate results. It is setting out to build India’s most trusted, most accessible, end-to-end diagnostics experience — one that gives every individual, in every pin code, timely insight, a simplified path to care, and greater confidence in managing their health, for life.

Built Different, From Day One

India’s diagnostics industry remains strikingly unorganised — listed players together account for barely 10-12% of the market — and even among organised players, most operate lopsided, heavy in either pathology or radiology, rarely both. TRUtest was conceived to break that mould: built from day one on an equal, 50:50 foundation of pathology and radiology, because accurate diagnosis cannot be delivered in isolated fragments.

Built Through Scale and Consolidation

HealthMap Diagnostics began its journey through public-private partnership (PPP) initiatives across Haryana and Jharkhand before expanding organically into pathology and radiology as distinct business verticals. The company’s growth accelerated through the strategic acquisitions of Medcis Pathlabs, strengthening its routine pathology capabilities, and iGenetic, enhancing its specialty diagnostics portfolio. These milestones culminated in an NCLT-approved merger in 2023, alongside a significant expansion of its PPP footprint in Maharashtra. Today, HealthMap Diagnostics has established a strong presence across Haryana, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu and Odisha. 

Scale, Trust and Recognition

The company has been recognised as the Most Renowned Diagnostic Chain in India (2024) and the Most Trusted Diagnostic Chain in India (2023), alongside FICCI and India Today Excellence in Healthcare honours (2018) and Express Healthcare’s Best Radiology Chain award (2018 and 2019).

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Retail tractor sales are recorded at 1,07,329 units in July 2026, with rural demand remaining buoyant, good monsoons, and strong sowing of Kharif crops.

Indore (Madhya Pradesh) [India], August 7: According to the recent report on retail tractor sales in July 2026 sourced from Tractor Gyan, which is India’s largest digital portal for tractors and agricultural insights, the aggregate retail tractor sales for July 2026 stand at 1,07,329 units, posting a YoY increase of 27.82% against the sales of 83,970 units in July 2025.

The growth is mainly due to the steady demand for tractors in rural India, supported by a favourable monsoon and agricultural activities, along with Kharif Sowing in the major agricultural belts of the country.

Retail Tractor Sales in July 2026

Mahindra retained its pole position with sales of 24,918 tractors, which represented 23.22% market share; however, its market share fell marginally by 0.98% as compared to last year. Swaraj further solidified its position with sales of 20,415 tractors, which constituted 19.02% market share, growing by 0.55% as compared to last year.

The Sonalika continued to lead in the third position with 14,438 units, securing a market share of 13.45%. On the other hand, Massey Ferguson was the largest market share gainer, selling 13,807 units with an increase of 1.67% in market share. Lastly, Escorts Kubota was positioned fifth with 12,413 units and a market share of 11.57%.

Disclaimer:

• Based on 1,465/1,468 RTOs.
• Data captured on 01.07.26 || Variance of 0.5%-1% possible.
• Source: Tractor Gyan Internal Research

Retail Tractor Sales YTD (April-July 2026)

The momentum prevailed even during the first four months of FY 2026-27, where the cumulative retail tractor sales stood at 3,51,999 units, showcasing a positive growth of 23.56% compared to the same period last year. In the segment, Mahindra was the market leader with 83,242 units and a 23.65% market share, Swaraj occupied the second spot with 65,959 units and increased their market share to 18.74%, whereas Sonalika held the third spot with 47,003 units and a 13.35% market share.

The Massey Ferguson kept up its good performance with 44,500 units and a rise of 1% in its market share to 12.64%. Escorts Kubota took the fifth spot with 40,223 units and 11.43% market share, with the industry’s overall growth due to strong demand in rural areas, aided by the favourable monsoon season.

Disclaimer:

• Based on 1,465/1,468 RTOs.
• Data captured on 01.07.26 || Variance of 0.5%-1% possible.
• Source: Tractor Gyan Internal Research

According to the Founder, Shivankur Gupta, “The sales of retail tractors in July 2026 are an indication of the impressive momentum that is gaining ground in the Indian agricultural economy. The 27.82% growth on a YOY basis is a result of confidence among farmers, fuelled by the good monsoon and favourable sowing of Kharif crops.”

Sharing his views about the future trends, Co-founder Ankur Gupta said, “With the approaching harvest period, it is expected that there will be good demand for retail tractors. The activities within agriculture, better liquidity in rural areas, and continued investments in farm machinery should help boost sales over the next few months. Tractor Gyan will continue monitoring the developments and providing insights into the same.”

Tractor Gyan anticipates this positive trend to sustain in the coming months owing to agricultural activities, the focus of the government on rural development, and mechanisation in Indian agriculture.

(Sales data sourced from Tractor Gyan‘s retail sales report for July 2026.)

About Tractor Gyan

Tractor Gyan is India’s leading digital marketplace for farmers and key stakeholders of the Indian agricultural sector. It offers updated information about new tractors, their prices and models, tractor tyres, loans and insurance, buying and selling of old tractors without any cost to the farmers, and various types of farm implements. The platform features dedicated tractor models, including electric tractors and CNG tractors, listing from all the prominent manufacturers such as Mahindra, Swaraj, Eicher, Sonalika, New Holland, Massey Ferguson, John Deere, Powertrac, Solis, Farmtrac, Kubota, and many others. Currently, the company boasts a following of around 13 lakh across its social media platforms. Their highly engaged content drives a reach of one crore, while generating 25K-30K shares every month. Farmers can visit https://tractorgyan.com/ and find all the information they need to buy the best tractor, tyre, or farm implement under one roof. The platform also provides a comparison tool that can help a farmer decide which model delivers the best performance.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The new innovations and state-of-the-art laboratory bring KühlTherm closer to its vision of achieving 2 GW manufacturing capacity by 2027

Ahmedabad (Gujarat) [India], August 7: As India races towards becoming a global data centre powerhouse, KühlTherm, an advanced precision liquid cooling technology company for AI data centres, has today unveiled its Made-in-India Rear Door Heat Exchanger (RDHx) and Cooling Distribution Unit (CDU), innovations aimed at advancing data centre infrastructure for the country. These products will be integrated into NexusFlow OS, KühlTherm’s proprietary AI-powered thermal intelligence platform that connects the power ecosystem from Grid to Rack and the cooling infrastructure from Chip to Chiller, thereby optimising the power consumption of the entire system. 

The RDHx captures heat directly at the rear of the rack, before it enters the facility, while the CDU delivers precious coolant flow, temperature control, and pressure management. NexusFlow OS combines thermal and power intelligence to deliver complete visibility, predictive optimisation, and autonomous orchestration across a facility’s liquid cooling infrastructure. KühlTherm also unveiled its state-of-the-art integrated liquid cooling validation laboratory in Ahmedabad, the first of its kind in India. The laboratory will help the company ensure that every product is tested against real-world conditions before deployment, establishing reliability and trust.

KühlTherm designs and manufactures the complete thermal loop for AI data centres, from chip to chiller, entirely in India. This milestone marks another step in KühlTherm’s journey towards delivering reliable, full-stack thermal management solutions, and its vision of increasing its manufacturing capacity from the present 300MW to 2 GW by 2027. 

Commenting on the product launch and laboratory, Shailesh Bishnoi, Founder & CEO, KühlTherm, said, “The new RDHx and CDU are a part of our goal to help our customers confidently adopt next-generation cooling technologies, while strengthening India’s position in the global thermal management ecosystem. India is entering a major data centre buildout cycle, and decisions being made today will define the efficiency and sustainability of thermal management infrastructure for years to come. As AI, high-performance computing, and data center infrastructure continue to evolve, the demand for efficient and reliable liquid cooling solutions will continue to grow.”

While data centres are the backbone of AI infrastructure, they also generate large amounts of heat. Land surface temperatures around AI data centres without adequate cooling rise by an average of 2 degrees Celsius (3.6F) after they open, according to a study by Cambridge-led researchers. Unchecked temperatures not only impact the environment, but also impact the data centre’s operations by causing thermal throttling and system failures. 

KühlTherm’s solutions are designed to help data centre operators reduce thermal throttling, improve cooling efficiency and enable high-performance computing at scale. Its systems are being engineered for Indian data centre conditions, adapted to handle local climate, grid fluctuations and infrastructure requirements, enabling faster deployment, local serviceability and improved cost efficiency.

This announcement also comes after KühlTherm recently raised $1.1 million in a Seed funding round led by Arkam Ventures, to spearhead its plans to scale its liquid cooling solutions for AI data centres, hyperscale infrastructure and other high-density computing environments.

As India cements its position as the new global data centre hub, the next phase of data centre growth is being shaped by AI and GPU-led workloads that require significantly higher compute density. Data centre operators are increasingly understanding the need to adopt more modern cooling systems with higher performance, uptime and energy efficiency. In this scenario, India is positioned to drive innovation in thermal management solutions that help make AI infrastructure more efficient and sustainable.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 6: Hinduja Leyland Finance (HLF), one of India’s leading vehicle-finance NBFCs, has been demonstrating strong progress in the secondary market ahead of its anticipated listing this year.

Hinduja Leyland Finance – A Strong Foundation

• Founded by the Hinduja Group –which has holdings across 10 industry verticals, presence in 100 countries across 6 continents. Currently, Hinduja Group and Ashok Leyland hold ~ 73% in the Company.
• HLF got NBFC license in March 2010, with a consolidated AUM of ~INR 75,468 crs on 31^st Mar’26. It is one of India’s leading vehicle finances NBFCs.
• Vehicle loans + Construction equipment accounted for almost 52% of the consolidated portfolio, making it one of the larger players in the vehicle finance space in India.
• Strong Rating: Long Term Rating -CARE AA+ (Stable) / Crisil AA+ (Stable); Short Term Rating -CARE A1+ / Crisil A1+
• AUM growth of 27%, PAT growth of 22% CAGR from FY14-26.
• 71% of the portfolio consists of assets finance and 21% consists of Housing finance with strong growth opportunities.
• Pan India presence –1,750+locations and growing by strengthening its presence in India’s growing credit market.
• Management team with huge experience in vehicle finance & consumer finance businesses.

HLF Key Financials Metrics – AUM crosses Rs 75,000 crore.

• Assets Under Management (AUM) have crossed ₹75,000 crore, reflecting the company’s strong growth trajectory and expanding market presence.
• Loan Book: Has grown at 27% of CAGR
• Revenue: Has grown at 24% of CAGR
• Profit after Tax: Has grown at 22% of CAGR
• Disbursement: Expanded at 24% of CAGR.
• Total revenue has grown from Inr 3053 cr in FY21 to Inr 8125 in FY26
• Total assets have increased from Inr 24240 cr in FY21 to Inr 72126 cr in FY26.

 Hinduja Housing Finance – Scaling Up Rapidly

• Hinduja Housing finance is a subsidiary of HLF is witnessing rapid scale-up, driven by expanding operations, a growing customer base, and a strong focus on affordable and retail housing finance. The company’s consistent business growth and strategic expansion position it well for long-term value creation.
• Ticket size in range of INR 5 lacs to INR 50 lacs for residential property.
• Hinduja housing finance is running at very cost-efficient model, leveraging parent’s existing branch network through cost effective hub and having strong assets quality.
• Rising growth in the housing portfolio: CAGR@68%
• HLF also entered into new business model of GRO digital platform and Gaadi Mandi by Unlocking the value across the vehicle ownership lifecycle.

Backed by the Hinduja Group and Ashok Leyland, Hinduja Leyland Finance (HLF) is targeting a reverse-merger listing this year. The company is well positioned to capitalize on the significant growth opportunities in India’s expanding credit and vehicle-finance market, supported by its strong parentage, extensive distribution network, and proven industry expertise.

Disclaimer: This material has been prepared for informational purposes only and is not intended to provide, and should not be relied on for investment, tax, legal, accounting, or other professional advice. You should consult your own investment, tax, legal, accounting, or other professional advisors before engaging in any transaction or equity decision.

New Delhi [India], August 7: Most people lose somewhere between 50 to 100 strands of hair every day. That’s completely normal, and most of us don’t even notice it. But at some point, the clumps in the shower drain get bigger, the part in your hair starts looking wider, or you catch your reflection and something just looks different.

That’s when the question usually hits — is this just stress, or is something actually wrong?

Knowing when to take hair fall seriously, and when to actually see someone about it, is something most people get wrong.

Normal Shedding vs. Something Worth Paying Attention To

Hair grows in cycles. Each strand goes through a growth phase, a resting phase, and then a shedding phase before a new strand starts growing in its place. When this cycle gets disrupted — by hormones, nutrition, stress, scalp conditions, or internal health issues — more hairs shift into the shedding phase at once than your body can replace.

The result is what most people call hair fall, but what’s actually happening is a breakdown somewhere in the hair cycle. The shedding you see is usually a lagging indicator. By the time you notice it, the disruption likely started two to three months earlier.

That delay is part of why people wait too long before doing anything about it.

Signs That It’s Time to Stop Waiting

There’s no single number that tells you when hair fall crosses a line. But certain patterns are worth taking seriously rather than hoping they resolve on their own.

• You’re noticing thinning in a specific area — around the temples, the crown, or a widening parting.
• You’re finding more hair than usual on your pillow, in your comb, or in the drain after a wash.
• Your scalp looks more visible in photos than it did a year ago.
• You’ve had a period of intense stress, illness, major weight loss, or hormonal change in the last few months.
• Your nails are brittle, your energy is low, or you’ve been dealing with irregular periods — these can all point to the same internal imbalance.

Any one of these on its own might not mean much. Two or more together usually signal that the body is trying to tell you something.

Why Waiting Too Long Makes It Harder

Hair follicles don’t last forever if they’re repeatedly stressed or starved of nutrients. When hair fall is left unaddressed for a long time, the follicle can miniaturize — it starts producing thinner, weaker strands and eventually may stop producing hair altogether. At that stage, recovery is still possible in some cases, but it takes significantly longer, and the results are less predictable.

This is especially relevant for androgenetic hair loss, which is the most common type in both men and women. It progresses gradually and quietly, which is exactly why people often come in for help much later than they should.

What a Proper Evaluation Actually Looks Like

When you do consult someone, a good evaluation goes beyond just looking at your scalp. It should include understanding your medical history, diet, stress levels, hormonal status, and potentially blood work to check for deficiencies in iron, vitamin D, B12, or thyroid function.

Hair fall rarely has a single cause. Most of the time it’s a combination of factors — a genetic predisposition made worse by nutritional gaps, or stress compounding an existing hormonal imbalance. A superficial assessment that skips the internal picture usually leads to surface-level solutions that don’t hold up over time.

This is where platforms like Traya hair test can be a useful starting point — it’s designed to assess multiple root cause factors together rather than treating hair fall as a one-dimensional problem.

What You Can Do Before You See Someone

If you’re not ready to consult anyone yet, there are some honest things you can do in the meantime.

• Get basic blood work done — iron, ferritin, vitamin D, B12, and thyroid levels.
• Look at your eating patterns honestly — chronic dieting or skipping meals shows up in hair health.
• Reduce heat styling and tight hairstyles that create unnecessary mechanical stress.
• Track the pattern — is it getting worse, staying the same, or improving?

These steps won’t fix the problem, but they’ll give you useful information and help any expert you eventually see give you a more accurate picture.

Final Thoughts

Hair fall is almost never just about the hair. It’s a signal from the body that something in its internal balance has shifted. The sooner you treat it as that — a symptom worth investigating rather than a cosmetic nuisance to manage — the better your chances of actually doing something about it.

Consulting an expert isn’t overreacting. In most cases, it’s just overdue.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 6: The way people use their homes has changed noticeably. A living room may also serve as a work area. A dining table may be used for meals, study sessions and family discussions. Bedrooms often need more storage without feeling crowded. These everyday shifts are influencing how shoppers think about furniture and what they expect from each purchase.

Rather than choosing a piece only for its appearance, many buyers now consider how it will fit into their routine. Size, comfort, storage, upkeep and flexibility are becoming part of the decision. Pepperfry gives shoppers access to a wide selection of products across different home categories, allowing them to review options according to the way a room is actually used.

Practical Needs are Taking Priority

Today’s homes often need to perform more than one function. This has made practical thinking more important during furniture shopping.

A sofa may need to offer comfortable seating without occupying too much floor space. A study table may have to fit into a bedroom corner. A storage unit may need to hold everyday items while still matching the room. These considerations encourage shoppers to look beyond a product image and pay closer attention to dimensions, materials and intended use.

The change is not about choosing function over design. It is about finding a piece that can support daily life and still feel right within the room.

Room Size is Shaping Decisions

Space has become a central part of the buying process, especially in urban homes. Buyers are more likely to measure available areas before shortlisting a product.

This simple step can help them understand whether a bed, wardrobe, table or sofa will leave enough room for movement. It can also prevent a room from feeling overloaded. While exploring furniture on Pepperfry, shoppers can move through room-based and product-based categories, which may help them focus on pieces suited to their available space.

Personal Taste Still Matters

Homes are personal, and shoppers still care about colour, finish, material and shape. What has changed is the way these choices are considered.

A product is now often assessed alongside the rest of the room. Buyers may think about existing wall colours, lighting, flooring and soft furnishings before making a decision. They may also consider whether the piece will continue to work if the room is rearranged later.

This broader approach allows style to remain important without ignoring comfort or practicality.

Online Browsing Allows More Time

Furniture is rarely an impulse purchase. It usually involves discussion, repeated comparison and careful measurement.

Online browsing gives households time to complete these steps without rushing. Products can be shortlisted, reviewed again and discussed with family members. Shoppers can also check product information before deciding whether an item suits their needs.

Pepperfry brings several home categories into one place, which can make the browsing process easier to organise. Instead of moving between unrelated sources, shoppers can review different formats within the same platform.

Changing Homes Continue to Influence Choices

Work habits, family routines and storage needs will continue to shape how homes are planned. As rooms take on more responsibilities, buyers are likely to remain thoughtful about what they bring into them.

For Pepperfry shoppers, the focus is increasingly on finding furniture that feels useful, comfortable and suitable for the available space. The preferred choice is no longer based on appearance alone. It is also linked to how the product may support ordinary routines, changing needs and the way people live at home each day.

That practical mindset is gradually reshaping the online buying journey across Indian households.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 6: Standard Engineering Technology Limited (SETL), one of India’s leading high-precision engineering companies, has announced another record-setting quarter for Q1 FY27, alongside two landmark strategic moves that reshape the Company’s growth trajectory.

Financial Performance

SETL delivered Total Income of Rs. 252.2 crore, up 41.5% year-on-year.

EBITDA came in at Rs. 44.1 crore, up 27.3%, with margins holding at 17.5%.

Profit Before Tax rose 26.5% to Rs. 36 crore, while Profit After Tax grew 26.6% to Rs. 26.7 crore, translating to a PAT margin of 10.6%.

Notably, this growth was achieved even as the Company continued investing heavily in its new growth platforms — a sign of the underlying strength and cash-generating capacity of the core business.

Entry into AI Datacenter Infrastructure

The quarter’s biggest strategic headline was SETL’s announced entry into India’s fast-growing AI Datacenter Infrastructure market, through the proposed acquisition of up to 51% equity in GScale Energy Private Limited.

This move creates a second growth engine for the Company, backed by an approximately Rs. 500 crore self-funded capital programme to build an integrated datacenter engineering and manufacturing platform.

The combined entity will offer end-to-end infrastructure solutions — power distribution, backup power, liquid and air cooling, prefabricated modules, and turnkey delivery — positioning SETL to meet India’s rising localisation needs for AI and hyperscale datacenters.

Team onboarding, machinery procurement, design work, and construction of the new manufacturing facility are all on schedule, and early client engagement has been encouraging.

Deepened Partnership with GL Hakko, Japan

SETL also strengthened its near-decade-long technology relationship with GL Hakko Co., Ltd. of Japan, investing Rs. 71.5 crore for an initial 19.19% equity stake, with rights to scale up to 51.07% over three years at a pre-agreed valuation.

Founded in 1955, GL Hakko brings 70+ years of glass-lining expertise and has delivered over 20,000 units globally.

The partnership gives SETL access to proprietary technologies — including conductivity glass, glass-lined shell-and-tube heat exchangers, and semiconductor-grade process equipment — while expanding SETL’s combined addressable market to over US$3.5 billion.

Capital Raise to Support Growth

To fund this expansion, the Board approved a preferential allotment of approximately Rs. 136.5 crore — comprising Rs. 71.5 crore in cash from strategic investors AGI Group Holdings Inc. (Japan) and Monoflus Pte. Ltd. (Singapore), plus roughly Rs. 65 crore via a share swap with Truplusco India LLP as consideration for the GScale stake.

This is subject to shareholder and regulatory approval.

Two Engines of Growth

Management framed the Company’s strategy around “two engines running in parallel”:

• The core engineering business (pharma and chemical), expected to grow 40–50% this year to around Rs. 1,200 crore.
• GScale, the new AI Datacenter business, expected to contribute approximately Rs. 250 crore in its first year.

Management Commentary

MD Nageswara Rao Kandula described the quarter as evidence of consistent, repeatable performance rather than a one-off achievement, emphasizing that SETL is becoming “India’s high precision engineering powerhouse.”

He credited strong team execution on both the GScale build-out and the GL Hakko partnership, and reaffirmed the Company’s commitment to disciplined capital allocation, technology-led partnerships, and long-term value creation for customers, employees, shareholders, and partners alike.

Outlook

Going forward, SETL’s priorities are to:

• Keep leading in its core engineering business
• Scale GScale into a world-class AI datacenter manufacturing platform
• Grow the GL Hakko partnership into new international markets

—all part of a broader ambition to become India’s leading diversified, technology-led precision engineering company.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

21st edition of India’s longest-running water and wastewater exhibition brings together policymakers, industry leaders, technology providers and water-sector stakeholders

New Delhi [India], August 6: The 21st edition of EAW Global Aqua Expo 2026, India’s longest-running water and wastewater exhibition, was inaugurated today at Bharat Mandapam, New Delhi. Organised by the Earth Water Foundation, the three-day Expo is centred on the theme, “Shaping the Future of Water Through Innovation, Sustainability and Collaboration.”

The inaugural ceremony was graced by Dr. Raj Bhushan Choudhary, Hon’ble Minister of State for Jal Shakti, Government of India, as the Chief Guest. The programme began with the Jal Kalash Ceremony, followed by the inaugural session, “India Water Mandate 2030,” which set the agenda for discussions on India’s evolving water priorities, technology, policy and sustainability.

The inaugural session featured a welcome address by Ms. Shivani Ghorawat, Founder, Earth Water Foundation, followed by a leadership address by Dr. Ambika Sharma, Assistant Secretary General, ASSOCHAM. Mr. Siddharth K. Desai, Co-Chair, ASSOCHAM National Council on Water and Joint Managing Director, KISHOR Pumps, presented the context for the discussions, while Mr. Turbaashu Bhattacharya, Co-Chair, ASSOCHAM National Council on Water, delivered the vote of thanks.

Addressing the gathering, Dr. Raj Bhushan Choudhary, Hon’ble Minister of State for Jal Shakti, Government of India, said:

“Water is at the heart of India’s journey towards Viksit Bharat 2047. Achieving this vision requires a collective approach where government, industry, technology innovators, researchers and communities work together to build sustainable, resilient and future-ready water systems. Innovation, policy and circular water management will play a defining role in ensuring long-term water security and inclusive development.”

Speaking on the occasion, Ms. Shivani Ghorawat, Founder, Earth Water Foundation, said:

“When we started this platform, India’s water conversation happened in silos. Twenty-one editions later, EAW has become a platform where policymakers, industry, technology providers and water professionals come together to transform ideas into action for a more sustainable water future.”

Day one also featured the ASSOCHAM Water Leaders Summit on “Navigating India’s Water Transition: Technology, Policy and Circularity,” with discussions on industrial water security, AI-driven water management, circular economy practices and climate-resilient infrastructure. The CEO’s Water Leadership Forum, moderated by Mr. Shankar Venkateswaran, brought together leaders from IOTA Group, WOG Group, VA Tech Wabag and Microfilter Polymers Limited to discuss innovation and collaboration for industrial water security.

The Expo integrates five key platforms—Exhibition, Conference, Business, Market Access and Knowledge—bringing together policymakers, utilities, technology providers, startups, MSMEs and researchers. Alongside business networking through the Global Water Business Lounge, the Innovation Spotlight Arena is showcasing new technologies, product launches and startup solutions.

Over the next two days, the Expo will host the World Sustainable Water Summit, discussions on water infrastructure, financing, rainwater harvesting, water reuse and regional collaboration, along with technical masterclasses under the EAW Water Academy. EAW Global Aqua Expo 2026 aims to strengthen partnerships, promote innovation and accelerate sustainable water solutions for India’s future.

Hyderabad (Telangana) [India], August 6: Magellanic Cloud Limited (NSE: MCLOUD | BSE: 538891), today announced that its wholly owned subsidiary, Provigil Surveillance Limited, has secured a Letter of Acceptance (LoA) from Western Railway, Ratlam Division, for a project valued at ₹12.13 crore.

The project involves the Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning (SITC) of advanced telecom infrastructure and CCTV surveillance systems as part of the Upgradation and Replacement of Telecom Passenger Amenities and various station facilities across Ratlam Division in preparation for Simhastha 2028, one of India’s largest religious gatherings.

Under the scope of the contract, Provigil Surveillance Limited will deploy a comprehensive telecom and e-surveillance ecosystem, including enterprise-grade CCTV systems, IP-based communication infrastructure, networking equipment, passenger information systems, routers, storage solutions and associated telecom technologies designed to enhance operational efficiency, passenger safety and digital railway infrastructure. The project is scheduled to be completed within nine months.

Beyond its commercial value, the project is strategically aligned with the infrastructure modernisation efforts for Simhastha 2028, one of India’s largest religious and pilgrimage gatherings. As millions of devotees are expected to travel through the region, the deployment of advanced telecom and surveillance infrastructure will play a vital role in strengthening passenger safety, improving operational coordination and enabling efficient crowd management across railway stations. The project highlights Magellanic Cloud’s growing contribution to technology-led transformation of India’s critical public infrastructure.

Strategic Transformation & Commercial Highlights 

• Strengthens Leadership in Rail Infrastructure: Reinforces Magellanic Cloud’s growing presence in India’s railway modernisation initiatives by delivering integrated telecom and intelligent surveillance solutions across critical transportation infrastructure.
• Supports National Infrastructure Modernisation: Contributes to the development of digitally connected, secure and future-ready railway stations under the Simhastha 2028 infrastructure programme through advanced e-surveillance and communication technologies. 
• Expands PSU Project Portfolio: Further strengthens Magellanic Cloud’s execution track record in delivering largescale technology infrastructure projects for government organizations and critical public infrastructure.
• Demonstrates Integrated Technology Capabilities: Highlights Provigil’s ability to execute complex, end-to-end telecom and AI-enabled surveillance deployments encompassing networking, communication systems and enterprise-grade security infrastructure

Commenting on the order win, Mr. Joseph Sudheer Reddy Thumma, Global CEO & Managing Director of Magellanic Cloud Limited, said: “This order from Western Railway marks another important milestone in our continued contribution towards strengthening India’s critical public infrastructure through intelligent technology solutions. As Indian Railways continues to modernise its passenger amenities and operational infrastructure, we are proud that Provigil has been entrusted to deliver an integrated telecom and e-surveillance ecosystem for this strategically significant project. Beyond the commercial value of the order, it reinforces our growing credibility in executing complex, large-scale government infrastructure projects. We remain committed to delivering secure, scalable and future-ready technology solutions that support India’s digital transformation journey while creating long-term value for all our stakeholders.”

About Magellanic Cloud Limited

Magellanic Cloud Limited (BSE: 538891 | NSE: MCLOUD), headquartered in Hyderabad, India, is a global technology company specialising in digital transformation, Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI), cloud computing, e-surveillance, and drone technologies. The company delivers advanced solutions across industries, including smart infrastructure, defence, fintech, and enterprise IT, serving over 100 clients across the USA, Europe, and Asia. 

With a strong ecosystem of subsidiaries – Motivity Labs, Provigil Surveillance Limited, IVIS International, Scandron, MCRAYXTEND India and JNIT Technologies – Magellanic Cloud offers integrated capabilities across IT services and AI-driven surveillance systems. Its solutions are widely deployed in critical infrastructure projects, including railways, highways, BFSI, PSUs and urban security systems. 

The company is backed by a team of over 1,600 professionals and has achieved CMMI Maturity Level 3 certification.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

The Secret Behind Long-Term Client Retention in Corporate Gifting

New Delhi [India], August 6: The trick to winning clients and then keeping their attention for many years can be difficult. For years, companies of all industries pour money, and time into developing strategies to grow their customer base. However, as customer retention can increase profit by anywhere between 25%-95% for a mere 5%, improving their retention strategy, then why isn’t everyone more invested into developing these? If companies want loyal customers for a sustained period, they can’t rely on catalogues, and for the corporate gift and promotion industry this is particularly problematic as many gifts could come to appear interchangeable, and the pricing of most promotional merchandise tends to be extremely competitive. 

Relationships tend not to last, based on integrity; by being able to find an answer, the solution to business and brand owners and by building relationships based on strength and resilience. “Today, our relationships span over many of India’s most prestigious and respected brands from across many business sectors, not merely for what we provide but for the insights we offer into an organisation’s objectives with every gift sent,” highlights Gaurav Bhagat, Managing Director, Consortium Gifts and president IGC Global Promotions.

Within corporate gifting, there is also set to be a seismic shift, or something that’s brewing to be like one. The Indian corporate gifting sector, spurred by heightened attention to employee engagement, customer delight, and the rising preference for unique, hyper-personalised experiences, is on a sustained rise. Organisations are shifting from asking, “What do we gift our client/ employee?” to, “What do we want to say to them with our gift?” That was the ethos Consortium Gifts adopted in its approach to foster deep, meaningful relationships with clients. ‘Know thy brand,’ the old dictum, became our guiding principle for turning a gift from a mere object into an embodiment of a brand’s ethos.

Consider giants like BMW, Salesforce, EY, Deloitte, or Adobe. These powerful players place extreme value on impressions and on the onboarding of first contacts. On this front, custom welcome kits or perfectly assembled onboarding boxes that instantly immerse personnel and critical partners into a company’s culture from Day 1 and offer them a fully cohesive experience are almost always top of the line.

However, even iconic giants like Coca-Cola approach the craft by visually extending their narrative through their branding with some fun, bright touches, using gifts that immediately draw marketing eyeballs to their branded drinkware and drink bottles to ensure their distinctive and eye-catching look stays top of their minds. Top technology firms like HCL and Microsoft rely frequently on Consortium Gifts to create tailored recognition solutions that help their people feel cared for time and time again.

Innovation still trumps all else. Consortium Gifts, India’s leading provider of corporate gifts, delivers unparalleled selection, with more than 3,500 products in technology, lifestyle, office essentials, wellness, eco-friendly, travel, premium, and festive segments. And in addition to scaling, the organisation innovates on the run, keeping in lock step with new work-place cultures, consumer habits, and design aesthetics.

Every element of the gifting experience, from product selection and branding to packaging, personalised messaging, and delivery, can be tailored to reflect a company’s unique identity. Talking globally, Consortium Gifts has created what is billed as India’s first exclusive Client Experience Center for corporate gifting situated in Noida sector 6. At this center, HR heads, procurement teams, decision-makers, can physically experience products, brainstorm inventive gifting ideas, evaluate customisation options, and tailor solutions to meet an organisation’s cultural attributes, brand values, and festive requirements. In this highly digitised age, this practical engagement approach ensures that businesses can make smarter purchasing decisions while designing gifting experiences that are thoughtful, relevant, and genuinely impactful.

Afterall, more often than not, the corporate gift is the one and only physical interaction a client or employee will have with a brand, right from start to finish. It’s a process that cannot, must not, fail.

No aspect of it. The one thing that causes corporations the most angst over seasonal periods is time. When headcount shifts unexpectedly, requirements change on a whim, and deliveries become a critical race against shipping deadlines, confusion reigns supreme.

Consortium Gifts mitigates this entirely by developing solutions that help businesses quickly identify appropriate items in their 17 ready-to-ship category of items ready for two-day delivery, or handle the most complex customised requirements with equal ease.

The second important aspect is quality management. Be it from sourcing the raw material, to branding, fulfillment, or multi-city logistics, no detail is compromised. Creating a consistent brand identity when gifting 1,000’s of gifts across geographies is as rewarding as any innovation.

“The most meaningful corporate gifts are not the most expensive, they are the ones that make the recipient feel truly cherished and remembered. At Consortium Gifts, we’ve built India’s only Corporate Gifting CLIENT EXPERIENCE CENTER because we believe exceptional gifting begins long before the gift is delivered. It starts with experiencing, personalising, and thoughtfully curating every detail. When businesses invest in creating memorable experiences rather than simply delivering products, they build relationships that extend far beyond the festive season,” suggested by Gaurav Bhagat.

As companies gear up to meet crucial milestones and festive requirements, gifting has transcended archaic trends to make way for innovative, progressive choices. Smart, tech-enhanced products; eco-conscious goodies; practical luxury items and customizable welcome Kits are replacing generic gift hampers. The focus has shifted towards partnering with vendors who specialize in ‘creating experiences’ and not just processing orders.

Maybe that’s the secret to everlasting client relationships

Not sending 1000s of gifts, but creating moments to remember.

New Delhi [India], August 6: For decades, going to the dentist in India meant a very predictable, often dreaded experience: a small local clinic, a single reclining chair, and the sharp hum of the drill. Oral care was largely viewed as an act of damage control – something you only thought about when a toothache became too painful to ignore. 

Today, that entire script is being rewritten. India’s dental care market is undergoing a massive shift, jumping from more than ₹5200 crores (653 million USD) in 2022 to a mind boggling ₹1,12,000 crore (≈ 1.34 billion USD) by 2030. This boom is likely to be fuelled by a rapidly aging population requiring advanced treatments and a massive wave of global dental tourism, with international patients traveling to India to save 70% to 90% on world-class clinical care, as per recent study. At the absolute centre of this transformation is a home-grown pioneer: Fredna Dental Systems (FDS) – the group company of Fredun Pharmaceuticals Ltd (FPL). 

Solving the “Guesswork” Problem in Care

The traditional challenge in advanced dentistry, like placing a dental implant, was the reliance on manual craftsmanship and a doctor’s physical intuition. A dentist would look at a flat, two-dimensional X-ray and have to estimate the depth and angle of a patient’s jawbone. 

FDS changed the game by building a digital ‘flywheel’ – a connected ecosystem where technology takes over the heavy lifting. It begins at one of their advanced DentX3D imaging centres in Mumbai, where a patient gets a high-resolution, 3D jaw scan. Instead of the doctor guessing, this data-rich scan is uploaded to a cloud and report is made. Apart from their own centres, they provide accurate reporting to other CBCT centres as well through their platform called DentXReporting. Here, expert radiologists analyse the image remotely, providing deep diagnostic insights to over 40 partner centres across India and even in markets like North America and Europe. 

Once the digital blueprint of the patient’s mouth is mapped, FDS’s manufacturing wing, DentXGuide, uses 3D printing to create a physical “surgical guide”. This is a custom-fitted template that snaps onto a patient’s teeth during surgery, featuring a precise channel that guides the dentist’s drill down to a fraction of a millimetre. The guesswork is completely gone. 

Modern Care for a New Generation

Beyond high-end surgeries, FDS is tackling the everyday treatments that modern patients demand. India’s clear aligner market is currently exploding at a 23% annual growth rate, driven by a younger generation of patients who want straight teeth without the look of metal braces. While many new companies sell aligners directly to consumers online, FDS launched ‘Xalign’, a system that keeps local dentists strictly in charge of the treatment. This approach ensures actual medical supervision while avoiding the massive marketing costs of internet-only brands. 

Furthermore, FDS has bridged the gap into advanced biochemistry with its ‘Freossi’ line of bone-grafting materials. When a patient doesn’t have enough natural jawbone to support an implant, dentists use Freossi’s patented collagen-infused granules to safely stimulate new bone growth. Because these materials are manufactured in-house through FPL, the company maintains total quality control and keeps costs affordable for the average Indian consumer. 

To make it even easier for local neighbourhood clinics to adopt these futuristic tools, FDS introduced an all-in-one ‘Implant Package’. Instead of a clinic spending a fortune on expensive machinery, FDS bundles the 3D scan, the custom 3D-printed guide, the physical implant, and even sends a trained clinical assistant directly to the doctor’s office to help with the procedure. It completely lowers the barrier to entry, allowing local family dentists to offer cutting-edge hospital care. 

Turning Scale into Smiles

This comprehensive approach has allowed FDS to cross from an early infrastructure-building phase into a high-speed business scaling phase. The company’s total income has grown from 4.82 Cr FY 22-23to a remarkable 87.21 Cr FY 25-26, with profit margins more than doubling in that same window. 

With the foundations firmly laid in Mumbai, FDS is now preparing to replicate this playbook across Tier-1 hubs like Pune, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, and Delhi-NCR. Reflecting on this growth, the company’s management shares a vision rooted in both human and financial impact: 

“Our journey over the past decade has been about proving that world-class, digital dentistry shouldn’t just be a luxury for elite hospitals. By turning subjective clinical dental work into a predictable, data-driven science, we are making complex treatments safer, faster, and far more accessible. When you seamlessly connect the entire loop of patient care, from the very first diagnostic scan to the routine follow-up care, you build an incredibly resilient business. Ultimately, our goal is to align our operational progress in a way that brings a confident, healthy smile to both our patients’ faces and our shareholders’ portfolios,” says Fredun Medhora of FDS.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and does not constitute financial advice.

New Delhi [India], August 6: For many riders, the first question while buying bike insurance is simple: how much is the premium? It is practical. However, choosing a policy only because it has the smallest annual payment can create problems later. A two-wheeler faces traffic, weather, theft and repair needs. The right policy should balance cost, coverage, claim support and usefulness, not just premium.

Why Premium Is Not the Only Filter

Premium is only one part of an insurance decision. A lower premium may suit some riders, but it may also come with limited features, fewer add-ons, a lower insured declared value or higher out-of-pocket expenses during a claim. The real value of two wheeler insurance becomes clear when something goes wrong, and the policy has to respond.

Ask what you receive in return. Does the policy protect your own vehicle damage? Does it include useful services? Is the claim process clear? Is the coverage suitable for how often and where you ride? These questions matter more than a small saving at renewal.

Legal Cover May Not Be Enough

In India, third-party motor insurance is required for vehicles used on public roads. This cover helps meet legal liability towards a third party in case of injury, death or property damage involving the insured vehicle. It is important, but it does not cover repair costs for your own bike.

This is where many riders misunderstand the role of bike insurance. A third-party-only policy may keep the vehicle legally compliant, but it may not support repairs after accidental damage to the insured two-wheeler. For daily riders, own-damage protection can be useful.

Coverage Quality Matters During Repairs

Two policies with similar premiums may not offer the same practical support. One may cover a wider range of own-damage situations, while another may have more limitations or fewer service benefits. The difference may appear only when a claim is filed.

Repair-related expenses can include parts, labour and applicable deductions as per policy terms. If the policy has limited coverage, the rider may need to pay more personally. Before selecting 2-wheeler insurance, read the coverage section, not just the premium line.

Add-Ons Can Change the Real Value

Add-ons are optional covers that can improve policy usefulness, subject to eligibility and underwriting terms. Riders often remove them to reduce the premium, but that decision needs care. Some add-ons may be relevant for new bikes, daily commuters, expensive parts or flood-prone locations.

Common add-ons may include:

• Zero depreciation cover for reduced depreciation impact on eligible parts.
• Roadside assistance for support during breakdowns.
• Engine protection where applicable under policy terms.
• Return to invoice cover for eligible total loss or theft situations.
• No claim bonus protection, subject to stated conditions.

Not every add-on is necessary for every rider. The right approach is to match add-ons with riding pattern, bike age, parking conditions and repair exposure.

IDV Should Be Checked Carefully

The insured declared value, or IDV, represents the maximum sum insured for the vehicle under own-damage cover, subject to policy terms. It is usually linked to the vehicle’s listed selling price and adjusted for depreciation. A very low IDV may reduce the premium, but it may also reduce the claim amount in total loss or theft situations.

This is one area where premium-focused decisions can backfire. Riders should not accept the lowest IDV automatically. Instead, they should check whether the IDV is reasonable for the bike’s age, model and condition. A balanced IDV keeps the policy aligned with the vehicle’s value.

Claim Experience Is Part of the Cost

A policy is not only a document. It is also a service experience during stressful situations. Claim intimation, survey, documentation, garage coordination and settlement timelines all affect the rider’s comfort. A policy that appears cost-effective at purchase may feel difficult if the claim process is unclear.

Before buying bike insurance, riders should review the claim process in simple terms. They should know how to initiate a claim, what documents may be needed, whether cashless garages are available nearby and how repairs are assessed. Clear information reduces confusion.

Premium-Only Decisions Can Affect Renewal Benefits

Responsible riders often value renewal benefits such as no claim bonus, where applicable. NCB can help reduce the own-damage premium at renewal when no claim has been made during the policy period, subject to rules and policy conditions.

However, focusing only on today’s premium may make a rider ignore future suitability. Renewal is a chance to review usage, claims, bike condition and changes in daily travel, not only to repeat last year’s choice.

What Riders Should Compare Instead

This comparison gives a fuller picture than premium alone. It also helps riders choose 2-wheeler insurance that suits their actual use, rather than only their immediate budget.

Practical Checklist Before Buying

Before finalising a policy, riders can take a few simple steps:

• Read the coverage and important conditions.
• Check whether own-damage cover is needed.
• Review the IDV carefully.
• Choose add-ons for real needs.
• Confirm nearby network garages, where available.
• Understand deductibles and claim documents.
• Keep previous policy and NCB details ready.
• Avoid decisions based only on one-time savings.

These checks do not take long, but they can prevent avoidable confusion later. Insurance should support the rider’s usage, vehicle value and comfort during claims.

Conclusion

Choosing bike insurance only by premium can look sensible at first, but the lowest payment may not always bring suitable protection. Riders should compare coverage type, IDV, add-ons, deductibles, claim support and renewal benefits together. A wider view can help avoid gaps between expectations and policy terms. For daily Indian riders, thoughtful selection of 2-wheeler insurance is a practical financial decision, not just an annual formality.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Chennai (Tamil Nadu) [India], August 6: SEPC Limited (NSE: SEPC | BSE: 532945), a leading EPC company with established expertise in industrial infrastructure, process plants, water and wastewater management, has secured a Letter of Acceptance (LoA) from Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) – IISCO Steel Plant (ISP), Burnpur 

As part of the project, SEPC will execute the Pellet Plant BOP, including Civil and Structural Works for the Pellet Plant Package-2 at SAIL-IISCO Steel Plant, Burnpur, supporting the steel producer’s 4.08 MTPA Crude Steel Expansion Project.

The order, valued at ₹854.57 Crore (net of Input Tax Credit), entails the execution of Pellet Plant BOP including Civil & Structural Works (Pellet Package-2) and will be completed over a period of 32 months.

This prestigious order further strengthens SEPC’s presence in the industrial EPC segment and reflects the continued trust of marquee customers in the Company’s engineering capabilities and project execution expertise. Over the years, SEPC has built a diversified portfolio across industrial infrastructure, water and wastewater management, roads and mining, successfully executing complex projects for both government and private sector clients. 

The Company remains focused on expanding its project portfolio by leveraging its technical expertise, disciplined execution approach, and strong customer relationships. With a healthy pipeline of opportunities across infrastructure and industrial sectors, SEPC continues to strengthen its position as a trusted EPC partner, supporting India’s long-term infrastructure and manufacturing growth.

Commenting on the update, Mr. Venkataramani Jaiganesh, Managing Director, SEPC Limited, said: “We are pleased to receive this prestigious Letter of Acceptance from SAIL-IISCO Steel Plant for the Pellet Plant BOP Package. This order reflects the confidence placed in SEPC’s engineering expertise and execution capabilities in delivering large-scale industrial infrastructure projects. As India’s steel industry continues to expand to meet the country’s long-term infrastructure and manufacturing aspirations, SEPC remains committed to delivering this project with the highest standards of quality, safety and operational excellence. We believe this order further strengthens our position in the industrial EPC segment and provides strong momentum to our project portfolio.”

About SEPC Limited

SEPC Limited (formerly Shriram EPC Limited) is a well-established EPC company offering turnkey solutions across Water & Wastewater, Roads, Industrial Infrastructure, and Mining sectors. The company specializes in the design, procurement, construction, and commissioning of large and complex infrastructure projects across India.

SEPC serves a wide range of clients, including Central and State Government agencies, and continues to play a key role in India’s infrastructure development.

In FY26, the Company delivered Total Income of ₹1,085.8 Cr, EBITDA of ₹108.9 Cr, and Net Profit of ₹53.5 Cr, against Total Income of ₹646.0 Cr in FY25, with Net Profit more than doubling over the previous year.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

The homegrown vegan skincare brand continues to gain consumer trust with its clean, barrier-first formulations and efficacy-driven products

New Delhi [India], August 6: Humuss Beauty, the vegan and barrier-first skincare brand, is witnessing strong momentum in Punjab months after its launch in March 2026. The growing response from consumers across the state has positioned Punjab among the brand’s key growth markets.

Founded with the vision of offering skincare that prioritizes skin health, hydration, and barrier support, Humuss Beauty entered the Indian market to cater to consumers seeking effective formulations backed by ingredients for everyday skincare needs. The brand’s portfolio includes products such as the Berry Breeze Face Wash, Sun-Sational SPF 50 Sunscreen, Hello Hydration Moisturiser, Glow O’ Clock Niacinamide Serum, Moon Kissed Retinol Serum, and Saffron Rush Anti-Aging Night Cream.

Since its launch, the brand has observed encouraging demand from regions across the country, with Punjab emerging as a standout market. The growing interest reflects increasing consumer awareness around ingredients such as niacinamide, ceramides, retinol, saffron extract and antioxidant-rich botanicals, which are becoming key considerations in skincare purchasing decisions.

Commenting on the trend, Prabal Bhatia, Founder of Humuss Beauty, said: “The strong response from Punjab has exceeded our expectations and highlights the region’s growing preference for quality skincare products backed by effective ingredients. As we continue to expand our presence in India, Punjab remains an important market for us. We are encouraged by the trust consumers have placed in our brand and remain committed to delivering effective, barrier-supportive skincare solutions that address evolving consumer needs.”

As part of its continued focus on strengthening its presence in Punjab, Humuss Beauty is showcasing its skincare portfolio at Garden of Eden, a premium lifestyle exhibition being held on 5–6 August 2026 in Ludhiana. The event provides the brand with an opportunity to engage directly with consumers and connect with potential retail and business partners in the region.

The Humuss Beauty products are vegan, cruelty-free, and formulated without harsh chemicals, with a focus on supporting the skin barrier and maintaining long-term skin health. The brand’s philosophy of combining efficacy-driven ingredients with simplified skincare routines has resonated with consumers looking for practical and trustworthy skincare solutions.

Building on its growing online presence across Amazon, Flipkart, Smytten, and the brand’s official website, Humuss Beauty is expanding its omnichannel reach through strategic collaborations as it deepens customer engagement in Punjab and continues to grow its presence across India.

About Humuss Beauty

Humuss Beauty is a vegan and sustainable skincare brand focused on clean, barrier-supportive formulations designed for modern lifestyles. By combining efficacy-driven ingredients with responsible beauty practices, the brand aims to deliver everyday skincare essentials and targeted treatments suited to diverse Indian skin needs.

For more information – https://humussbeauty.com/

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Pune (Maharashtra) [India], August 6: Bajaj General Insurance Limited (formerly known as Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited), one of India’s leading private general insurers, and Swiss Re Corporate Solutions have signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) to explore a commercial insurance partnership in India. The partnership would bring together Bajaj General Insurance’s strong local market presence with Swiss Re Corporate Solutions’ global risk knowledge and commercial insurance capabilities.

Subject to definitive agreements and applicable regulatory requirements, the partnership aims to leverage Swiss Re Corporate Solutions’ International Programs platform and develop structured insurance solutions for the Indian market. The plan is to provide underwriting expertise in lines of business that are critical for the continued growth of the Indian economy, including high-tech and manufacturing sectors. The partnership also intends to offer international insurance programs for Indian companies operating abroad.

Swiss Re Corporate Solutions provides a wide spectrum of risk solutions for businesses ranging from property insurance to specialist segments like Credit & Surety and including alternative risk transfer solutions like captives and parametric insurance. It is the commercial insurance arm of Swiss Re Group, one of the world’s leading providers of reinsurance, insurance and other forms of insurance-based risk transfer. Headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland, where it was founded in 1863, the Group operates through a network of around 70 offices globally, including Mumbai, Bengaluru and Hyderabad.

Ivan Gonzalez, CEO Swiss Re Corporate Solutions, said: “Multinational corporations increasingly expect insurers to combine deep local market expertise with global capabilities and seamless international execution. India is the fastest-growing major commercial insurance market in the world, and we are exploring new ways to better serve corporate clients in this dynamic market with Bajaj General Insurance. Together, we can build on our complementary strengths, broaden the solutions we bring to market and help businesses navigate an increasingly interconnected risk landscape with confidence and resilience.” 

Dr Tapan Singhel, MD & CEO, Bajaj General Insurance, said: “India’s growth story today is closely linked to the global economy. We are seeing Indian businesses expand across borders and global companies invest with confidence in India. Both need insurance partners who understand local realities while bringing world-class risk expertise and international capabilities to the table. Our partnership with Swiss Re Corporate Solutions is an important step in that direction. By combining Bajaj General Insurance’s strong presence in India with Swiss Re Corporate Solutions’ global network and commercial insurance expertise, we aim to support Indian companies wherever they do business and help multinational organisations navigate risks effectively in India. As risks continue to evolve, our responsibility is to ensure businesses have the protection, resilience, and confidence they need to grow and succeed.”

About Bajaj General Insurance

Bajaj General Insurance Limited (formerly known as Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company Limited) is one of India’s leading, most trusted and dynamic private general insurance companies. It is a subsidiary of Bajaj Finserv Limited, India’s leading and most diversified financial services group.

Bajaj General offers a broad portfolio of innovative and customer-focused insurance solutions, spanning motor, health, and home insurance, along with specialised products such as pet insurance, wedding insurance, event protection, cyber insurance, and rural insurance. From safeguarding your health and home to protecting your travels and life’s most important moments, Bajaj General aims to be a constant partner in your journey. Bajaj General equally offers a comprehensive and well-diversified range of products, including fire, marine, engineering, liability and surety insurance to corporates and SMEs. The company also participates in various government schemes with a focus on financial inclusion. The company is also known for its robust risk selection capabilities, digital adoption and product innovation.

Established in 2001, the company has grown its footprint to nearly 1,500 towns and cities across India, ensuring easy access and a close connection to its customers. This access is enabled through the largest distribution network, spanning individual agents, point-of-sale personnel, banks, NBFCs, motor dealers, brokers, and the company’s proprietary sales force.

It holds an [ICRA]AAA rating from ICRA Limited, reflecting the highest level of confidence in its financial strength and stability. With a strong legacy, a forward-looking mindset, and an unwavering focus on its ‘Customer-First’ philosophy, Bajaj General remains committed to protecting what matters most, empowering individuals, families, and businesses to live with confidence and peace of mind.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

Mumbai (Maharashtra) [India], August 6: Fredun Pharmaceuticals Limited (BSE: FREDUN | 539730), one of India’s leading pharmaceutical formulation manufacturing companies, has announced its unaudited financial results for Q1 FY27. The Company offers a diversified portfolio spanning generics, cosmeceuticals, nutraceuticals, mobility solutions, and animal healthcare products.

Q1 FY27 Standalone Financial Highlights

• Total Income of ₹228.25 Cr, YoY growth of 90.44% 
• EBITDA of ₹32.78 Cr, YoY growth of 92.90% 
• EBITDA Margin (%) of 14.36%, YoY growth of 18 Bps 
• Net Profit of ₹13.17 Cr, YoY growth of 94.63% 
• Net Profit Margin (%) of 5.77%, YoY growth of 12 Bps 
• Basic EPS of ₹23.89, YoY growth of 66.71% 

Commenting on the strong financial performance Mr. Fredun Medhora, Managing Director, said, 

“Q1 FY27 has set a strong tone for the year, with robust growth in both revenue and profitability. More importantly, the quarter reinforces our belief that the long-term investments we have made across the business are beginning to translate into tangible outcomes. It also validates the direction in which we have been building the Company over the last few years.

We have always believed in building the business with a long-term perspective. Our objective has never been to chase short-term growth, but to create a diversified healthcare company with multiple engines of growth. As we continue to expand our branded portfolio, enter newer healthcare categories and strengthen our manufacturing capabilities, we believe we are laying the foundation for the next phase of growth.

The opportunities ahead remain significant. Healthcare continues to evolve rapidly, creating demand for differentiated products, specialised therapies and preventive healthcare solutions. With the capabilities we have built and the strategic investments already in place, we remain optimistic about the future and committed to delivering sustainable growth while creating long-term value for our shareholders.”

Recent Key Business Highlights

Allotment of Bonus Equity Shares

• On 17th July 2026, the Company allotted 1.10 crore Bonus Equity Shares in a 2:1 ratio to eligible shareholders. 
• Issued and paid-up equity share capital increased from 55.13 lakh shares to 1.65 crore shares following the bonus allotment.

About Fredun Pharmaceuticals Limited

Fredun Pharmaceuticals Limited, healthcare and pharmaceuticals company offer a range of products, including antihypertensives, antidiabetic, antiretroviral drugs (ARVs) and narcotics. It is also engaged in the manufacturing of dietary/herbal supplements, nutraceuticals, cosmeceuticals, and other healthcare products along with animal healthcare products. With such a diverse range of products, the Company’s objective is to be a holistic healthcare provider. The Company primarily exports its products to Africa, Southeast Asia, Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS) countries and Latin America. 

In FY26, Fredun reported total revenues of ₹639.12 Cr, with an EBITDA of ₹94.79 Cr and a PAT of ₹33.21 Cr.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.

New Delhi [India], August 6: Legal assistance has traditionally been associated with office appointments, lengthy email exchanges, paperwork, and multiple follow-ups. While many industries have embraced digital transformation over the last decade, legal services have often remained rooted in conventional processes. EZ Legal Hire is aiming to change that by making professional legal support more accessible through a technology-driven platform designed for today’s clients.

Founded by Abdul Wahied, the platform is built on years of practical legal consultancy experience. As client expectations evolved toward faster communication, online transactions, and digital convenience, the idea for a modern legal platform naturally followed.

Rather than replacing legal professionals with automation, EZ Legal Hire focuses on simplifying how clients access legal services. The platform allows users to browse available legal services, schedule consultations, upload documents securely, make online payments where applicable, and manage ongoing matters through a dedicated client portal. The objective is to reduce unnecessary administrative hurdles while ensuring that every legal matter continues to receive professional attention.

The platform caters to a broad spectrum of legal requirements. Individuals can seek assistance with legal consultations, contract reviews, tenancy disputes, employment matters, family law, civil and commercial disputes, debt recovery, legal notices, property-related issues, document drafting, powers of attorney, and legal translation coordination. Since every legal matter is different, the final advice and services are always based on the specific facts, documentation, and applicable laws relevant to each case.

Businesses are another important focus area. Startups, SMEs, established companies, and international businesses often require regular legal guidance without maintaining a full-time in-house legal department. EZ Legal Hire addresses this need through monthly legal retainer plans that can include consultations, contract drafting and review, legal notices, document management, and ongoing legal support. This approach gives businesses predictable legal costs while ensuring that professional assistance is available whenever required.

One area where the platform distinguishes itself is cross-border legal support. As international trade, investment, and migration continue to grow, legal matters increasingly involve multiple jurisdictions. Disputes may require coordination between different legal systems, document authentication, enforcement of foreign judgments, or communication with lawyers in other countries. EZ Legal Hire helps clients navigate these complexities by coordinating legal support both within the UAE and, where required, with professionals in other jurisdictions.

Transparency has also been built into the platform’s approach. One of the biggest concerns for individuals seeking legal advice is uncertainty—whether about costs, required documentation, or the legal process itself. EZ Legal Hire provides clear information about available services, transparent pricing where possible, and quotations for matters that require a more tailored scope of work. This enables clients to make informed decisions before engaging legal services.

Security remains equally important. Legal matters often involve confidential financial, commercial, or personal information. Instead of relying on fragmented communication through multiple channels, the platform enables clients to securely exchange documents, receive updates, attend video consultations, and monitor the progress of their matters within a single online environment.

The platform has been developed not only for UAE residents but also for overseas investors, international businesses, former residents, and individuals requiring legal assistance connected to the UAE. This flexibility makes it particularly valuable for clients who cannot easily visit a legal office but still require timely and professional legal guidance.

Beyond convenience, EZ Legal Hire reflects a broader shift in how professional legal support is delivered in today’s digital environment. Individuals and businesses increasingly expect professional services to be transparent, secure, and accessible from anywhere. By combining technology with personalised legal guidance, the platform enables clients to begin the legal process with greater clarity while maintaining the professional review that legal matters demand.

For Abdul Wahied, the vision behind EZ Legal Hire extends beyond offering online consultations. It is about creating a trusted digital destination where individuals, entrepreneurs, businesses, investors, and international clients can confidently access legal support, manage documents securely, and communicate efficiently throughout their legal journey. As digital adoption continues to reshape professional services across the UAE, EZ Legal Hire is positioned to make legal assistance more accessible, organised, and client-focused for the modern era.

If you object to the content of this press release, please notify us at pr.error.rectification@gmail.com. We will respond and rectify the situation within 24 hours.